Product Name Commercial Water Heaters Service Method Submit_Commercial_Water_Heaters_2_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Commercial Water Heaters Version 2.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Release Date TBD Commercial Water Heaters Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Commercial Water Heaters Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Commercial Water Heaters Version 2.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Product Type Thermal Efficiency (TE) Required if Product Type is Gas Storage, Gas Instantaneous, or Gas Storage-type Instantaneous. Standby Loss (SL) (Btu/hr) Required if Product Type is Gas Storage or Gas Storage-type Instantaneous. Coefficient of Performance (COPh) Required if Product Type is Electric Heat Pump. Fuel Type Types of fuel that can be used for heating water; indicate all that apply. Rated Input – Gas-fired (kBTU/h) Required if Fuel Type is Gas or Propane. Electric Input – Electric Heat Pump (kW) Required if Fuel Type is Electric. Height to Vent (in) Required if Product Type is Gas Storage or Gas Storage-type Instantaneous. Tank Diameter (in) Required if Product Type is Gas Storage or Gas Storage-type Instantaneous. Tank Height (in) Required if Product Type is Gas Storage or Gas Storage-type Instantaneous. Vent Type Required if Fuel Type is Gas or Propane. Vent Size 1 (in) Required if Fuel Type is Gas or Propane. Vent Size 2 (in) Required if Fuel Type is Gas or Propane and model utilizes two vents. Water Heater Volume (gal) Volume of water the unit holds, in gallons. If Product Type is Gas Storage, Gas Storage-type Instantaneous, or Gas Instantaneous, the Max Value is 140. Optional Status and Messaging Features Provide the status and messaging features (optional) applicable to the water heater. If the water heater does not provide any of these features or if the manufacturer does not wish to list these features, select None. Generic Submission Container A submission wrapper Authentication - User Name Authentication - Password Certification Body EPA Issued - Organization ID Is this Submission for Testing Purposes. Choose "Yes" to flag submissions which are for testing and development purposes. Generic Core data collected for all models. ENERGY STAR Manufacturing Partner The ENERGY STAR Manufacturing Partner is the organization that has signed an ENERGY STAR Partnership Agreement and labels the model. This organization is typically the brand owner. ENERGY STAR Manufacturing Partner\'s EPA-issued Organization ID This EPA-issued ID is the number assigned to the ENERGY STAR Manufacturing Partner. This ID can be located via the certification body\'s My ENERGY STAR Account (MESA) and searching for the organization\'s name. Partner Contact Name for This Model Provide the ENERGY STAR Manufacturing Partner contact responsible for this certified model. Type of Transaction Include the Type of Transaction associated with the certified model. Only the options included in the enumeration list may be provided. Initial certification must only be used if the model has never been submitted and does not have an ENERGY STAR Model Identifier. Registration must only be used for select types of models where EPA allows certification bodies to add previously qualified models to their programs for purposes of verification testing only. Modification must be used for administrative changes, including rerating the model(s). Certification withdrawn must be used when the model is no longer certified as ENERGY STAR. Recertification will rarely be used and must be approved by EPA prior to the transaction. Reason for Transaction Include the Reason for Transaction associated with the Type of Transaction. Only the reasons included in the enumeration list may be provided. If "other" is provided, list further details in the notes field. The certification body will determine when it is appropriate to use the reasons associated with "Initial Certification," "Registration" or "Modification." The reasons "Manufacturer Voluntary Withdrawal" and "No Longer Available" may be determined by the certification body and must only be associated with the transaction type "Certification Withdrawn." For all other cases of "Certification Withdrawn" or "Recertification," EPA must determine the appropriate reason and provide direction to the certification body. Date of Transaction Type This date must be the same as the date when the Type of Transaction occurred. For example, the initial certification date must be the date the certification body notified the partner of model certification. ENERGY STAR Model Identifier ENERGY_STAR_Model_Identifier is a unique string of characters generated by certification bodies in accordance with EPA\'s ENERGY_STAR_Model_Identifier standard. ENERGY_STAR_Model_Identifier serves to distinguish models with non-identical performance characteristics. A unique ENERGY_STAR_Model_Identifier must be assigned to each set of performance data that represents a model. Models in a family, series, or DOE basic model group that differ by one or more performance characteristics must be assigned different and unique ENERGY_STAR_Model_Identifiers. ENERGY_STAR_Model_Identifier is different from Certification_ID or Family_ID, which may apply to several models that differ in terms of reported attributes. Naming convention is as follows: ES_[[ManufacturerOID]]_[[MODELNUMBER]]_[[MMDDYYYYH24MISS]]_[[7 Digit-randomnumber]] Note : Total Max length of this must not exceed 400 characters. [[ManufacturerOID]] = Provide Manufacturer EPA issued O_ID [[MODELNUMBER]] = Provide Model Number of the model [[MMDDYYYYH24MISS]] = Create date time string in the format where MM= month number, DD - Day number, YYYY = Year number, H24 hours (0-23), MI minute number, SS seconds. This typically indicates the date of certification, but there are no validations performed on it. [[7 Digit-randomnumber]] = Provide a random number of seven digits. Certification ID Certification_ID is a unique string of characters generated by certification bodies in accordance with EPA\'s Certifcation_ID standard. Certification_ID serves to distinguish one or more models with differing performance characteristics under a single certification in order to track models associated with that certification. Naming convention for Certification_ID is as follows: CER_[[ManufacturerOID]]_[[MMDDYYYYH24MISS]]_[[7 Digit-randomnumber]] Note : Total Max length of this must not exceed 400 characters. [[ManufacturerOID]] = Provide Manufacturer EPA issues O_ID, [[MMDDYYYYH24MISS]] = Create date time string in the format where MM= month number, DD - Day number, YYYY = Year number, H24 hours (0-23), MI minute number, SS seconds. This typically indicates the date of certification, but there are no validations performed on it. [[7 Digit-randomnumber]] = Provide a random number of seven digits. Family ID Family_ID is a unique string of characters generated by certification bodies in accordance with EPA\'s Family_ID standard. Family_ID serves to identify models under the same certification that are part of the same model family, series, or DOE basic model group. Family_ID may only be included for models where the ENERGY STAR specification supports families. *NOTE* Under a single certification, certification bodies may or may not have a Family_ID listed. A Family_ID must not be listed if the certification is comprised of only a single model. If there is a Family_ID listed, all models within the certification listed must also have the same Family_ID. Naming conventions for Family_ID are as follows: FAM_[[ManufacturerOID]]_[[MMDDYYYYH24MISS]]_[[7 Digit-randomnumber]] Note : Total Max length of this must not exceed 400 characters. [[ManufacturerOID]] = Provide Manufacturer EPA issues O_ID, [[MMDDYYYYH24MISS]] = Create date time string in the format where MM= month number, DD - Day number, YYYY = Year number, H24 hours (0-23), MI minute number, SS seconds. This typically indicates the date of certification, but there are no validations performed on it. [[7 Digit-randomnumber]] = Provide a random number of seven digits. Model Name Provide the Model Name of the certified model. If the certified model is part of a model family, include the family model name. The use of wildcards is allowed, but may limit the ability to search for a specific model name. Model Number Provide the Model Number of the certified model. If the certified model is part of a model family, include the family model number. The use of wildcards is allowed, but may limit the ability to search for a specific model name. Universal Product Code (UPC) Include UPC code(s) associated with the certified model, focusing on UPC codes featured in online listings. Do not include UPC codes if they are also associated with models not certified as ENERGY STAR. This field is available for all and required for select product categories unless not available. The UPC must be submitted as a string of digits when provided and should represent an actual UPC code. If not provided, the UPC code should be left blank and the reason for not including the UPC code will need to be submitted for the product to pass backend validation in EPA’s QPX system. Reason for Not Providing UPC Code Required for select product categories if UPC code is not provided. Other Reason for Not Providing UPC Code Required if Reason for Not Providing UPC Code equals "No UPC code provided – Other Reason" . Brand Name Provide the model Brand Name in this field. To aid with consumer model searches, use consistent spelling, punctuation, and capitalization when providing brand names. Tested Model Name Provide the model name of the specific model that was tested. This will be the same as the Model Name unless this is a model family or private labeling submission. Tested Model Number Provide the model number of the specific model that was tested. This will be the same as the Model Number unless this is a model family or private labeling submission. Additional Models Represented by Family, Series, or DOE Basic Model Additional Models Represented by Family, Series, or DOE Basic Model allows the listing of multiple additional models that are part of the same certification where performance characteristics are the same. The additional models may be identified by multiple sets of a model name and/or model number and/or additional identifying information. Each uniquely identified additional model name/number/identifier set must be listed as a separate entry within this field and must not be a comma-separated list. The use of wildcards is allowed, but may limit the ability to search for specific additional model names/numbers/identifiers. Additional Model Name Provide each Additional Model Name as a separate data entry. Additional Model Number Provide each Additional Model Number as a separate data entry. Additional Identifying Information Provide any Additional Identifying Information associated with the Model Name and/or Model Number. The identifying information may be used by consumers, incentive programs, or retailers to identify this model or model family. This includes, but is not limited to, SKUs, UPC codes, retail numbers, and/or descriptions of models included/not included in the reported Model Family. Provide each Additional Identifying Information as a separate data entry. Is the Partner Listed the Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM)? Indicate whether or not the ENERGY STAR Manufacturing Partner that labels this model also manufactures this model. If the Partner is not the Original Equipment Manufacturer, Who Is? In the case that the manufacturer partner listed is not the original equipment manufacturer (OEM), provide the name of the OEM. The OEM is the organization that has manufactured the model. Currently Available on Market? If model is currently available, indicate "Yes." Otherwise, indicate "No." Note that all available models are displayed on an ENERGY STAR qualified product list and are subject to verification testing. Date Available on Market Date model is first sold within one or more markets. Date Tested Date of laboratory test. If multiple test reports, provide the most recent date. Date Certification Body Notified Partner of Model Certification. The date the certification body notifies the manufacturer that the model is certified as ENERGY STAR. Certification Body Contact Name for this Model The name of the primary certification body contact responsible for any questions concerning the certification of the model. Laboratory Include information about one or more laboratories in which the model was tested. Laboratory\'s EPA-issued Organization ID This EPA-issued ID is the number assigned to the EPA-recognized laboratory that tested the model. This ID can be located via the certification body\'s My ENERGY STAR Account (MESA) and searching for the laboratory\'s name. This field is required for all certified models. Laboratory Contact for this Model The name of the primary laboratory contact responsible for any questions concerning the testing of the model. This information is required for each laboratory indicated. In What Markets Is this Model Sold? Models must be sold in one or more of the ENERGY STAR partner markets provided in the enumeration list. Notes Provide any additional, relevant information related to the certification, including the reason for the transaction if "Other" is provided. Generic Response Product Name Furnaces Product Version V5.0 Service Method Submit_Furnaces_5_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Furnaces Version 5.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Release Date TBD Furnaces Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Furnaces Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Furnaces Version 5.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Fuel Type Measured AFUE Rating Provide the actual AFUE rating of the unit based on test data. If multiple samples were tested, report the average value. AFUE rating must be expressed as a percentage. Reported AFUE Rating Provide the rated/reported AFUE rating of the unit, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of qualified products. AFUE must be expressed as a percentage. Q leak "Q leak" represents air leakage. "Q leak" must be expressed as a percentage. Fan Type In What Climate Regions Does This Product Qualify Provides Hot Water Heating Product Name Data Center Storage Block I/O Service Method Submit_Data_Center_Storage_2_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Data Center Storage Version 2.0 and 2.1. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Release Date TBD Data Center Storage Block I/O Template Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Data Center Storage Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Data Center Storage Version 2.0 and 2.1. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version SNIA Online Taxonomy Category If a product contains both rotational storage devices and solid state storage devices, select the appropriate “Disk Set” option. Partner website URL to comply with Section 3.5.8. Required if product is certified under Version 2.1. Please enter the full partner website URL where customers can find applicable ES configurations, COMs available in the product, and minimum power supply efficiency supported by the product family. Storage Controller Implementation Storage Controller Manufacturer Name Storage Controller Model Name Storage Controller Model Number Storage Controller Advanced Data Recovery Type Indicate the type of advanced data recovery employed in the storage controller. Capacity Optimizing Methods (COMs) Indicate the type of COMs. If there are multiple types used, indicate all options present. Workload Optimization Type Indicate which workload types, transaction and/or streaming are being submitted. Automated Storage Tiering Capable Indicate if the storage model is capable of automated storage tiering. Automated Storage Tiering Enabled in Hardware on Shipment Required if Automated Storage Tiering Capable is Yes. Indicate if the storage model has automated storage tiering enabled in its hardware on shipment. Software Operating Environment Name Software Operating Environment Version Active or Passive Cooling Enabled in Hardware on Shipment Indicate if the storage model utilizes adaptive active cooling technologies that reduce the energy consumed by the cooling technology in proportion to the current cooling needs to the storage product or if the devices employ passive cooling. For devices employing both active and passive cooling, indicate Both. Length of Rolling Average for Input Power (s) Indicate the length of the rolling average in seconds. If the rolling average is a user-selectable feature, indicate user-selectable. Length of Rolling Average for Inlet Air Temperature (s) Indicate the length of the rolling average in seconds. If the rolling average is a user selectable feature, indicate user-selectable. Power and Temperature Reporting Additional Information Required if available. Indicate additional information (can include a link) regarding the power and temperature reporting. Trans Model Number or Config ID Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. Trans Power Supply Unit (PSU) Type Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. Indicate the type of power supply, either Single-Output or Multi-Output. If there is more than one power supply, enter each power supply's type separated by a semicolon. Trans PSU Manufacturer Name Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. If there is more than one power supply, enter each power supply's manufacturer name, separated by a semicolon (please use the same semicolon order from Trans Power Supply Unit (PSU) Type field). Trans PSU Model Name Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. If there is more than one power supply, enter each power supply's model name, separated by a semicolon (please use the same semicolon order from Trans Power Supply Unit (PSU) Type field). Trans PSU Model Number Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. If there is more than one power supply, enter each power supply's model number, separated by a semicolon (please use the same semicolon order from Trans Power Supply Unit (PSU) Type field). Trans PSU Rated Output (W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. If there is more than one power supply, enter each power supply's rated output, separated by a semicolon (please use the same semicolon order from Trans Power Supply Unit (PSU) Type field). Trans PSUs 80PLUS Certification Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. Indicate the certification achieved through 80Plus Certification. If there is more than one power supply, enter each power supply's 80PLUS Certification level, separated by a semicolon (please use the same semicolon order from Trans Power Supply Unit (PSU) Type field). Trans Total Amount of Cache (GiB) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. Indicate the total amount of cache across all cache devices in gibibyte (GiB). Trans Devices Used for Cache Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. Trans Other Devices Used for Cache Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and Trans Devices Used for Cache is Other. Indicate the name of the Other device used for Cache in this configuration. Trans Total Num Installed Storage Devices Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. Indicate the total number of installed storage devices with addressable storage (not used for cache). This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Trans Ratio Devices Mixed Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. Indicate the ratio of installed storage devices with addressable storage (not used for cache) if there is more than one device in the in the highest predicted deployed storage device, enter total number of each storage device separated by a semicolon (please use the same semicolon order from Trans Device Model Name Highest Predicted Deployed Device). This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Trans Installed Solid State Devices in Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. Indicate the total number of Solid State Devices (SSDs) contained in this configuration with addressable storage (not used for cache). If there is more than one device in the in the highest predicted deployed storage device, enter each device's number of solid state drives separated by a semicolon (please use the same semicolon order from Trans Device Model Name Highest Predicted Deployed Device). This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Trans Installed Rotational Devices in Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. Indicate the total number of rotational devices contained in this configuration (not used for cache). If there is more than one device in the in the highest predicted deployed storage device, enter each device's number of rotational drives separated by a semicolon (please use the same semicolon order from Trans Device Model Name Highest Predicted Deployed Device). This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Trans Num of Controllers in Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. Indicate the total number of controllers contained in the highest predicted deployed storage device. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Trans Num Redundant Controllers Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. Indicate the total number of redundant controllers contained in the highest predicted deployed storage device. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Trans Number of PSUs Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Trans Number of Redundant PSUs Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Trans Auto Tiering Enabled Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. Indicate if automated tiering was enabled during workload testing of the highest predicted deployed storage device. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Trans Optimal Point Hot Band Workload Test (IOPS/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. Indicate the hot band measurement for the highest predicted deployed storage device optimal point in I/O Per Second (IOPS) per watt. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Trans Optimal Point Random Read Workload Test (IOPS/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. Indicate the random read measurement for the highest predicted deployed storage device optimal point in IOPS per watt. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Trans Optimal Point Random Write Workload Test (IOPS/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. Indicate the random write measurement for the highest predicted deployed storage device optimal point in IOPS per watt. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Trans Optimal Point Seq Read Workload Test (MiBPS/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. Indicate the sequential read measurement for the highest predicted deployed storage device optimal point in Mebibyte Per Second (MiBPS) per watt. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Trans Optimal Point Seq Write Workload Test (MiBPS/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. Indicate the sequential write measurement for the highest predicted deployed storage device optimal point in MiBPS per watt. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Trans Optimal Point Ready Idle Workload Test (GB/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. Indicate the ready idle measurement for the highest predicted deployed storage device optimal point in GB per watt. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Trans Power Modeler Additional Information Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and modeled data was used. Indicate additional information on the power modeler, such as a link, if available. This information is for modeled data. Trans Storage Device 1 Type Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the type of storage device. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Storage Device 1 Form Factor Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the form factor of storage device 1. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Storage Device 1 Rated Speed (RPM) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the rated speed of storage device 1. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Storage Device 1 Raw Capacity (GiB) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the raw capacity for storage device 1 in GiB. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Num Devices Storage Device 1 Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the number of storage devices for storage device 1. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Physical or Modeled Data Device 1 Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate if the data submitted for storage device 1 is physically tested or produced by a modeler. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Automated Tiering Enabled During Testing Device 1 Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate if automated tiering was enabled during workload testing for storage device 1. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Device 1 Optimal Point Hot Band Wrkld Test (IOPS/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the hot band measurement for storage device 1 optimal point in IOPS per watt. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Device 1 Optimal Point Random Read Wrkld Test (IOPS/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the random read measurement for storage device 1 optimal point in IOPS per watt. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Device 1 Optimal Point Random Write Wrkld Test (IOPS/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the random write measurement for storage device 1 optimal point in IOPS per watt. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Device 1 Optimal Point Seq Read Wrkld Test (MiBPS/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the sequential read measurement for storage device 1 optimal point in MiBPS per watt. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Device 1 Optimal Point Seq Write Wrkld Test (MiBPS/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the sequential write measurement for storage device 1 optimal point in MiBPS per watt. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Device 1 Optimal Point Ready Idle Wrkld Test (GB/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the ready idle measurement for storage device 1 optimal point in GB per watt. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Storage Device 2 Type Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the type of storage device. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Storage Device 2 Form Factor Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the form factor of storage device 2. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Storage Device 2 Rated Speed (RPM) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the rated speed of storage device 2. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Storage Device 2 Raw Capacity (GiB) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the raw capacity for storage device 2 in GiB. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Num Devices Storage Device 2 Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the number of storage devices in the optimal point for storage device 2. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Physical or Modeled Data Device 2 Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate if the data submitted for storage device 2 optimal point is physically tested or produced by a modeler. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Automated Tiering Enabled During Testing Device 2 Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate if automated tiering was enabled during workload testing for storage device 2. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Device 2 Optimal Point Hot Band Wrkld Test (IOPS/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the hot band measurement for storage device 2 optimal point in IOPS per watt. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Device 2 Optimal Point Random Read Wrkld Test (IOPS/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the random read measurement for storage device 2 optimal point in IOPS per watt. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Device 2 Optimal Point Random Write Wrkld Test (IOPS/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the random write measurement for storage device 2 optimal point in IOPS per watt. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Device 2 Optimal Point Seq Read Wrkld Test (MiBPS/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the sequential read measurement for storage device 2 optimal point in MiBPS per watt. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Device 2 Optimal Point Seq Write Wrkld Test (MiBPS/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the sequential write measurement for storage device 2 optimal point in MiBPS per watt. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Device 2 Optimal Point Ready Idle Wrkld Test (GB/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the ready idle measurement for storage device 2 optimal point in GB per watt. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Model Number or Config ID Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. Stream Power Supply Unit (PSU) Type Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. Indicate the type of power supply, either Single-Output or Multi-Output. If there is more than one power supply, enter each power supply's type separated by a semicolon. Stream PSU Manufacturer Name Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. If there is more than one power supply, enter each power supply's manufacturer name, separated by a semicolon (please use the same semicolon order from Stream Power Supply Unit (PSU) Type field). Stream PSU Model Name Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. If there is more than one power supply, enter each power supply's model name, separated by a semicolon (please use the same semicolon order from Stream Power Supply Unit (PSU) Type field). Stream PSU Model Number Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. If there is more than one power supply, enter each power supply's model number, separated by a semicolon (please use the same semicolon order from Stream Power Supply Unit (PSU) Type field). Stream PSU Rated Output (W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. If there is more than one power supply, enter each power supply's rated output, separated by a semicolon (please use the same semicolon order from Stream Power Supply Unit (PSU) Type field). Stream PSUs 80PLUS Certification Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. Indicate the certification achieved through 80Plus Certification. If there is more than one power supply, enter each power supply's 80PLUS Certification level, separated by a semicolon (please use the same semicolon order from Stream Power Supply Unit (PSU) Type field). Stream Total Amount of Cache (GiB) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. Indicate the total amount of cache across all cache devices. Stream Devices Used for Cache Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. Stream Other Devices Used for Cache Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and Stream Devices Used for Cache is Other. Indicate the name of the Other device used for Cache in this configuration. Stream Total Num Installed Storage Devices Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. Indicate the total number of installed storage devices with addressable storage (not used for cache). This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Stream Ratio Devices Mixed Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. Indicate the ratio of installed storage devices with addressable storage (not used for cache) if there is more than one device in the in the highest predicted deployed storage device, enter total number of each storage device separated by a semicolon (please use the same semicolon order from Stream Device Model Name Highest Predicted Deployed Device). This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Stream Installed Solid State Devices in Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. Indicate the total number of Solid State Devices (SSDs) contained in this configuration with addressable storage (not used for cache). If there is more than one device in the in the highest predicted deployed storage device, enter each device's number of solid state drives separated by a semicolon (please use the same semicolon order from Stream Device Model Name Highest Predicted Deployed Device). This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Stream Installed Rotational Devices in Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. Indicate the total number of rotational devices contained in this configuration (not used for cache). If there is more than one device in the in the highest predicted deployed storage device, enter each device's number of rotational drives separated by a semicolon (please use the same semicolon order from Stream Device Model Name Highest Predicted Deployed Device). This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Stream Num of Controllers in Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. Indicate the total number of controllers contained in the highest predicted deployed storage device. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Stream Num Redundant Controllers Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. Indicate the total number of redundant controllers contained in the highest predicted deployed storage device. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Stream Number of PSUs Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Stream Number of Redundant PSUs Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Stream Auto Tiering Enabled Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. Indicate if automated tiering was enabled during workload testing of the highest predicted deployed storage device. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Stream Optimal Point Hot Band Workload Test (IOPS/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. Indicate the hot band measurement for the highest predicted deployed storage device optimal point in IOPS per watt. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Stream Optimal Point Random Read Workload Test (IOPS/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. Indicate the random read measurement for the highest predicted deployed storage device optimal point in IOPS per watt. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Stream Optimal Point Random Write Workload Test (IOPS/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. Indicate the random write measurement for the highest predicted deployed storage device optimal point in IOPS per watt. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Stream Optimal Point Seq Read Workload Test (MiBPS/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. Indicate the sequential read measurement for the highest predicted deployed storage device optimal point in MiBPS per watt. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Stream Optimal Point Seq Write Workload Test (MiBPS/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. Indicate the sequential write measurement for the highest predicted deployed storage device optimal point in MiBPS per watt. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Stream Optimal Point Ready Idle Workload Test (GB/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. Indicate the ready idle measurement for the highest predicted deployed storage device optimal point in GB per watt. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Stream Power Modeler Additional Information Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and modeled data was used. Indicate additional information on the power modeler, such as a link, if available. This information is for modeled data. Stream Storage Device 1 Type Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the type of storage device. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Storage Device 1 Form Factor Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the form factor of storage device 1. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Storage Device 1 Rated Speed (RPM) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the rated speed of storage device 1. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Storage Device 1 Raw Capacity (GiB) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the raw capacity for storage device 1 in GiB. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Num Devices Storage Device 1 Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the number of storage devices for storage device 1. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Physical or Modeled Data Device 1 Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate if the data submitted for storage device 1 is physically tested or produced by a modeler. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Automated Tiering Enabled During Testing Device 1 Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate if automated tiering was enabled during workload testing for storage device 1. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Device 1 Optimal Point Hot Band Wrkld Test (IOPS/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the hot band measurement for storage device 1 optimal point in IOPS per watt. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Device 1 Optimal Point Random Read Wrkld Test (IOPS/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the random read measurement for storage device 1 optimal point in IOPS per watt. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Device 1 Optimal Point Random Write Wrkld Test (IOPS/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the random write measurement for storage device 1 optimal point in IOPS per watt. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Device 1 Optimal Point Seq Read Wrkld Test (MiBPS/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the sequential read measurement for storage device 1 optimal point in MiBPS per watt. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Device 1 Optimal Point Seq Write Wrkld Test (MiBPS/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the sequential write measurement for storage device 1 optimal point in MiBPS per watt. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Device 1 Optimal Point Ready Idle Wrkld Test (GB/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the ready idle measurement for storage device 1 optimal point in GB per watt. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Storage Device 2 Type Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the type of storage device. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Storage Device 2 Form Factor Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the form factor of storage device 2. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Storage Device 2 Rated Speed (RPM) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the rated speed of storage device 2. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Storage Device 2 Raw Capacity (GiB) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the raw capacity for storage device 2 in GiB. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Num Devices Storage Device 2 Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the number of storage devices in the optimal point for storage device 2. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Physical or Modeled Data Device 2 Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate if the data submitted for storage device 2 optimal point is physically tested or produced by a modeler. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Automated Tiering Enabled During Testing Device 2 Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate if automated tiering was enabled during workload testing for storage device 2. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Device 2 Optimal Point Hot Band Wrkld Test (IOPS/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the hot band measurement for storage device 2 optimal point in IOPS per watt. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Device 2 Optimal Point Random Read Wrkld Test (IOPS/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the random read measurement for storage device 2 optimal point in IOPS per watt. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Device 2 Optimal Point Random Write Wrkld Test (IOPS/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the random write measurement for storage device 2 optimal point in IOPS per watt. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Device 2 Optimal Point Seq Read Wrkld Test (MiBPS/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the sequential read measurement for storage device 2 optimal point in MiBPS per watt. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Device 2 Optimal Point Seq Write Wrkld Test (MiBPS/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the sequential write measurement for storage device 2 optimal point in MiBPS per watt. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Device 2 Optimal Point Ready Idle Wrkld Test (GB/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the ready idle measurement for storage device 2 optimal point in GB per watt. This information is for additional storage devices. Product Name Central Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps Product Version 6.2 Service Method Submit_Central_Air_Conditioners_and_Heat_Pumps_6_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Central Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps Version 6.1 or 6.2. The model name and number in the core fields should be for the outdoor model for split systems. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Release Date TBD Central Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Central Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Central Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps Version 6.1 or 6.2. The model name and number in the core fields should be for the outdoor model for split systems. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Product Type Manufacturer Type Cold Climate Designation Required for HP - Single Package, HP - Split System, HP - Mini or Multi Split. Indicate “Cold Climate Only” if the heat pump meets only the cold climate criteria (Table 3), “Both” if the product also meets the criteria in Table 2, and “No” if the product meets the Table 2 criteria, but does not meet the cold climate criteria in Table 3. Indicate “Not Applicable” for AC systems. Model Series Name Provide the Series Name. Indoor Unit Brand Name Required for split systems where Indoor Unit Brand is different than Brand Name of the outdoor unit provided in the core fields section. For ICM certifications, this is the ICM indoor unit brand name of the indoor unit model number certified in combination with the system manufacturer’s outdoor unit listed in the brand field in the core fields section. This does not apply to multi-split systems. Indoor Unit Model Number Required for split systems. This is the indoor unit that corresponds with the outdoor unit listed in the model number field in the core fields section. For ICM certifications, this is the ICM indoor unit model number certified in combination with the system manufacturer’s outdoor unit listed in the model number field in the core fields section. This does not apply to multi-split systems. Tested Indoor Model Number Required for split systems. This is the indoor unit that is tested with the outdoor unit listed in the tested model number field in the core fields section. For ICM certifications, this is the ICM indoor unit tested model number tested for certification in combination with the system manufacturer’s outdoor unit listed in the tested model number field in the core fields section. This does not apply to multi-split systems. Indoor Model Type Required for multi-split systems. Outdoor Unit Brand Owner Partner for ICM Required for the Independent Coil Manufacturer. Provide the name of the Brand Owner Partner for the outdoor unit associated with this certification. This partner should correspond with the org ID provided in the corresponding field. Outdoor Unit ES Brand Owner Partner's EPA-issued Org ID for ICM Required for Independent Coil Manufacturer. This EPA-issued ID is the number assigned to the ENERGY STAR Brand Owner Partner. This ID can be located via the certification body's My ENERGY STAR Account (MESA) and searching for the organization's name. Furnace Model Number Required if tested and certified in combination with a furnace. AHRI Reference Number Required for models certified by AHRI. Reported SEER2 Rating (Btu/Wh) Provide the rated/reported SEER2 rating per Btu/Wh, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Reported EER2 Rating (Btu/Wh) Provide the rated/reported EER2 rating per Btu/Wh, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Reported HSPF2 Rating (Btu/Wh) Required for heat pumps. Provide the rated/reported HSPF2 rating per Btu/Wh, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Cooling Capacity (Btu/h) Heating Capacity at 47°F (Btu/h) Required for heat pumps. The rated heating capacity at 47°F is the H1Nom heating capacity for variable speed systems and for all other systems is the H1Full heating capacity. Heating Capacity at 17°F (Btu/h) Required for heat pumps. The rated heating capacity at 17°F is the H3Full heating capacity. COP at 5°F Required for all heat pumps with 5F data. Heating Capacity at 5°F (Btu/h) Required for all heat pumps with 5F data. The heating capacity at 5°F is the H4Full Heating Capacity. Controls Verification Procedure (CVP) Test Required for all heat pumps certified to V6.2. Indicate which CVP test was performed, or if no CVP test was performed, select None. Installation Capabilities Select all that apply. Connected Functionality Indicate Yes if model meets all of the ENERGY STAR Connected Criteria as determined through examination of the product and/or product documentation. Communication Standard - Application Layer Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Select all that apply. Communication Standard - Media/Network Layer Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Select all that apply. Communication Standard - Media/Network Layer Other Required if Communication Standard - Media/Network Layer is Other. Indicate relevant standard(s). Communication Hardware Architecture Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Select all that apply. Primary Communication Module/Device Brand Name Required if Communication Hardware Architecture is B, C, or D. Indicate the brand name of the primary communication module used to complete the ENERGY STAR System. Primary Communication Module/Device Model Number Required if Communication Hardware Architecture is B, C, or D. Indicate the model number of the primary communication module used to complete the ENERGY STAR System. Features Enabled By Primary Communication Module/Device Required if Communication Hardware Architecture is B, C, or D. Select all features enabled by the module/device (features which are not built-in). Secondary Communication Module/Device Brand Name Required if Communication Hardware Architecture is B, C, or D and a second communication module can provide an ENERGY STAR CPPS. Indicate the brand name of the primary communication module used to complete the ENERGY STAR System. Secondary Communication Module/Device Model Number Required if Communication Hardware Architecture is B, C, or D and a second communication module can provide an ENERGY STAR CPPS. Indicate the model number of the module/device. Features Enabled By Secondary Communication Module/Device Required if Communication Hardware Architecture is B, C, or D and a second communication module can provide an ENERGY STAR CPPS. Select all features enabled by the module/device (features which are not built-in). Tertiary Communication Module/Device Brand Name Required if Communication Hardware Architecture is B, C, or D and a third communication module can provide an ENERGY STAR CPPS. Indicate the brand name of the module/device. Tertiary Communication Module/Device Model Number Required if Communication Hardware Architecture is B, C, or D and a third communication module can provide an ENERGY STAR CPPS. Indicate the model number of the module/device. Features Enabled By Tertiary Communication Module/Device Required if Communication Hardware Architecture is B, C, or D and a third communication module can provide an ENERGY STAR CPPS. Select all features enabled by the module/device (features which are not built-in). Is Broadband Internet Connection Needed for Demand Response? Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Indicate if Demand Response capabilities require broadband internet connection. For units with a CTA-2045 port (a.k.a. EcoPort), select “No”. Compressor Staging Refrigerant Type Indicate the refrigerant type used. Refrigerant Type - Other Required if Refrigerant Type is Other. Only provide a value for this field if the refrigerant used is not included in the enumeration list in the “refrigerant type” field. Refrigerants listed here should use the nomenclature in the SNAP approved list of refrigerants on https://www.epa.gov/snap/substitutes-residential-and-light-commercial-air-conditioning-and-heat-pumps to ensure appropriate listings. Consult EPA if there is a request to list more than one refrigerant per model. Product Name Boilers Service Method Submit_Boilers_3_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Boilers Version 3.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Release Date TBD Boilers Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Boilers Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Boilers Version 3.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Fuel Type Select one or more types of the fuels listed that power the boiler. Measured AFUE Rating Provide the measured AFUE rating of the unit based on test data. If multiple samples were tested, report the average value. The AFUE rating must be expressed as a percentage. Reported AFUE Rating Provide the rated/reported AFUE rating of the unit, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. The AFUE rating must be expressed as a percentage. Provide Hot Water Heating Indicate Yes if the product provides hot water for domestic or other use as defined in combination space-heating and water heating appliance. Otherwise, indicate No. Product Name Ceiling Fans Service Method Submit_Ceiling_Fans_4_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Residential Ceiling Fans Version 4.0 and 4.1. This template is for ceiling fans without lighting. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Release Date TBD V4 Fans Only Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. V4 Fans Only Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Residential Ceiling Fans Version 4.0 and 4.1. This template is for ceiling fans without lighting. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Product Type Ceiling Fan Components Warranty (years) Provide ceiling fan components warranty period in years. Fan Power Consumption-Low Speed (W) Required for standard and hugger fans. Provide power consumption in watts (W) when model is set on its "low" speed. Fan Power Consumption-High Speed (W) Provide power consumption in watts (W) when model is set on its "high" speed. Fan Power Consumption-Standby (W) Provide the power consumption of the ceiling fan when it is in standby mode. If no standby power consumption exists, then record 0.0. Ceiling Fan Features Select as applicable. If product contains no special features, select None. Airflow-Low Speed (CFM) Required for standard and hugger fans. Provide total airflow in cubic feet per minute (CFM) when model is set on its "low" speed. Airflow-High Speed (CFM) Provide total airflow in cubic feet per minute (CFM) when model is set on its "high" speed. Ceiling Fan Efficiency (CFM/W) Provide ceiling fan efficiency as calculated in 10 CFR Part 430, Subpart B, Appendix U. Blade Span (in) Provide the blade span (largest swept circle by any part of the fan blade assembly) in inches. Type of Fan Speed Control Provide the type(s) of fan speed control as provided in the box the fan is shipped in or via download. Type of Airflow Direction Control Provide the type(s) of airflow directional control as provided in the box the fan is shipped in or via download. Wi-Fi-based Remote Control Yes if model offers a Wi-Fi-based remote control for fan speed and/or airflow direction. Wi-Fi-based Remote Control Backup Required if Wi-Fi-based Remote Control is Yes. Connected Functionality Yes if models meets all of the ENERGY STAR Connected Functionality criteria. Open Access Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Select all that apply. Communication Standards Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Select all that apply. Communication Standards - Other Required if Communication Standards is Other. Indicate relevant standard(s). Indoor/Outdoor Indicate whether the ceiling fan is intended for indoor or indoor and outdoor use. ENERGY STAR Ceiling Fan Light Kit Indicate Yes if the ceiling fan can be paired with ENERGY STAR ceiling fan light kit(s). Product Name Commercial Boilers Service Method Submit_Commercial_Boilers_1_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Commercial Packaged Boilers Version 1.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Release Date TBD Commercial Boilers Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Commercial Boilers Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Commercial Packaged Boilers Version 1.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Fuel Type Select one or more types of the fuels listed that power the boiler. Full Load Input Rate (Btu/hr) Indicate capacity at full load rated input expressed in Btu/h. Reported Thermal Efficiency (TE) Provide the rated/reported TE rating of the unit, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. The TE rating must be expressed as a percentage. Measured TE Provide the measured TE rating of the unit based on test data. If multiple samples were tested, report the average value. The TE rating must be expressed as a percentage. Turndown Ratio Provide the turndown ratio of the unit as a ratio to one (e.g. indicate 5.1 for a ratio of 5.1:1). Application The environment in which the boiler is designed to operate. Control Type Indicate the type of controls that allow the boiler to operate. Product Name Televisions Service Method Submit_Televisions_9_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Televisions Version 9.0 and 9.1. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Release Date TBD ENERGY STAR Televisions Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Televisions Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Televisions Version 9.0 and 9.1. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Product Type Application Indicate the application or market for which the product is intended for use. Display Type Specify the display technology used for the TV. Other Display Type Required if the Display Type is Other. Backlight Technology Other Backlight Technology Required if the Backlight Technology is Other. Native Vertical Resolution (pixels) Do not count subpixels (i.e., some TVs have four subpixels for RGWB in each pixel). Native Horizontal Resolution (pixels) Do not count subpixels (i.e., some TVs have four subpixels for RGWB in each pixel). Resolution-Based Adjustment Factor (W) Provide the calculated value of the Resolution Adjustment Factor, in watts. Resolution Format Other Resolution Format Required if the Resolution Format is Other. High Contrast Ratio (HCR) Display Indicate whether the product model meets the definition of a High Contrast Ratio Display. Local Dimming Other Local Dimming Required if Local Dimming is Other. Viewable Screen Height (in) Viewable Screen Width (in) Diagonal Viewable Screen Size (in) Viewable Screen Area (sq in) External Power Supply (EPS) Indicate whether the product ships with an External Power Supply. Features Indicate any available features in the product. The features may include those not enabled during tests for ENERGY STAR certification. Features - Other Required if Other is chosen as an available feature for this model. Please provide information on the purpose of this feature. Motion-based Dynamic Dimming Feature Activation This field is no longer relevant for models certified to V9.1. Smart Speaker Connections Required for UUTs tested with a Smart Speaker connection enabled. Provide the model of smart speaker connected during testing. Wake-On-Cast Connection Required for UUTs connected to a Wake-On-Cast (e.g., YouTube, Netflix, etc.) app for testing. Provide the name of the app connected during testing. Wake-By-Remote-Control-App Connection Required for UUTs connected to a remote control app (e.g, Roku App) for testing. Provide the name of the app connected during testing. Features Enabled in Default SDR Preset Picture Setting On Mode Indicate features enabled in the Default Standard Dynamic Range (SDR) Picture Setting tested in On Mode by default in the Default SDR Preset Picture Setting. Feat Enabled in Default SDR Preset Picture Setting On Mode Other Required if Features Enabled in the Default SDR Preset Picture Setting is Other. Features Enabled in Brightest SDR Preset Picture Setting Indicate features enabled by default in the Brightest SDR Preset Picture Setting. Features Enabled in Brightest SDR Picture Setting Other Required if Features Enabled in Brightest SDR Preset Picture Setting is Other. Feat. Enabled in Default HDR10 Preset Picture Setting Required for UUTs that offer a discernable High Dynamic Range (HDR10) Preset Picture Setting. Indicate features enabled by default in the Default HDR Preset Picture Setting. Features Enabled in Default HDR10 Preset Picture Setting Other Required if Features Enabled in Default HDR10 Preset Picture Setting is Other. Number of Preset Picture Settings with ABC Enabled by Default Indicate the number of Preset Picture Settings with ABC enabled by default, as observed when switching onto that setting when testing for the Brightest SDR Preset Picture Setting. Number of High Dynamic Range Preset Picture Settings Available Indicate the number of discernable high dynamic range preset picture settings available for this model. Features Enabled in Standby-Active Mode This field is no longer relevant for models certified to V9.1. Features Enabled in Standby-Active Mode Other This field is no longer relevant for models certified to V9.1. Availability of Retail Configuration Indicate whether a Retail configuration or Preset Picture Setting is available. Second Prompt Confirming Retail Configuration Required for UUTs with an available Retail Configuration. Indicate whether the product displays a second prompt confirming selection of Retail Configuration. Low Power Wireless Technologies Indicate whether the model supports low power wireless technologies. Low Power Wireless Technologies Other Required if the indicated Low Power Wireless Technologies is Other Physical Data Ports Physical Data Ports Other Required if Physical Data Ports is Other Ethernet Supported Ethernet Supported Other Required if the indicated Ethernet Supported is Other Thin Client Capability Indicate whether the product has Thin Client Capability. Test Video for SDR Preset Picture Settings Indicate which IEC test clip was used during the testing of SDR Preset Picture Settings. Test Video for HDR10 Preset Picture Settings Required for models with a discernable HDR10 preset picture setting. Indicate which IEC test clip was used during the testing of HDR Preset Picture Settings. Name of Default SDR Preset Picture Setting Name of Default SDR Preset Picture Setting or description of the picture setting and parameters enabled during testing. On Mode Power for Default SDR Preset Picture Set. at 140 lx (W) Required for models with ABC enabled by default in the Default SDR Preset Picture Settings. Provide the measured On Mode Power at the 140 lx ambient lighting condition. On Mode Power for Default SDR Preset Picture Set. at 50 lx (W) Required for models with ABC enabled by default in the Default SDR Preset Picture Setting. Provide the measured On Mode Power at the 50 lx ambient lighting condition. On Mode Power for Default SDR Preset Picture Set. at 17 lx (W) Required for models with ABC enabled by default in the Default SDR Preset Picture Setting. Provide the measured On Mode Power at the 17 lx ambient lighting condition. On Mode Power for Default SDR Preset Picture Setting at 4 lx (W) Required for models with ABC enabled by default in the Default SDR Preset Picture Setting. Provide the measured On Mode Power at the 4 lx ambient lighting condition. Avg. On Mode Power ABC-Enabled Default SDR Preset Picture Set. Required for models with ABC enabled by default in the Default SDR Preset Picture Setting. Provide the average of the four On Mode Power values measured with ABC enabled. On Mode Pwr. Default SDR Preset Pict. Set. default ABC-Disabled Required for all Models. Provide the measured On Mode Power for the Default SDR Preset Picture Setting at the default ABC-Disabled Backlight Level (W). On Mode Pwr Default SDR Preset Pict. Set. 20% Max ABC-Disabled This field is no longer relevant for models certified to V9.1. Dynamic Luminance of Default SDR Preset Picture Setting 140 lx Required for models with ABC enabled by default in the Default SDR Preset Picture Setting. Provide the Dynamic Luminance in candelas per square meter (cd/m^2) at the 140 lx ambient lighting condition. Dynamic Luminance of Default SDR Preset Picture Setting 50 lx Required for models with ABC enabled by default in the Default SDR Preset Picture Setting. Provide the Dynamic Luminance in candelas per square meter (cd/m^2) at the 50 lx ambient lighting condition. Dynamic Luminance of Default SDR Preset Picture Setting 17 lx Required for models with ABC enabled by default in the Default SDR Preset Picture Setting. Provide the Dynamic Luminance in candelas per square meter (cd/m^2) at the 17 lx ambient lighting condition. Dynamic Luminance of the Default SDR Preset Picture Setting 4 lx Required for models with ABC enabled by default in the Default SDR Preset Picture Setting. Provide the Dynamic Luminance in candelas per square meter (cd/m^2) at the 4 lx ambient lighting condition. Avg Dynamic Luminance ABC-Enabled Default SDR Preset Pic. Set Required for models with ABC enabled by default in the Default SDR Preset Picture Setting. Provide the average of the four On Mode Power values measured with ABC enabled. (cd/m^2) Dynamic Luminance for Default SDR Preset Picture Setting Default Required for all Models. Dynamic Luminance for the Default SDR Preset Picture Setting at the default ABC-Disabled Backlight Level (cd/m^2). Provide the measured Dynamic Luminance at the default backlight level with ABC disabled. Dynamic Luminance for Default SDR Preset Picture Setting at 20% This field is no longer relevant for models certified to V9.1. Interpolated On Mode Power Default SDR Preset Picture Set. (W) Required if the Average Dynamic Luminance or ABC-disabled Dynamic Luminance of the Default SDR Preset Picture Setting, whichever is applicable, is below 20 cd/m^2. Provide the interpolated On Mode Power value when playing the applicable test clip at 20 cd/m^2. Default SDR Preset Picture Set On Mode Power Limit for Cert. (W) Provide the applicable On Mode Power limit for the Default SDR Preset Picture Setting. (W) Name of Brightest SDR Preset Picture Setting Name of Brightest SDR Preset Picture Setting or description of the picture setting and parameters enabled during testing. Dynamic Luminance Brightest SDR Preset Picture Set. During ID Report the dynamic luminance (cd/m^2) of the brightest selectable SDR preset picture setting as measured when identifying which setting is the brightest. On Mode Power Brightest SDR Preset Picture Setting 140 lx (W) Required for models with ABC enabled by default in the Brightest SDR Preset Picture Settings. Provide the measured On Mode Power at the 140 lx ambient lighting condition. On Mode Power for Brightest SDR Preset Picture Setting 50 lx (W) Required for models with ABC enabled by default in the Brightest SDR Preset Picture Setting. Provide the measured On Mode Power at the 50 lx ambient lighting condition. On Mode Power for Brightest SDR Preset Picture Setting 17 lx (W) Required for models with ABC enabled by default in the Brightest SDR Preset Picture Setting. Provide the measured On Mode Power at the 17 lx ambient lighting condition. On Mode Power for Brightest SDR Preset Picture Setting 4 lx (W) Required for models with ABC enabled by default in the Brightest SDR Preset Picture Setting. Provide the measured On Mode Power at the 4 lx ambient lighting condition. Avg On Mode Power ABC-Enabled Brightest SDR Preset Pic. Set. (W) Required for models with ABC enabled by default in the Brightest SDR Preset Picture Setting. Provide the average of the four On Mode Power values measured with ABC enabled. On Mode Power for the Brightest SDR Preset Picture Set. Default Provide the measured On Mode Power of the Brightest SDR Preset Picture Setting at the ABC-disabled default backlight level. On Mode Power for the Brightest SDR Preset Picture Set. 20% This field is no longer relevant for models certified to V9.1. Dynamic Luminance Brightest SDR Preset Picture Setting at 140 lx Required for models with ABC enabled by default in the Brightest SDR Preset Picture Setting. Provide the Dynamic Luminance in candelas per square meter (cd/m^2) at the 140 lx ambient lighting condition. Dynamic Luminance Brightest SDR Preset Picture Setting at 50 lx Required for models with ABC enabled by default in the Brightest SDR Preset Picture Setting. Provide the Dynamic Luminance in candelas per square meter (cd/m^2) at the 50 lx ambient lighting condition. Dynamic Luminance Brightest SDR Preset Picture Setting at 17 lx Required for models with ABC enabled by default in the Brightest SDR Preset Picture Setting. Provide the Dynamic Luminance in candelas per square meter (cd/m^2) at the 17 lx ambient lighting condition. Dynamic Luminance Brightest SDR Preset Picture Setting at 4 lx Required for models with ABC enabled by default in the Brightest SDR Preset Picture Setting. Provide the Dynamic Luminance in candelas per square meter (cd/m^2) at the 4 lx ambient lighting condition. Average Dynamic Luminance for the ABC-Enabled Brightest SDR Required for models with ABC enabled by default in the Brightest SDR Preset Picture Setting. Provide the average (cd/m^2) of the four On Mode Power values measured with ABC enabled. Dynamic Luminance Brightest SDR Preset Picture Set Default ABC Dynamic Luminance for the Brightest SDR Preset Picture Setting at the default ABC-Disabled Backlight Level (cd/m^2). Provide the measured Dynamic Luminance of the Brightest SDR Preset Picture Setting at the default backlight level with ABC disabled. Dynamic Luminance Brightest SDR Preset Picture Setting 20% This field is no longer relevant for models certified to V9.1. Interpolated On Mode Power Brightest SDR Preset Picture Set. (W) Required if the ABC-disabled Dynamic Luminance of the Brightest SDR Preset Picture Setting, is below 20 cd/m^2. Provide the interpolated On Mode Power value when playing the applicable test clip at 20 cd/m^2. Brightest SDR Preset Picture Setting On Mode Power Limit (W) Provide the applicable On Mode Power limit for the Brightest SDR Preset Picture Setting. Name of Default HDR10 Preset Picture Setting Required for models with an HDR10 Preset Picture Setting that has a discernable name. Name of Default HDR10 Preset Picture Setting or description of the picture setting and parameters enabled during testing. On Mode Power Default HDR10 Preset Picture Setting at 140 lx (W) Required for models with ABC enabled by default when playing an HDR10 test clip. Provide the measured On Mode Power at the 140 lx ambient lighting condition. On Mode Power Default HDR10 Preset Picture Setting at 50 lx (W) Required for models with ABC enabled by default when playing an HDR10 test clip. Provide the measured On Mode Power at the 50 lx ambient lighting condition. On Mode Power Default HDR10 Preset Picture Setting at 17 lx (W) Required for models with ABC enabled by default when playing an HDR10 test clip. Provide the measured On Mode Power at the 17 lx ambient lighting condition. On Mode Power Default HDR10 Preset Picture Setting at 4 lx (W) Required for models with ABC enabled by default when playing an HDR10 test clip. Provide the measured On Mode Power at the 4 lx ambient lighting condition. Average On Mode Power for the ABC-Enabled Default HDR10 Preset Average On Mode Power for the ABC-Enabled Default HDR10 Preset Picture Setting (W). Required for models with ABC enabled by default when playing an HDR10 test clip. Provide the average of the four On Mode Power values measured with ABC enabled. On Mode Power Default HDR10 Preset Picture Set. Default On Mode Power for the Default HDR10 Preset Picture Setting at the default ABC-Disabled Backlight Level (W). Required for all models. Provide the measured On Mode Power at the default backlight level when playing an HDR10 test clip. On Mode Power Default HDR10 Preset Picture Setting at 20% This field is no longer relevant for models certified to V9.1. Dynamic Luminance Default HDR10 Preset Picture Setting at 150 lx Required for models with ABC enabled by default when playing an HDR10 test clip. Provide the Dynamic Luminance in candelas per square meter (cd/m^2) at the 140 lx ambient lighting condition. The field title inadvertently refers to 150 lux but the dynamic luminance for the Default HDR10 Preset Picture Setting should be measured and reported at 140 lux. Dynamic Luminance Default HDR10 Preset Picture Setting at 50 lx Required for models with ABC enabled by default when playing an HDR10 test clip. Provide the Dynamic Luminance in candelas per square meter(cd/m^2) at the 50 lx ambient lighting condition. Dynamic Luminance Default HDR10 Preset Picture Setting at 17 lx Required for models with ABC enabled by default when playing an HDR10 test clip. Provide the Dynamic Luminance in candelas per square meter (cd/m^2) at the 17 lx ambient lighting condition. Dynamic Luminance Default HDR10 Preset Picture Setting at 4 lx Required for models with ABC enabled by default when playing an HDR10 test clip. Provide the Dynamic Luminance in candelas per square meter (cd/m^2) at the 4 lx ambient lighting condition. Average Dynamic Luminance ABC-Enabled Default HDR10 Preset Required for models with ABC enabled by default when playing an HDR10 test clip. Provide the average (cd/m^2) of the four On Mode Power values measured with ABC enabled. Dynamic Luminance Default HDR10 Preset Picture Set. Default Required for all models. Provide the measured Dynamic Luminance at the default backlight level. (cd/m^2) Dynamic Luminance Default HDR10 Preset Picture Set. 20% This field is no longer relevant for models certified to V9.1. Interpolated On Mode Power for Default HDR10 Preset Picture (W) Required if the Average Dynamic Luminance or ABC-disabled Dynamic Luminance, whichever is applicable, is below 10 cd/m^2 when playing the HDR10 test clip. Provide the interpolated On Mode Power value when playing the HDR10 test clip at 10 cd/m^2. Default HDR10 Preset Picture Setting On Mode Power Limit (W) Provide the applicable On Mode Power limit for the Default HDR10 Preset Picture Setting. Average On Mode Power (W) This field is no longer relevant for models certified to V9.1. Average On Mode Power Limit (W) This field is no longer relevant for models certified to V9.1. Measured Standby-Active Mode Power (W) This field is no longer relevant for models certified to V9.1. Measured Standby-Passive Mode Power (W) This field is no longer relevant for models certified to V9.1. Measured Wake Time (Seconds) This field is no longer relevant for models certified to V9.1. Measured Quick Start-Disabled Wake Time (seconds) This field is no longer relevant for models certified to V9.1. Reported Off Mode Power (W) This field is no longer relevant for models certified to V9.1. Reported Standby-Active, Low Mode Power (W) This field is no longer relevant for models certified to V9.1. Features Enabled During Standby Mode Power Test Required for all models certified to V9.1. Indicate if smart wake is enabled, if the model is internet connected, or if the Measured Standby Mode Power test is conducted without internet connection per the Standby Mode Test Method referenced in Appendix H to Subpart B of 10 CFR Part 430. Features Enabled During Standby Mode Power Test Other Required if Features Enabled During Standby Mode Power Test is Other. Smart Wake Features Enabled During Standby Mode Power Test Required for all internet connected models that are advertised to support Wake-By-Remote-Control-App (WbRA), Wake-On-Cast (WoC), or Wake-By-Smart-Speaker (WbS). Indicate which smart wake feature(s) are enabled during the measured Standby Mode Power test per the Standby Mode Test Method referenced in Appendix H to Subpart B of 10 CFR Part 430. Smart Wake Features Enabled During Standby Mode Power Test Other Required if Smart Wake Features Enabled During Standby Mode Power Test is Other. Measured Standby Mode Power (W) Required for all models certified to V9.1. Provide the measured Standby Mode Power (W), measured per the Standby Mode Test Method referenced in Appendix H to Subpart B of 10 CFR Part 430. Reported On Mode Power (W) Provide the rated/reported On Mode Power, as obtained through the federal test procedure, in watts. Reported Annual Energy Consumption (kW) Provide the rated/reported Annual Energy Consumption (AEC), as obtained through the AEC Test Method referenced in Section 4 (Testing) of the TVs Specification, in kWh. Download Acquisition Mode (DAM) Present Indicate whether the product has a Download Acquisition Mode. Product Name Ventilating Fans - Fans Only Service Method Submit_Ventilating_Fans_Fans_Only_4_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Residential Ventilating Fans Version 4.0, 4.1 and 4.2. This template is for ventilating fans without lighting. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Release Date TBD Ventilating Fans - Fans Only Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Ventilating Fans - Fans Only Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Residential Ventilating Fans Version 4.0, 4.1 and 4.2. This template is for ventilating fans without lighting. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Product Type MERV of In-line fan filter Required if Product Type is In-line (multi-port) or In-line (single-port) and if the fan is tested with a filter in place, provide the MERV of the tested filter. Leave blank if no filter. Number of Speeds Provide the number of speeds. For models with a rotary speed dial or similar mechanism that allows for a theoretically infinite number of speeds, indicate 3 for Number of Speeds. Duct Size Diameter or Depth (in.) Provide the depth for rectangular ducts or the diameter for circular ducts. Duct Size Width (in.) Required for model numbers with rectangular ducts. Provide the duct width. Rated Input Power 1 (W) Required for Range Hoods. Provide the rated input power at the configuration selected in the field As Tested Configuration 1. Measured Motor Wattage 1 (W) Provide the actual Motor Wattage at maximum (1) speed based on test data. For Range Hoods, provide the data at the configuration selected in the field As Tested Configuration 1. Measured Airflow 1 (CFM) Provide the actual Airflow at maximum (1) speed based on test data, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. For Range Hoods, provide the data at the configuration selected in the field As Tested Configuration 1. Reported Airflow 1 (CFM) Provide the rated/reported Airflow at maximum (1) speed, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. For Range Hoods, provide the data at the configuration selected in the field As Tested Configuration 1. Efficacy 1 (CFM/W) Provide the calculated efficacy at maximum (1) speed based on measured test data. For Range Hoods, provide the data at the configuration selected in the field As Tested Configuration 1. Reported Sound Level 1 (sone) Required if Product Type is Range Hood or Bathroom or Utility Room. Provide the rated/reported Sound Level at maximum (1) speed, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. For Range Hoods, provide the data at the configuration selected in the field As Tested Configuration 1. As-Tested Configuration 1 Required if Product Type is Range Hood. For Range Hoods, with single or more configurations, provide the as-tested configuration of the tested unit. Rated Input Power 2 (W) Required if Range Hood with two or more configurations. Provide the rated input power at the configuration selected in the field As Tested Configuration 2. Measured Motor Wattage 2 (W) Required if Bathroom, Utility or In-Line fans have two or more speeds or Range Hoods have two or more configurations. For Bathroom, Utility and In-Line fans, provide the actual Motor Wattage at next highest tested (2) speed based on test data. For Range Hoods, provide the actual Motor Wattage based on test data at the configuration selected in the field As Tested Configuration 2. Measured Airflow 2 (CFM) Required if Bathroom, Utility or In-Line fans have two or more speeds or if Range Hoods have two or more configurations. For Bathroom, Utility and In-Line fans, provide the actual Airflow at next highest tested (2) speed based on test data, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. For Range Hoods, provide the actual Airflow based on test data at the configuration selected in the field As Tested Configuration 2. Reported Airflow 2 (CFM) Required if Bathroom, Utility or In-Line fans have two or more speeds or if Range Hoods have two or more configurations. For Bathroom, Utility and In-Line fans, provide the rated/reported Airflow at next highest tested (2) speed, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. For Range Hoods, provide the rated/reported Airflow at the configuration selected in the field As Tested Configuration 2. Efficacy 2 (CFM/W) Required if Bathroom, Utility or In-Line fans have two or more speeds or if Range Hoods have two or more configurations. For Bathroom, Utility and In-Line fans, provide the calculated efficacy value at next highest tested (2) speed based on measured test data.. For Range Hoods, provide the efficacy value based on measured test data at the configuration selected in the field As Tested Configuration 2. Reported Sound Level 2 (sone) Required if Bathroom, Utility or In-Line fans have two or more speeds or if Range Hoods have two or more configurations. For Bathroom, Utility and In-Line fans, provide the rated/reported Sound Level at next highest tested (2) speed, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. For Range Hoods, provide the rated/reported Sound Level at the configuration selected in the field As Tested Configuration 2. As-Tested Configuration 2 Required if Product Type is Range Hood and unit has two or more configurations. Provide the second as-tested configuration of the tested unit. Rated Input Power 3 (W) Required if Range Hood with three configurations. Provide the rated input power at the configuration selected in the field As Tested Configuration 3. Measured Motor Wattage 3 (W) Required if Bathroom, Utility or In-Line fans have three or more speeds or if Range Hoods have three configurations. For Bathroom, Utility and In-Line fans, provide the actual Motor Wattage at minimum (3) speed based on test data. For Range Hoods, provide the actual Motor Wattage based on test data at the configuration selected in the field As Tested Configuration 3. Measured Airflow 3 (CFM) Required if Bathroom, Utility or In-Line fans have three or more speeds or if Range Hoods have three configurations. For Bathroom, Utility and In-Line fans, provide the actual Airflow at minimum (3) speed based on test data, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. For Range Hoods, provide the actual Airflow based on test data at the configuration selected in the field As Tested Configuration 3. Reported Airflow 3 (CFM) Required if Bathroom, Utility or In-Line fans have three or more speeds or if Range Hoods have three configurations. For Bathroom, Utility and In-Line fans, provide the rated/reported Airflow at minimum (3) speed, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. For Range Hoods, provide the rated/reported Airflow at the configuration selected in the field As Tested Configuration 3. Efficacy 3 (CFM/W) Required if Bathroom, Utility or In-Line fans have three or more speeds or if Range Hoods have three configurations. For Bathroom, Utility and In-Line fans, provide the calculated efficacy value at the minimum (3) speed based on measured test data. For Range Hoods, provide the calculated efficacy value based on measured test data at the configuration selected in the field As Tested Configuration 3. Reported Sound Level 3 (sone) Required if Bathroom, Utility or In-Line fans have three or more speeds or if Range Hoods have three configurations. For Bathroom, Utility and In-Line fans, provide the rated/reported Sound Level minimum (3) speed, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. For Range Hoods, provide the rated/reported Sound Level at the configuration selected in the field As Tested Configuration 3. As-Tested Configuration 3 Required if Product Type is Range Hood. For Range Hoods with three configurations, provide the third as-tested configuration of the tested unit. Other Configuration Explanation Required if Product Type is Range Hood and Unit As-Tested Configuration is Other for one or more as-tested configurations. Provide an explanation of as-tested configuration. Measured Airflow at 0.25 in. w.g. (CFM) at Maximum Speed Required if Product Type is Bathroom or Utility Room. Provide the actual airflow based on .25 inch water gauge (w.g.) static pressure test data. Percentage of Airflow at 0.1 w.g. at Maximum Speed Required if Product Type is Bathroom or Utility Room. Provide the actual airflow percentage equal to or greater than .1 inch water gauge (w.g.) static pressure test data, expressed as a percentage. Optional Sound Level (sone) at 0.25 in w.g. at Maximum Speed If Product Type is Bathroom or Utility Room it is optional to provide the actual sound level based on 0.25 inch w.g. static pressure test data. Ventilating Fan Features Select all that apply to the operation of the ventilating fan. Additional Features Provide additional features not associated with fan performance, such as speakers, etc. Product Name Commercial Dishwashers Service Method Submit_Commercial_Dishwashers_3_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Commercial Dishwashers Version 3.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Release Date TBD Commercial Dishwashers Verison 3.0 Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Commercial Dishwashers Verison 3.0 Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Commercial Dishwashers Version 3.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Product Type Include relevant product type that applies to this product that are defined in Section 1 of the Specification. Sanitation Method Include the sanitation method that applies to this product. Sanitation methods are defined in Section 1 of the Specification. Heat Recovery Machine Identify if this product meets the Heat Recovery Machine definition in Section 1.D of the Specification. Heat Recovery Features Required for heat recovery machines. Heat Recovery Features - Other Required if Heat Recovery Features included Other Heat Recovery. Provide a description of the heat recovery feature. Heater Type Include all heater sources that apply to this product. Heater types are defined in Section 1 of the Specification. Heater Type - Other Required if Heater Type is Other. Provide a description of the heater type. Idle Energy Rate for Low Temp (kW) Required for chemical sanitizing (low temp) and dual sanitizing machines. Indicate the low temp idle energy rate determined in the appropriate ASTM Test Method. Idle Energy Rate for High Temp (kW) Required for hot water sanitizing (high temp) and dual sanitizing machines. Indicate the high temp idle energy rate determined in the appropriate ASTM Test Method. Idle Energy Rate: Booster Heater (kW) Required for hot water sanitizing (high temp) and dual sanitizing machines, where the booster heater idle energy rate was not included in the High-Temp Idle Energy Rate (kW) field. Report internal/external booster heater idle energy rate metered separately per Table 2 in the Specification. Idle Energy Rate: Inseparable Booster Heater Required for hot water sanitizing (high temp) and dual sanitizing machines. Indicate whether booster heater idle energy consumption is included in idle energy rate per Table 2 in the Specification because the internal booster heater could not be monitored separately (i.e., inseparable) and included in the overall idle energy rate. Idle Energy Rate: Energy Saver Mode Idle Rate (kW) Required for non-conveyor machines and if machine has an energy saver mode. Include measured Energy Saver Mode Idle Energy Rate per ASTM Closed Door Energy Saver Mode Idle Energy Rate test, as applicable. Water Consumption Gallons Per Rack (GPR) Required for under counter and glasswasher; single tank door type; and rack conveyor machines. Provide water consumption in gallons per rack. Water Consumption Gallons Per Hour (GPH) Required for flight-type machines. Provide water consumption in gallons per hour. Water Consumption Gallons per Square Foot (GPSF) Required for pot, pan, and utensil machines. Provide water consumption in gallons per square foot. Washing Energy Consumption (kWh/rack) for Low- and Dual-Temp Mac Required for all low temp and dual temp machine types. Note: The total washing energy shall include internal or external booster heater energy in addition to the tank heater, motor, controls, and any additional auxiliary energy, expressed in kWh/rack. Washing Energy Consumption (kWh/rack) for High- and Dual- Temp M Required for all high temp and dual temp machine types. Note Pot Pan Utensil data is also in kWh per rack format per Table 2 conversion equation in the Specification. Note: The total washing energy shall include internal or external booster heater energy in addition to the tank heater, motor, controls, and any additional auxiliary energy, expressed in kWh/rack. Inlet Temp Provide water inlet temperature for ASTM Testing to nearest degree °F. Primary Hot Water Energy Use (kWh/rack) Required for hot water sanitizing (high temp) and dual sanitizing machines. Provide primary hot water energy use during the washing energy rate test. Hot Water Energy Offset Claimed Indicate if the product is claiming the Hot Water Energy Offset provided in Equation 1 of the Specification. The machine must meet the definition for Heat Recovery Machine in Section 1 of the Specification to claim offset. Hot Water Energy Offset (kWh/rack) Required if Hot Water Energy Offset is Yes. Provide the hot water energy offset calculated with Equation 1 of the Specification. Heat Recovery Hot Water Inlet (%) Required for all heat recovery machines leveraging the hot water energy offset option. Provide the percentage (%) of the total inlet water supply that comes from the hot water inlet. Racks Per Hour Required for all machine types, except flight type machines. Provide the racks per hour. Pot Pan Utensil Machine Wash Area (ft2) Required for Pot Pan Utensil Machines. Wash Time (WT) (sec) Required for stationary rack machines. Rinse Time (RT) (sec) Required for stationary rack machines. Dwell Time (DT) (sec) Required for stationary rack machines. Product Name Ceiling Fan with Lighting Service Method Submit_Ceiling_Fan_with_Lighting_4_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Residential Ceiling Fans Version 4.0 and 4.1. This template is for ceiling fans with lighting. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Release Date TBD V4 Fans with Lighting Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. V4 Fans with Lighting Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Residential Ceiling Fans Version 4.0 and 4.1. This template is for ceiling fans with lighting. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Product Type Ceiling Fan Components Warranty (years) Provide components warranty period in years. CFLK Warranty (years) Required for CFLK warranty to appear on the certified product listing. Fan Power Consumption-Low Speed (W) Required for standard and hugger fans. Provide power consumption in watts (W) when model is set on its "low" speed. Fan Power Consumption-High Speed (W) Provide power consumption in watts (W) when model is set on its "high" speed. Fan Power Consumption-Standby (W) Provide the power consumption of the ceiling fan when it is in standby mode. If no standby power consumption exists, then record 0.0. Ceiling Fan Features Select as applicable. If product contains no special features, select None. Airflow-Low Speed (CFM) Required for standard and hugger fans. Provide total airflow in cubic feet per minute (CFM) when model is set on its "low" speed. Airflow-High Speed (CFM) Provide total airflow in cubic feet per minute (CFM) when model is set on its "high" speed. Ceiling Fan Efficiency (CFM/W) Provide ceiling fan efficiency as calculated in 10 CFR Part 430, Subpart B, Appendix U. Blade Span (in) Provide the blade span (largest swept circle by any part of the fan blade assembly) in inches. Type of Fan Speed and Light Source Control Provide the type(s) of fan speed and light source control as provided in the box the fan is shipped in or via download. Type of Air Flow Direction Control Provide the type(s) of airflow directional control as provided in the box the fan is shipped in or via download. Wi-Fi-based Remote Control Yes if model offers a Wi-Fi-based remote control for fan speed, airflow direction, and/or lighting control. Wi-Fi-based Remote Control Backup Required if Wi-Fi-based Remote Control is Yes. Indicate type(s) of backup controls. Connected Functionality Yes if models meets all of the ENERGY STAR Connected Functionality criteria. Open Access Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Select all that apply. Communication Standards Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Select all that apply. Communication Standards - Other Required if Communication Standards is Other. Indicate relevant standard(s). Indoor/Outdoor Indicate whether the ceiling fan is intended for indoor or indoor and outdoor use. Tested Voltage (V) Provide the voltage(s) at which the model was tested. Reported Voltage (V) Provide the rated/reported voltage(s). Lighting Technology Required for lighting technology to appear on the certified product listing. Source Type This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Light Source Model Number This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Light Source Manufacturer This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Light Source is Self-ballasted or has Integrated Driver This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Light Source Shipped with Ceiling Fan? This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. ANSI-IEC Standardized Lamp Shape This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. ANSI-IEC Designated Lamp Base Type This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. External Ballast/Driver Manufacturer This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. External Ballast/Driver Model Number This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Number of Light Sources per Light Kit This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Claimed Incandescent Equivalency (W) This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Measured Input Power of Light Kit (W) This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Reported Input Power of Light Kit (W) Required for reported (rated) input power of the light kit to appear on the certified product listing. Should be consistent with the value stated on the product packaging. Default Setting Input Power (W) This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Source Luminous Efficacy (lm/W) This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Measured Light Output (lm) This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Default Setting Source Output (lm) This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Reported Light Output (lm) Required for reported light output to appear on the certified product listing. Should be consistent with the value stated on the product packaging. Lumen Output of Individual Light Source (lm) This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Wattage of Individual Light Source (W) This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Light Source Life (hours) Required for light source life to appear in the certified product listing. Average Lumen Maintenance at 40% of Lamp Life This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Solid State Option 1: LM-80 and TM-21 Projected Time to L70 This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Solid State Option 2: LM-84 and TM-28 Projected Time to L70 This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Color Rendering Index (CRI) Required for CRI to appear on the certified product listing. Color Rendering Index (CRI) at Default Setting This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Color Rendering: Average R9 This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Color Rendering: Average R9 at Default Setting This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Nominal Correlated Color Temperature (CCT) Required for CCT to appear on the certified product list. Correlated Color Temperature (CCT) This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Correlated Color Temperature (CCT) at Default Setting This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Color Maintenance Requirements: Change in Chromaticity This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Mercury Content (mg) This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Light Kit Start Time (milliseconds) This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Light Kit Run-up Time (seconds) This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Dimming: Maximum Light Output This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Dimming: Claimed Minimum Light Output This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Dimmer Compatibility This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Flicker: NEMA 77 Short Term Flicker Indicator (Pst) This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Flicker: NEMA 77 Stroboscopic Visibility Measure (SVM) This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Dimming - Audible Noise (dBa) This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Power Factor of Light Kit Required for power factor to appear on the certified product listing. Standby Power Consumption of Light Kit (W) This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Source - Light Kit Standby Power Consumption This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Source - Light Kit Standby Power Consumption – Other This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Operating Frequency of Light Kit (Hz) This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Maximum Recommended Ballast or Driver Case Temperature (°C) This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Maximum Ballast/Driver Case Temperature (°C) This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Minimum Operating Temperature (°C) This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Additional Allowable Light Source Manufacturer This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Additional Allowable Light Source Model Number This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Additional Allowable Ballast or Driver Manufacturer This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Subcomponent Data Source This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Displayed Notes This field is no longer relevant for V4.1. Luminaire Features Required for CFLK features to appear on the certified product listing. Product Name Geothermal Heat Pumps Service Method Submit_Geothermal_Heat_Pumps_3_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Geothermal Heat Pumps Version 3.1 Tier 3 and 3.2. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Release Date Thursday, 08 September 2011 Geothermal Heat Pumps Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Geothermal Heat Pumps Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Geothermal Heat Pumps Version 3.1 Tier 3 and 3.2. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Product Type Report the Geothermal Heat Pump Product Type. For this field, DGX type represents units that are DGX-to-air. Is This Model Certified? This field applies to products registered with, but not certified by a certification body as ENERGY STAR. If a model is only subject to verification testing by the certification body and not fully certified, indicate "No". Indoor Model Number Required for split systems. Tested Value EER Rating Information is required for geothermal heat pumps with heating and cooling capabilities. The EER rating is not required for geothermal heat pumps with heating only. Reported Value EER Rating This may be the same as the tested value. If the reported value differs from the tested value, ensure that the model is certified per directive 2011-5. Tested Value COP Rating Reported Value COP Rating This may be the same as the tested value. If the reported value differs from the tested value, ensure that the model is certified per directive 2011-5. Refrigerant Type Indicate the refrigerant type used. Refrigerant Type - Other If Refrigerant Type is Other. Indicate the refrigerant type used. Refrigerant Charge Report the amount of refrigerant (ounces) in the product if applicable. Product Name Dishwashers Service Method Submit_Dishwashers_7_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Residential Dishwashers Version 7. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Release Date TBD Dishwashers Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Dishwashers Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Residential Dishwashers Version 7. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Size Depth (inches) Provide the product depth (inches) when the door is shut and not including the handle. Width (inches) Provide the product width (inches). Capacity - Maximum Number of Place Settings Provide the maximum number of place settings as recommended by the manufacturer. Soil-Sensing Capability Provide if the product is or is not a soil-sensing dishwasher. Tub Material Provide the tub material. Tub Material Other Required if tub material is Other. Indicate relevant material(s). Drying Method Indicate the drying method(s) that are applicable to the dishwasher. Please indicate none if your product does not have a drying method. Drying Method Other Required if Drying Method is Other. Indicate relevant feature(s). Additional Product Features Indicate the features that are applicable to the dishwasher. Please indicate none if your product does not include additional features. Additional Product Features Other Required if Additional Product Features is Other. Indicate relevant feature(s). Calculated Annual Energy Consumption (kWh/year) Provide the calculated value based on measured test data. Reported Annual Energy Consumption (kWh/year) Provide the rated/reported Annual Energy Consumption, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Measured Water Use (gallons/cycle) Provide the actual Water Use based on test data. Reported Water Use (gallons/cycle) Provide the rated/reported Water Use, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Normal Cycle Cleaning Index - Heavy Provide the heavy soil cleaning index. If there are multiple tests, provide the average. Normal Cycle Cleaning Index - Medium Provide the medium soil cleaning index. If there are multiple tests, provide the average. Normal Cycle Cleaning Index - Light Provide the light soil cleaning index. If there are multiple tests, provide the average. Connected Functionality Indicate Yes if model meets all of the ENERGY STAR Connected Criteria. Communication Hardware Architecture Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Select all that apply. Communication Standard - Application Layer Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Select all that apply. Communication Standard - Application Layer Other Required if Communication Standard - Application Layer is Other. Indicate relevant standard(s). Communication Standard - Media/Network Layer Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Select all that apply. Communication Standard - Media/Network Layer Other Required if Communication Standard - Media/Network Layer is Other. Indicate relevant standard(s). Direct on-premises Open-standard Based Interconnection Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Indicate Yes if as-shipped model enables direct on-premises, open-standard based interconnection. Product Name Commercial Ovens Service Method Submit_Commercial_Ovens_3_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Commercial Ovens Version 3.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Release Date TBD Commercial Ovens Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Commercial Ovens Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Commercial Ovens Version 3.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Product Type Oven Classification Designation per ASTM F1495-20 Specification. Method of Steam Generation Size Required for convection and combination ovens. Half-Size and Full-Size Steam Pan Capacity Required for half-size and full-size combination ovens. Provide the number of full-size (GN 1/1) steam pans the oven can accommodate based on measured test data, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Two-Thirds-Size Steam Pan Capacity Required for two-thirds-size combination ovens. Provide the number of two-thirds-size (GN 2/3) steam pans the oven can accommodate based on measured test data, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Half-Size Sheet Pan Capacity Required for half-size convection ovens. Provide the number of half-size sheet pans the oven can accommodate based on measured test data, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Full-Size Sheet Pan Capacity Required for full-size convection ovens. Provide the number of full-size sheet pans the oven can accommodate based on measured test data, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Heat Source Fuel-Type Voltage (V) Required for electric ovens. Provide the value based on measured test data. Electric Oven Input Rate (kW) Required for electric ovens. Provide the value based on measured test data. Gas Oven Input Rate (Btu/h) Required for gas ovens. Provide the value based on measured test data. Gas Oven Convection Mode Pre-Heat Energy (Btu) Required for gas ovens. Provide the calculated pre-heat energy value based on measured test data. Electric Oven Convection Mode Pre-Heat Energy (kWh) Required for electric ovens. Provide the calculated pre-heat energy value based on measured test data. Convection Mode Pre-Heat Time (min) Required for all ovens. Provide the pre-heat time value based on measured test data. Gas Oven Convection Mode Idle Energy Rate (Btu/h) Required for gas ovens. Provide the calculated gas oven convection mode idle energy rate value based on measured test data, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Gas Oven Convection Mode Electric Idle Energy Rate (kW) Required for gas ovens. This includes “baking mode preheat” for rack ovens. Provide the calculated gas oven convection mode electric idle energy rate value based on measured test data, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Gas Oven Convection Mode Total Idle Energy Rate (Btu/h) Required for gas ovens. This includes “baking mode preheat” for rack ovens. Provide the calculated gas oven convection mode total idle energy rate value based on measured test data. This value is the total sum of energy, both gas and electric (with electric kW converted to Btu/h). Electric Oven Convection Mode Idle Energy Rate (kW) Required for electric ovens. Provide the calculated electric oven convection mode idle energy rate value based on measured test data, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Convection Mode Average Idle Rate Temperature (°F) Required for all ovens. This includes “baking mode preheat” for rack ovens. Provide the calculated convection mode average idle rate temperature value based on measured test data. Convection Mode Idle Period Water Consumption (gal/hr/pan) Required for combination ovens. Provide the calculated convection mode during idle period average water consumption rate value based on measured test data, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Steam Injection Period Water Consumption (gal/min) Required for convection ovens and rack ovens. Provide the average water consumption rate during steam injection mode based on measured test data, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Gas Oven Steam Mode Pre-Heat Energy (Btu) Required for gas combination ovens. Provide the calculated pre-heat energy value based on measured test data. Electric Oven Steam Mode Pre-Heat Energy (kWh) Required for electric combination ovens. Provide the calculated pre-heat energy value based on measured test data. Steam Mode Pre-Heat Time (min) Required for combination ovens. Provide the calculated pre-heat time value based on measured test data. Gas Oven Steam Mode Idle Energy Rate (Btu/h) Required for gas combination ovens. Provide the calculated gas oven steam mode idle energy rate value based on measured test data, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Gas Oven Steam Mode Electric Idle Energy Rate (kW) Required for gas combination ovens. Provide the calculated gas oven steam mode electric idle energy rate value based on measured test data, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Gas Oven Steam Mode Total Idle Energy Rate (Btu/h) Required for gas combination ovens. Provide the calculated gas oven convection mode total idle energy rate value based on measured test data. This value is the total sum of energy, both gas and electric (with electric kW converted to Btu/h). Electric Oven Steam Mode Idle Energy Rate (kW) Required for electric combination ovens. Provide the calculated electric oven steam mode idle energy rate value based on measured test data, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Steam Mode Average Idle Rate Temperature (°F) Required for combination ovens. Provide the calculated steam mode average idle rate temperature value based on measured test data. Steam Mode Idle Period Water Consumption (gal/hr/pan) Required for combination ovens. Provide the calculated convection mode during idle period average water consumption rate value based on measured test data, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Convection Mode Cooking-Energy Efficiency (%) Required for convection and combination ovens. Provide the calculated convection mode cooking-energy efficiency value based on measured test data, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Convection Mode Production Capacity (lbs/h) Required for convection and combination ovens. Provide the calculated convection mode cooking-energy efficiency production capacity value based on measured test data, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Convection Mode Cooking Period Water Consumption (gal/pan) Required for combination ovens. Provide the calculated convection mode during the cooking period average water consumption rate value based on measured test data, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Steam Mode Cooking-Energy Efficiency (%) Required for combination ovens. Provide the calculated steam mode cooking-energy efficiency value based on measured test data, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Steam Mode Production Capacity (lbs/h) Required for combination ovens. Provide the calculated steam mode cooking-energy efficiency production capacity value based on measured test data, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Steam Mode Cooking Period Water Consumption (gal/pan) Required for combination ovens. Provide the calculated steam mode during the cooking period average water consumption rate value based on measured test data, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Rack Oven Baking-Energy Efficiency (%) Required for rack ovens. Provide the calculated baking-energy efficiency value based on measured test data, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Baking Production Capacity (lbs/h) Required for rack ovens. Provide the calculated baking-energy efficiency production capacity value based on measured test data, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Set-Back Idle Mode Required for rack ovens. Product Name Commercial Hot Food Holding Cabinets Service Method Submit_Commercial_Hot_Food_Holding_Cabinets_2_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Commercial Hot Food Holding Cabinets Version 2.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Release Date TBD Commercial Hot Food Holding Cabinets Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Commercial Hot Food Holding Cabinets Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Commercial Hot Food Holding Cabinets Version 2.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Product Type Door/Wall Type Number of Doors Measured Energy Usage (Watts) Provide the actual energy usage rate of the unit in Watts based on test data. Reported Energy Usage (Watts) Provide the rated/reported energy usage of the unit, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of qualified products. Calculated Maximum Idle Energy Rate (Watts) Maximum value will vary based on product interior volume. Calculations are found in Table 1, Section 3B of the specification. Internal Volume (ft3) Indicate the calculated gross interior dimensions. Status Request and Response Schema Status Request and Response Schema Status Request Submission Container Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Status Response Information Container Core Response Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Manufacturing Partner The ENERGY STAR manufacturing partner\'s name to be entered here is the organization that has signed an ENERGY STAR Partnership Agreement. The manufacturing partner is typically the brand owner. Model Name Model Name provided for the model with the submission Model Number Model Number provided for the model with the submission ENERGY STAR Model Identifier An ENERGY STAR model identifier provided for the model with the submission. ENERGY STAR Unique Product Identifier An ENERGY STAR Unique Product identifier provided for the model with the submission. Acceptance Enumerated field indicates if the product passed validation and has been accepted by EPA. Error Message One or more errors in validation will be listed having Error Number and Error Message Error Number Validation Error Number for the error message Error Message Validation Error Message generated by System. Product Name Computers Thin Clients Product Version 9.0 Service Method Submit_Computers_Thin_Clients_9_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Computers Version 9.0 . This template is for thin clients. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Release Date TBD Computers Thin Clients Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Computers Thin Clients Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Computers Version 9.0 . This template is for thin clients. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Product Type System Sleep Mode Default Time Upon Shipment (min) Required if Sleep Mode default time upon shipment is applicable. Display Sleep Mode Default Time Upon Shipment (min) Required if display sleep mode default time upon shipment is applicable. Ethernet Capability Reduced Sleep/Off Ethernet Speed Required if Ethernet Capability is Yes. Indicate Yes if the speed of any active 1 Gb/s or higher Ethernet network links will be reduced to less than 1 Gb/s when transitioning to sleep or off mode. WOL (Wake on LAN) From Sleep Required if Ethernet Capability is Yes. Software Updates Indicate Yes if software updates are conducted from the centrally managed network while model is in Sleep or Off mode. Product Capable of Sleep Multimedia Encode/Decode Support Graphics Allowance Indicate if graphics adder is applicable. WOL Allowance Indicate if Wake on LAN adder is applicable. Operating System Name Operating System Name Other Required if Operating System Name is Other. Processor Brand Processor Name Processor Name Other Required if Processor Name is Other. Installed System Memory RAM (GB) Provide the memory actually installed in the model tested, not the maximum supported. Switchable Graphics Enabled by Default in Ac Mode Required when a device has both integrated graphics and switchable graphics. This setting means that the graphics is switched to integrated graphics when the graphics demand is low. The OEM can provide guidance on detecting what state the graphics is in. This setting is only applicable when a device has both integrated graphics and discrete graphics. Discrete Graphics Frame Buffer Bandwidth (GB/s) Required if graphics adder is applicable. Discrete Graphics Frame Buffer Data Width (bits) Required if graphics adder is applicable. Gigabit Ethernet Ports (count) Energy Efficient Ethernet (EEE) Indicate if Energy Efficient Ethernet is shipped as enabled. Number of Storage Drives Number of Integrated Displays (count) Required if integrated display allowance is applicable. Integrated Display Resolution (megapixels) Required if integrated display allowance is applicable. If multiple integrated displays, provide average. Integrated Display Viewable Screen Area (sq in) Required if integrated display allowance is applicable. If multiple integrated displays, provide average. Enhanced Performance Display Present Required if Enhanced-performance Display allowance is applicable. Enhanced Perform Disp Diagonal Vble Screen Size (in) Required if Enhanced-performance Display allowance is applicable. If multiple integrated displays, provide average. Internal/External Pwr Supply Efficiency at 10% Load Required if available. Internal Power Supply Efficiency at 20% Load Required if internal power supply is present. Internal Power Supply Efficiency at 50% Load Required if internal power supply is present. Internal Power Supply Efficiency at 100% Load Required if internal power supply is present. External Power Supply Average Efficiency Required if available. Provide the simple average of efficiency at 25%, 50%, 75%, and 100% load. External/Internal Power Supply Rated Power (W) Required if available. Provide the nameplate output power which is the power output of the power supply as specified on the manufacturer's label on the power supply housing or, if absent from the housing, as specified in documentation provided by the manufacturer. Physical CPU Cores (count) Provide the number of physical - not logical - CPU cores. CPU Packages (count) Provide the number of CPUs/packages. CPU Base Clock Speed (GHz) Provide the base CPU clock speed, not the burst, turbo, maximum, temporary, or intermittent clock speed. CPU Maximum Clock Speed (GHz) Provide the burst, turbo, maximum, temporary, or intermittent clock speed. Storage Technology Provide the storage technology. Hard Disk Drive includes hybrid hard disk drives with flash component. Storage Technology Other Required if Storage Technology is Other. Performance Score Performance Score is the product of Physical CPU Cores and CPU Clock Speed in GHz. Measured Power in Off at 115 V (W) User-activated Low-power Mode Enabled by Default Indicate if model offers Sleep Mode enabled by default or another low-latency user-activated mode or state that preserves machine state. User-activated Low-power Mode Enabled by Dflt Other Required if User-activated Low-power Mode Enabled by Default is Other. Long Idle State Pwr Used in Place of Sleep Mode Pwr Indicate if Long Idle State power is used in place of Sleep Mode power when calculating Typical Energy Consumption (TEC). Measured Power in Sleep at 115 V (W) Required if model has User-activated Low-power Mode Enabled by Default. Report power in the User-activated Low-power Mode Enabled by Default, if applicable. Measured Power in Long Idle at 115 V (W) Measured Power in Short Idle at 115 V (W) Reported TEC at 115 V (kWh) Maximum TEC Requirement (Etec max) (kWh) Product Name Smart Home Energy Management Systems Service Method Submit_Smart_Home_Energy_Management_Systems_1_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Smart Home Energy Management Systems Version 1.1. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Release Date TBD Smart Home Energy Management Systems Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Smart Home Energy Management Systems Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Smart Home Energy Management Systems Version 1.1. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version ENERGY STAR Partner Indicate the service provider responsible for delivering the energy management service and submitting field data. Service Availability Indicate whether the service is available nationally or only available in limited areas. Detailed Service Availability URL Required if Service Availability is in limited areas and information is available on a website. Is There a No-Cost Subscription Option? Indicate whether a user has the option to connect to the ENERGY STAR certified SHEMS service for no subscription cost. Consumer Privacy Standards Indicate all that apply to the service. Consumer Privacy Standards Other Description of System Cyber Security Measures Describe measures taken by the service provider to support IT security (if any), including company policy, requirements of integrated services and devices, compliance with published frameworks and standards, etc. Relevant standards and frameworks might include the NIST Cybersecurity Framework, CTA-2088, UL IoT Security Rating (UL MCV 1376), and more. Communication Standards Used by Platform Indicate all communications standards available for use by the platform for connection between devices and the SHEMS. Communication Standards Used By Platform Other Required if Communication Standards is “Other”. Indicate relevant standard(s). Grid Communication Standards Indicate all grid communication standards with which the SHEMS package is compliant or certified. Grid Communication Standards Other Required if Grid Communication Standards is Other. Indicate the relevant grid communication standard. Ability to Access Whole Home Energy Use Indicate all methods by which the system is capable of accessing and displaying whole home energy use to the user. Devices Needed For Connection Indicate all devices needed to establish connectivity needed to meet the SHEMS package requirements. Devices Needed For Connection Other Required if Devices Needed for Connection is Other. Describe the device(s) needed for connection. How Does the Platform Connect Outside the Home? Indicate all methods by which the platform is capable of connecting outside the home (Wide Area Network (WAN) connection) for general communication (e.g. connection to the service provider’s cloud.) How Does the Platform Connect Outside the Home Other Required if How Does the Platform Connect Outside the Home? Is Other. Describe the method(s) by which the system is capable of connecting outside the home. Device(s) with Persistent Occupancy Detection Capability Indicate the device(s) fulfilling the SHEMS package requirements which provides pesistent occupancy detection. If the devices are ENERGY STAR Certified, provide the ESUID. Device(s) with Persistent Occupancy Detection Capability Other Required if Device(s) with Persistent Occupancy Detection Capability is "Other”. Indicate the device(s) fulfilling the SHEMS package requirements for persistent occupancy detection. System Occupancy Detection Occupancy Provide the method or methods in which the system detects occupancy/vacancy. Occupancy Detection Method – Other Required if Occupancy Detection Method is “Other”; indicate the method(s). Primary ENERGY STAR Certified Thermostat Provide the ENERGY STAR Unique ID (ESUID) of the certified thermostat which fulfills the ENERGY STAR SHEMS package requirements and is identified by the partner as the primary offering. Additional ENERGY STAR Certified Thermostat(s) Required if the SHEMS package is marketed with any additional thermostat(s). Provide the ENERGY STAR Unique ID (ESUID) of additional certified thermostat(s) which may fulfill the ENERGY STAR SHEMS package requirements. Primary ENERGY STAR Certified Lighting Product Provide the ENERGY STAR Unique ID of the lamp, light fixture, or fan with lighting which fulfills the ENERGY STAR package requirements and is identified by the partner as the primary offering. Additional ENERGY STAR Certified Lighting Product(s) Required if the package is marketed with any additional lighting product(s). Provide the ENERGY STAR Unique ID of additional lamps, light fixtures, or fans with lighting, which fulfill the ENERGY STAR SHEMS package requirements. Plug Load Control / Measurement Device Type(s) Offered Indicate all device type(s) that apply to compatible plug load control / measurement offerings which fulfill the ENERGY STAR SHEMS package requirements. Primary Plug Load Control / Measurement Offering Brand Name, Mod Provide the brand name and model number of the primary plug load control/measurement offering in the format “Brand Name, Model Number” Measured Primary Plug Load Offering Standby Power (W) Indicate the measured idle power in watts of the primary plug load control /measurement offering. Primary Plug Load Control / Measurement Offering Device Type Indicate the device type of the primary plug load control / measurement offering. Second Plug Load Control / Measurement Offering Brand Name, Mode Required if a second plug load control measurement offering is marketed with the SHEMS package. Provide the brand name and model number of the second plug load control/measurement offering in the format “Brand Name, Model Number” Measured Second Plug Load Offering Standby Power (W) Required if a second plug load control measurement offering is marketed with the SHEMS package. Indicate the measured idle power in watts of the second plug load control /measurement offering. Second Plug Load Control / Measurement Offering Device Type Required if a second plug load control measurement offering is marketed with the SHEMS package. Indicate the device type of the second plug load control / measurement offering. Third Plug Load Control / Measurement Offering Brand Name, Model Required if a third plug load control measurement offering is marketed with the SHEMS package. Provide the brand name and model number of the third plug load control/measurement offering in the format “brand name, model number” Measured Third Plug Load Offering Standby Power (W) Required if a third plug load control measurement offering is marketed with the SHEMS package. Indicate the measured idle power in watts of the third plug load control /measurement offering. Third Plug Load Control / Measurement Offering Device Type Required if a third plug load control measurement offering is marketed with the SHEMS package. Indicate the device type of the third plug load control / measurement offering. Fourth Plug Load Control / Measurement Offering Brand Name, Mode Required if a fourth plug load control measurement offering is marketed with the SHEMS package. Provide the brand name and model number of the fourth plug load control/measurement offering in the format “Brand Name, Model Number” Measured Fourth Plug Load Offering Standby Power (W) Required if a fourth plug load control measurement offering is marketed with the SHEMS package. Indicate the measured idle power in watts of the fourth plug load control /measurement offering. Fourth Plug Load Control / Measurement Offering Device Type Required if a fourth plug load control measurement offering is marketed with the SHEMS package. Indicate the device type of the fourth plug load control / measurement offering. Fifth Plug Load Control / Measurement Offering Brand Name, Model Required if a fifth plug load control measurement offering is marketed with the SHEMS package. Provide the brand name and model number of the fifth plug load control/measurement offering in the format “Brand Name, Model Number” Measured Fifth Plug Load Offering Standby Power (W) Required if a fifth plug load control measurement offering is marketed with the SHEMS package. Indicate the measured idle power in watts of the fifth plug load control /measurement offering. Fifth Plug Load Control / Measurement Offering Device Type Required if a fifth plug load control measurement offering is marketed with the SHEMS package. Indicate the device type of the fifth plug load control / measurement offering. Lighting Load Control Device Offered? Indicate Yes if a smart lighting load control device fulfills the ENERGY STAR package requirements. Primary Lighting Load Control Device Brand Name, Model Number Required if Lighting Load Control Device Offered? is Yes; indicate the brand name of the primary smart light switch in the format “Brand Name, Model Number” Measured Primary Lighting Load Control Device Standby Power Required if Lighting Load Control Device Offered? is Yes. Indicate the measured standby power in watts of the primary lighting load control device. Primary Lighting Load Control Device Type Primary Lighting Load Control Device Type Other Required if Primary Lighting Load Control Device Type is Other. Indicate the device type. Second Lighting Load Control Device Brand Name, Model Number Required if additional Lighting Load Control Devices are offered. Indicate the brand name of the second smart light switch in the format “Brand Name, Model Number” Measured Second Lighting Load Control Device Standby Power Required if additional Lighting Load Control Devices are offered. Indicate the measured standby power in watts of the second lighting load control device. Second Lighting Load Control Device Type Required if additional Lighting Load Control Devices are offered. Indicate the device type. Second Lighting Load Control Device Type Other Required if Second Lighting Load Control Device Type is Other. Indicate the device type. Third Lighting Load Control Device Brand Name, Model Number Required if additional Lighting Load Control Devices are offered. Indicate the brand name of the third smart light switch in the format “Brand Name, Model Number” Measured Third Lighting Load Control Device Standby Power Required if additional Lighting Load Control Devices are offered. Indicate the measured standby power in watts of the third lighting load control device. Third Lighting Load Control Device Type Required if additional Lighting Load Control Devices are offered. Indicate the device type. Third Lighting Load Control Device Type Other Required if Third Lighting Load Control Device Type is Other. Indicate the device type. Primary Compatible Water Heater Product Type Indicate the primary compatible water heater product type. Primary Compatible Water Heater Controller Brand Name, Model Num Required if Primary Compatible Water Heater Product Type is Connected water heater controller. Indicate the brand name and model number of the water heater controller which can be connected to the service. Primary Compatible ENERGY STAR Connected Water Heater Required if Primary Water Heater Product Type is ENERGY STAR connected water heater. Provide the ENERGY STAR Unique ID of the compatible ENERGY STAR water heater certified to optional connected criteria. Additional Compatible Water Heater Controller(s) Brand Name(s), Required if the SHEMS package is marketed with additional water heater controller(s). Indicate the brand name(s) and model number(s) of additional water heater controller(s) which can be connected to the service, listed in the format “Brand Name, Water Heater;” Additional Compatible ENERGY STAR Connected Water Heater(s) Required if the SHEMS package is marketed with additional ENERGY STAR water heater(s). Provide the ESUID(s) of the additional compatible ENERGY STAR water heaters. Additional Compatible Water Heater Product Type(s) Required if the SHEMS package is marketed with additional water heater(s) or control product(s). Indicate all that apply. Measured Hub Network Connected Standby or Idle Power (W) Required if Devices Needed for Connection is SHEMS-specific wireless router, gateway, and/or hub. Indicate the measured network standby power in watts. SHEMS-specific WiFi router required? Indicate if the SHEMS service functionality depends on the presence of a specific WiFi router or router/modem combination. Additional Encouraged Devices Included Indicate the additional encouraged devices included in the package for ENERGY STAR devices. Only include if the devices are certified to the optional connected criteria. Additional Encouraged ENERGY STAR Certified Devices Required if Additional Encouraged Devices Included is any ENERGY STAR device. Provide the ENERGY STAR Unique ID (ESUID) for any ENERGY STAR certified additional encouraged devices. Additional Encouraged non-ENERGY STAR Certified Devices Required if Additional Encouraged Devices Included is any non-ENERGY STAR device. Provide the product type, brand name and model of additional encouraged devices, listed in the format “Product Type, Brand Name, Model Number;” Package offering URL Indicate the URL to the SHEMS package offering. Default Schedule Provided Indicate if the system is configured to start operation with a default schedule. Options for Triggering Explicitly Generated Actions Indicate options for triggering explicitly generated actions available through compatible devices and user interfaces. Options for Triggering Explicitly Generated Actions Other Required if Options for Triggering Explicitly Generated Actions is Other. Indicate the option(s). Time of Use Pricing and Variable Rate Integration Description Describe the following: (1) all methods by which the system is capable of accepting pricing data; (2) how the system optimizes device use based on that data; (3) additional capabitilies to support advanced variable rate structures or load building. Two-way communication with Utilities Is the system capable of two-way communication with the utility distribution system and other third parties providing energy management services? Demand Response Capabilities Summary Detailed description of items to include is in the specification. Are Additional Devices Needed for Demand Response? Indicate if additional devices are needed to provide DR capabilities listed in the summary but are not otherwise needed to provide connectivity. Additional Devices Needed for Demand Response Required if Additional Devices Needed for Demand Response? is Yes. Describe the additional devices needed. Demand Response Package Variations Describe differences in DR capability resulting from potential device/service combinations, in the aspects listed in the demand response summary. Is Broadband Internet Connection Needed for Demand Response? Indicate if Demand Response capabilities require broadband internet connection. Product Name Data Center Storage File I/O Service Method Submit_Data_Center_Storage_File_I_O_2_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Data Center Storage File I/O Version 2.0 and 2.1. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Release Date TBD Data Center Storage File I/O Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Data Center Storage File I/O Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Data Center Storage File I/O Version 2.0 and 2.1. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version SNIA Online Taxonomy Category If a product contains both rotational storage devices and solid state storage devices, select the appropriate “Disk Set” option. Partner website URL to comply with Section 3.5.8. Required if product is certified under Version 2.1. Please enter the full partner website URL where customers can find applicable ES configurations, COMs available in the product, and minimum power supply efficiency supported by the product family. Storage Controller Implementation Storage Controller Manufacturer Name Storage Controller Model Name Storage Controller Model Number Storage Controller Advanced Data Recovery Type Indicate the type of advanced data recovery employed in the storage controller. Capacity Optimizing Methods (COMs) Indicate the type of COMs. If there are multiple types used, indicate all options present. Workload Optimization Type Indicate which workload types, transaction, streaming, and/or composite are being submitted. Automated Storage Tiering Capable Indicate if the storage model is capable of automated storage tiering. Automated Storage Tiering Enabled in Hardware on Shipment Required if Automated Storage Tiering Capable is Yes. Indicate if the storage model has automated storage tiering enabled in its hardware on shipment. Software Operating Environment Name Software Operating Environment Version Active or Passive Cooling Enabled in Hardware on Shipment Indicate if the storage model utilizes adaptive active cooling technologies that reduce the energy consumed by the cooling technology in proportion to the current cooling needs to the storage product or if the devices employ passive cooling. For devices employing both active and passive cooling, indicate Both. Length of Rolling Average for Input Power (s) Indicate the length of the rolling average in seconds. If the rolling average is a user-selectable feature, indicate user-selectable. Length of Rolling Average for Inlet Air Temperature (s) Indicate the length of the rolling average in seconds. If the rolling average is a user selectable feature, indicate user-selectable. Power and Temperature Reporting Additional Information Required if available. Indicate additional information (can include a link) regarding the power and temperature reporting. Trans Model Number or Config ID Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. Trans Power Supply Unit (PSU) Type Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. Indicate the type of power supply, either Single-Output or Multi-Output. If there is more than one power supply, enter each power supply's type separated by a semicolon. Trans PSU Manufacturer Name Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. If there is more than one power supply, enter each power supply's manufacturer name, separated by a semicolon (please use the same semicolon order from Trans Power Supply Unit (PSU) Type field). Trans PSU Model Name Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. If there is more than one power supply, enter each power supply's model name, separated by a semicolon (please use the same semicolon order from Trans Power Supply Unit (PSU) Type field). Trans PSU Model Number Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. If there is more than one power supply, enter each power supply's model number, separated by a semicolon (please use the same semicolon order from Trans Power Supply Unit (PSU) Type field). Trans PSU Rated Output (W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. If there is more than one power supply, enter each power supply's rated output, separated by a semicolon (please use the same semicolon order from Trans Power Supply Unit (PSU) Type field). Trans PSUs 80PLUS Certification Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. Indicate the certification achieved through 80Plus Certification. If there is more than one power supply, enter each power supply's 80PLUS Certification level, separated by a semicolon (please use the same semicolon order from Trans Power Supply Unit (PSU) Type field). Trans Total Amount of Cache (GiB) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. Indicate the total amount of cache across all cache devices in gibibyte (GiB). Trans Devices Used for Cache Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. Trans Other Devices Used for Cache Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and Trans Devices Used for Cache is Other. Indicate the name of the Other device used for Cache in this configuration. Trans Total Num Installed Storage Devices Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. Indicate the total number of installed storage devices with addressable storage (not used for cache). This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Trans Ratio Devices Mixed Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. Indicate the ratio of installed storage devices with addressable storage (not used for cache) if there is more than one device in the in the highest predicted deployed storage device, enter total number of each storage device separated by a semicolon (please use the same semicolon order from Trans Device Model Name Highest Predicted Deployed Device). This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Trans Installed Solid State Devices in Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. Indicate the total number of Solid State Devices (SSDs) contained in this configuration with addressable storage (not used for cache). If there is more than one device in the in the highest predicted deployed storage device, enter each device's number of solid state drives separated by a semicolon (please use the same semicolon order from Trans Device Model Name Highest Predicted Deployed Device). This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Trans Installed Rotational Devices in Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. Indicate the total number of rotational devices contained in this configuration (not used for cache). If there is more than one device in the in the highest predicted deployed storage device, enter each device's number of rotational drives separated by a semicolon (please use the same semicolon order from Trans Device Model Name Highest Predicted Deployed Device). This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Trans Num of Controllers in Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. Indicate the total number of controllers contained in the highest predicted deployed storage device. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Trans Num Redundant Controllers Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. Indicate the total number of redundant controllers contained in the highest predicted deployed storage device. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Trans Number of PSUs Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Trans Number of Redundant PSUs Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Trans Auto Tiering Enabled Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. Indicate if automated tiering was enabled during workload testing of the highest predicted deployed storage device. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Trans Optimal Point DATABASE Workload Test Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. Indicate the DATABASE measurement for the highest predicted deployed storage device optimal point. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Trans Optimal Point SW Build Workload Test Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. Indicate the SW Build measurement for the highest predicted deployed storage device optimal point. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Trans Optimal Point VDA Workload Test Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. Indicate the VDA measurement for the highest predicted deployed storage device optimal point. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Trans Optimal Point VDI Workload Test Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. Indicate the VDI measurement for the highest predicted deployed storage device optimal point. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Trans Optimal Point Ready Idle Workload Test (GB/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction. Indicate the ready idle measurement for the highest predicted deployed storage device optimal point in GB per watt. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Trans Storage Device 1 Type Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the type of storage device. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Storage Device 1 Form Factor Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the form factor of storage device 1. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Storage Device 1 Rated Speed (RPM) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the rated speed of storage device 1. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Storage Device 1 Raw Capacity (GiB) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the raw capacity for storage device 1 in GiB. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Num Devices Storage Device 1 Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the number of storage devices for storage device 1. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Physical or Modeled Data Device 1 Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate if the data submitted for storage device 1 is physically tested or produced by a modeler. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Automated Tiering Enabled During Testing Device 1 Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate if automated tiering was enabled during workload testing for storage device 1. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Device 1 Optimal Point DATABASE Workload Test Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the DATABASE measurement for storage device 1 optimal point. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Device 1 Optimal Point SW Build Workload Test Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the SW Build measurement for storage device 1 optimal point. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Device 1 Optimal Point VDA Workload Test Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the VDA measurement for storage device 1 optimal point. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Device 1 Optimal Point VDI Workload Test Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the VDI measurement for storage device 1 optimal point. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Device 1 Optimal Point Ready Idle Workload Test (GB/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the ready idle measurement for storage device 1 optimal point in GB per watt. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Storage Device 2 Type Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the type of storage device. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Storage Device 2 Form Factor Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the form factor of storage device 2. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Storage Device 2 Rated Speed (RPM) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the rated speed of storage device 2. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Storage Device 2 Raw Capacity (GiB) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the raw capacity for storage device 2 in GiB. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Num Devices Storage Device 2 Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the number of storage devices in the optimal point for storage device 2. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Physical or Modeled Data Device 2 Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate if the data submitted for storage device 2 optimal point is physically tested or produced by a modeler. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Automated Tiering Enabled During Testing Device 2 Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate if automated tiering was enabled during workload testing for storage device 2. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Device 2 Optimal Point DATABASE Workload Test Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the DATABASE measurement for storage device 2 optimal point. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Device 2 Optimal Point SW Build Workload Test Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the SW Build measurement for storage device 2 optimal point. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Device 2 Optimal Point VDA Workload Test Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the VDA measurement for storage device 2 optimal point. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Device 2 Optimal Point VDI Workload Test Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the VDI measurement for storage device 2 optimal point. This information is for additional storage devices. Trans Device 2 Optimal Point Ready Idle Workload Test (GB/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Transaction and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the ready idle measurement for storage device 2 optimal point in GB per watt. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Model Number or Config ID Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. Stream Power Supply Unit (PSU) Type Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. Indicate the type of power supply, either Single-Output or Multi-Output. If there is more than one power supply, enter each power supply's type separated by a semicolon. Stream PSU Manufacturer Name Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. If there is more than one power supply, enter each power supply's manufacturer name, separated by a semicolon (please use the same semicolon order from Stream Power Supply Unit (PSU) Type field). Stream PSU Model Name Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. If there is more than one power supply, enter each power supply's model name, separated by a semicolon (please use the same semicolon order from Stream Power Supply Unit (PSU) Type field). Stream PSU Model Number Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. If there is more than one power supply, enter each power supply's model number, separated by a semicolon (please use the same semicolon order from Stream Power Supply Unit (PSU) Type field). Stream PSU Rated Output (W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. If there is more than one power supply, enter each power supply's rated output, separated by a semicolon (please use the same semicolon order from Stream Power Supply Unit (PSU) Type field). Stream PSUs 80PLUS Certification Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. Indicate the certification achieved through 80Plus Certification. If there is more than one power supply, enter each power supply's 80PLUS Certification level, separated by a semicolon (please use the same semicolon order from Stream Power Supply Unit (PSU) Type field). Stream Total Amount of Cache (GiB) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. Indicate the total amount of cache across all cache devices. Stream Devices Used for Cache Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. Stream Other Devices Used for Cache Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and Stream Devices Used for Cache is Other. Indicate the name of the Other device used for Cache in this configuration. Stream Total Num Installed Storage Devices Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. Indicate the total number of installed storage devices with addressable storage (not used for cache). This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Stream Ratio Devices Mixed Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. Indicate the ratio of installed storage devices with addressable storage (not used for cache) if there is more than one device in the in the highest predicted deployed storage device, enter total number of each storage device separated by a semicolon (please use the same semicolon order from Stream Device Model Name Highest Predicted Deployed Device). This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Stream Installed Solid State Devices in Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. Indicate the total number of Solid State Devices (SSDs) contained in this configuration with addressable storage (not used for cache). If there is more than one device in the in the highest predicted deployed storage device, enter each device's number of solid state drives separated by a semicolon (please use the same semicolon order from Stream Device Model Name Highest Predicted Deployed Device). This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Stream Installed Rotational Devices in Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. Indicate the total number of rotational devices contained in this configuration (not used for cache). If there is more than one device in the in the highest predicted deployed storage device, enter each device's number of rotational drives separated by a semicolon (please use the same semicolon order from Stream Device Model Name Highest Predicted Deployed Device). This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Stream Num of Controllers in Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. Indicate the total number of controllers contained in the highest predicted deployed storage device. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Stream Num Redundant Controllers Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. Indicate the total number of redundant controllers contained in the highest predicted deployed storage device. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Stream Number of PSUs Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Stream Number of Redundant PSUs Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Stream Auto Tiering Enabled Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. Indicate if automated tiering was enabled during workload testing of the highest predicted deployed storage device. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Stream Optimal Point DATABASE Workload Test Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. Indicate the DATABASE measurement for the highest predicted deployed storage device optimal point. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Stream Optimal Point SW Build Workload Test Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. Indicate the SW Build measurement for the highest predicted deployed storage device optimal point. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Stream Optimal Point VDA Workload Test Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. Indicate the VDA measurement for the highest predicted deployed storage device optimal point. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Stream Optimal Point VDI Workload Test Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. Indicate the VDI measurement for the highest predicted deployed storage device optimal point. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Stream Optimal Point Ready Idle Workload Test (GB/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming. Indicate the ready idle measurement for the highest predicted deployed storage device optimal point in GB per watt. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Stream Storage Device 1 Type Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the type of storage device. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Storage Device 1 Form Factor Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the form factor of storage device 1. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Storage Device 1 Rated Speed (RPM) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the rated speed of storage device 1. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Storage Device 1 Raw Capacity (GiB) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the raw capacity for storage device 1 in GiB. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Num Devices Storage Device 1 Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the number of storage devices for storage device 1. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Physical or Modeled Data Device 1 Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate if the data submitted for storage device 1 is physically tested or produced by a modeler. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Automated Tiering Enabled During Testing Device 1 Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate if automated tiering was enabled during workload testing for storage device 1. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Device 1 Optimal Point DATABASE Workload Test Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the DATABASE measurement for storage device 1 optimal point. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Device 1 Optimal Point SW Build Workload Test Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the SW Build measurement for storage device 1 optimal point. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Device 1 Optimal Point VDA Workload Test Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the VDA measurement for storage device 1 optimal point. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Device 1 Optimal Point VDI Workload Test Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the VDI measurement for storage device 1 optimal point. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Device 1 Optimal Point Ready Idle Workload Test (GB/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the ready idle measurement for storage device 1 optimal point in GB per watt. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Storage Device 2 Type Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the type of storage device. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Storage Device 2 Form Factor Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the form factor of storage device 2. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Storage Device 2 Rated Speed (RPM) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the rated speed of storage device 2. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Storage Device 2 Raw Capacity (GiB) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the raw capacity for storage device 2 in GiB. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Num Devices Storage Device 2 Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the number of storage devices in the optimal point for storage device 2. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Physical or Modeled Data Device 2 Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate if the data submitted for storage device 2 optimal point is physically tested or produced by a modeler. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Automated Tiering Enabled During Testing Device 2 Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate if automated tiering was enabled during workload testing for storage device 2. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Device 2 Optimal Point DATABASE Workload Test Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the DATABASE measurement for storage device 2 optimal point. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Device 2 Optimal Point SW Build Workload Test Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the SW Build measurement for storage device 2 optimal point. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Device 2 Optimal Point VDA Workload Test Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the VDA measurement for storage device 2 optimal point. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Device 2 Optimal Point VDI Workload Test Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the VDI measurement for storage device 2 optimal point. This information is for additional storage devices. Stream Device 2 Optimal Point Ready Idle Workload Test (GB/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Streaming and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the ready idle measurement for storage device 2 optimal point in GB per watt. This information is for additional storage devices. Comp Model Number or Config ID Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite. Comp Power Supply Unit (PSU) Type Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite. Indicate the type of power supply, either Single-Output or Multi-Output. If there is more than one power supply, enter each power supply's type separated by a semicolon. Comp PSU Manufacturer Name Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite. If there is more than one power supply, enter each power supply's manufacturer name, separated by a semicolon (please use the same semicolon order from Comp Power Supply Unit (PSU) Type field). Comp PSU Model Name Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite. If there is more than one power supply, enter each power supply's model name, separated by a semicolon (please use the same semicolon order from Comp Power Supply Unit (PSU) Type field). Comp PSU Model Number Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite. If there is more than one power supply, enter each power supply's model number, separated by a semicolon (please use the same semicolon order from Comp Power Supply Unit (PSU) Type field). Comp PSU Rated Output (W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite. If there is more than one power supply, enter each power supply's rated output, separated by a semicolon (please use the same semicolon order from Comp Power Supply Unit (PSU) Type field). Comp PSUs 80PLUS Certification Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite. Indicate the certification achieved through 80Plus Certification. If there is more than one power supply, enter each power supply's 80PLUS Certification level, separated by a semicolon (please use the same semicolon order from Comp Power Supply Unit (PSU) Type field). Comp Total Amount of Cache (GiB) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite. Indicate the total amount of cache across all cache devices. Comp Devices Used for Cache Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite. Comp Other Devices Used for Cache Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite and Comp Devices Used for Cache is Other. Indicate the name of the Other device used for Cache in this configuration. Comp Total Num Installed Storage Devices Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite. Indicate the total number of installed storage devices with addressable storage (not used for cache). This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Comp Ratio Devices Mixed Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite. Indicate the ratio of installed storage devices with addressable storage (not used for cache) if there is more than one device in the in the highest predicted deployed storage device, enter total number of each storage device separated by a semicolon (please use the same semicolon order from Comp Device Model Name Highest Predicted Deployed Device). This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Comp Installed Solid State Devices in Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite. Indicate the total number of Solid State Devices (SSDs) contained in this configuration with addressable storage (not used for cache). If there is more than one device in the in the highest predicted deployed storage device, enter each device's number of solid state drives separated by a semicolon (please use the same semicolon order from Comp Device Model Name Highest Predicted Deployed Device). This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Comp Installed Rotational Devices in Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite. Indicate the total number of rotational devices contained in this configuration (not used for cache). If there is more than one device in the in the highest predicted deployed storage device, enter each device's number of rotational drives separated by a semicolon (please use the same semicolon order from Comp Device Model Name Highest Predicted Deployed Device). This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Comp Num of Controllers in Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite. Indicate the total number of controllers contained in the highest predicted deployed storage device. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Comp Num Redundant Controllers Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite. Indicate the total number of redundant controllers contained in the highest predicted deployed storage device. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Comp Number of PSUs Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Comp Number of Redundant PSUs Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Comp Auto Tiering Enabled Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite. Indicate if automated tiering was enabled during workload testing of the highest predicted deployed storage device. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Comp Optimal Point DATABASE Workload Test Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite. Indicate the DATABASE measurement for the highest predicted deployed storage device optimal point. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Comp Optimal Point SW Build Workload Test Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite. Indicate the SW Build measurement for the highest predicted deployed storage device optimal point. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Comp Optimal Point VDA Workload Test Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite. Indicate the VDA measurement for the highest predicted deployed storage device optimal point. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Comp Optimal Point VDI Workload Test Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite. Indicate the VDI measurement for the highest predicted deployed storage device optimal point. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Comp Optimal Point Ready Idle Workload Test (GB/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite. Indicate the ready idle measurement for the highest predicted deployed storage device optimal point in GB per watt. This information is for the highest predicted deployed storage device. Comp Storage Device 1 Type Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the type of storage device. This information is for additional storage devices. Comp Storage Device 1 Form Factor Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the form factor of storage device 1. This information is for additional storage devices. Comp Storage Device 1 Rated Speed (RPM) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the rated speed of storage device 1. This information is for additional storage devices. Comp Storage Device 1 Raw Capacity (GiB) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the raw capacity for storage device 1. This information is for additional storage devices. Comp Num Devices Storage Device 1 Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the number of storage devices for storage device 1. This information is for additional storage devices. Comp Physical or Modeled Data Device 1 Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate if the data submitted for storage device 1 is physically tested or produced by a modeler. This information is for additional storage devices. Comp Automated Tiering Enabled During Testing Device 1 Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate if automated tiering was enabled during workload testing for storage device 1. This information is for additional storage devices. Comp Device 1 Optimal Point DATABASE Workload Test Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the DATABASE measurement for storage device 1 optimal point. This information is for additional storage devices. Comp Device 1 Optimal Point SW Build Workload Test Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the SW Build measurement for storage device 1 optimal point. This information is for additional storage devices. Comp Device 1 Optimal Point VDA Workload Test Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the VDA measurement for storage device 1 optimal point. This information is for additional storage devices. Comp Device 1 Optimal Point VDI Workload Test Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the VDI measurement for storage device 1 optimal point. This information is for additional storage devices. Comp Device 1 Optimal Point Ready Idle Workload Test (GB/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite and one or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the ready idle measurement for storage device 1 optimal point in GB per watt. This information is for additional storage devices. Comp Storage Device 2 Type Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the type of storage device. This information is for additional storage devices. Comp Storage Device 2 Form Factor Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the form factor of storage device 2. This information is for additional storage devices. Comp Storage Device 2 Rated Speed (RPM) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the rated speed of storage device 2. This information is for additional storage devices. Comp Storage Device 2 Raw Capacity (GiB) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the raw capacity for storage device 2 in GiB. This information is for additional storage devices. Comp Num Devices Storage Device 2 Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the number of storage devices in the optimal point for storage device 2. This information is for additional storage devices. Comp Physical or Modeled Data Device 2 Optimal Point Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate if the data submitted for storage device 2 optimal point is physically tested or produced by a modeler. This information is for additional storage devices. Comp Automated Tiering Enabled During Testing Device 2 Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate if automated tiering was enabled during workload testing for storage device 2. This information is for additional storage devices. Comp Device 2 Optimal Point DATABASE Workload Test Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the DATABASE measurement for storage device 2 optimal point. This information is for additional storage devices. Comp Device 2 Optimal Point SW Build Workload Test Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the SW Build measurement for storage device 2 optimal point. This information is for additional storage devices. Comp Device 2 Optimal Point VDA Workload Test Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the VDA measurement for storage device 2 optimal point. This information is for additional storage devices. Comp Device 2 Optimal Point VDI Workload Test Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the VDI measurement for storage device 2 optimal point. This information is for additional storage devices. Comp Device 2 Optimal Point Ready Idle Workload Test (GB/W) Required if Workload Optimization Type is Composite and two or more additional devices are included in configuration. Indicate the ready idle measurement for storage device 2 optimal point in GB per watt. This information is for additional storage devices. Product Name Medical Imaging Equipment Product Version 1.0 Service Method Submit_Medical_Imaging_Equipment_1_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Medical Imaging Equipment V1.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Release Date Monday, 06 October 2025 Medical Imaging Equipment Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Medical Imaging Equipment Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Medical Imaging Equipment V1.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Product Type Field Strength (T) Indicate the field strength of the product, rated in Tesla. Field Strength (T) - Other Required if field strength is Other. Low Helium MRI Indicate if product meets definition of Low Helium MRI. Measured Power in Ready-to-Scan Mode (kW) Report power in Ready-to-Scan Mode. Measured Power in Power Save Mode (kW) Report power in Power Save Mode. Measured Power in Low Power Mode (kW) Report power in Low Power Mode. Percent reduction between Ready-to-Scan and Power Save Mode Record the percent reduction in the measured Ready-to-Scan Mode power and measured Power Save Mode power expressed as a decimal from 0.0 to 100.0. Percent reduction between Ready-to-Scan and Lower Power Mode Record the percent reduction in the measured Ready-to-Scan Mode power and measured Low Power Mode power expressed as a decimal from 0.0 to 100.0. Product Name Downlights Service Method Submit_Downlights_1_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on Downlights and Recessed Downlight Retrofit Kits certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Downlights Version 1.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Release Date TBD Downlights Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Downlights Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on Downlights and Recessed Downlight Retrofit Kits certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Downlights Version 1.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Product Type Indoor/Outdoor Indicate whether the luminaire is intended for indoor or indoor and outdoor use. Intended Application Indicate whether the model is intended for residential or commercial application, or both. Reported Voltage (V) Provide the rated/reported voltage(s). Light Source Model Number Light Source Manufacturer Electrical Connection Type Required for recessed downlight retrofit kits. Indicate how the electrical connection is made within the existing downlight housing. Electrical Connection Type Other Required if Electrical Connection Type is Other. External Driver Manufacturer Required for downlights and retrofit kits utilizing an external power supply. Provide the name of driver manufacturer. Not required for downlights and retrofit kits utilizing LED light engines. External Driver Model Number Required for downlights and retrofit kits utilizing an external power supply. Provide the driver model number. Not required for downlights and retrofit kits utilizing LED light engines. Claimed Incandescent Equivalency (W) Required for models that include equivalency claims on the packaging. Measured Input Power (W) Provide the measured total input power of the model (i.e., all light sources) based on test data. For color tunable downlights and retrofit kits, provide the performance at the most consumptive white light setting. Reported Input Power (W) Provide the rated/reported total input power of the model (i.e., all light sources), which will appear on the list of ENERGY STAR certified products. This value may be equal to or more conservative than Measured Light Output. For color tunable downlights and retrofit kits, provide the performance at the most consumptive white light setting. Reported Luminous Efficacy (lm/W) Provide the calculated value (i.e., reported source light output divided by reported input power). For color tunable downlights and retrofit kits, provide the performance at the most consumptive white light setting. Measured Light Output (lm) Provide the measured total light output of the model (i.e., all light sources) based on test data. For color tunable downlights and retrofit kits, provide the performance at the most consumptive white light setting. Reported Light Output (lm) Provide the reported total light output of the model (i.e., all light sources). This value may only be more conservative than Measured Light Output. For color tunable downlights and retrofit kits, provide the performance at the most consumptive white light setting. Zonal Lumen Density Indicate the percentage of light falling within 0°-60° zone, in decimal format (i.e., use 0.75 for 75%). Light Source Life (hours) The value stated on the product packaging should be consistent with this value, which will appear on the list of ENERGY STAR certified products. Lumen Maintenance: L70 Based on LM-80 and TM-21 Provide "Reported Lumen Maintenance Life" (projected time) in hours as determined by ANSI/IES TM-21 calculator. Color Rendering Index (CRI) Provide the CRI value based on test data. For color tunable downlights and retrofit kits, provide the performance at the most consumptive white light setting. R9 Rendering Score Provide the CRI R9 rendering score based on test data. Report data for all sources. For color tunable downlights and retrofit kits, provide the performance at the most consumptive white light setting. Nominal Correlated Color Temperature (CCT) Provide the nominal CCT which will appear on the list of ENERGY STAR certified products. For color tunable downlights and retrofit kits, one CCT must be selected, and if capable of operating at more than one CCT, multi-select all applicable CCTs. Color Maintenance Requirements: Change in Chromaticity Provide the maximum change in chromaticity over tested time period. Color Angular Uniformity Provide the variation of chromaticity. Source Start Time (milliseconds) Provide the measured start time of the model based on test data. Power Factor Provide the average power factor based on test data. Standby Power Indicate whether the model consumes power in the off state. Standby Power Consumption (W) Required if standby mode power consumption is greater than zero. Provide measured power value in watts. Operating Frequency (Hz) Provide the average operating frequency based on test data. Flicker: NEMA 77 Short Term Flicker Indicator (Pst) Indicate the highest measured short term flicker indicator (Pst), in decimal format. Flicker: NEMA 77 Stroboscopic Visibility Measure (SVM) Indicate the highest measured stroboscopic visibility measure (SVM), in decimal format. Maximum Recommended Driver Case Temperature (°C) Provide the driver manufacturer’s maximum recommended temperature for the designated LED Driver Case Temperature Measurement Point (TMPC ). Maximum Measured Driver Case Temperature (°C) Provide temperature measured at TMPC at thermal equilibrium. Additional Allowable Light Source Manufacturer Required if two or more allowable light source manufacturers. Additional Allowable Light Source Model Number Required if two or more allowable light source model numbers. Additional Allowable Driver Supply Manufacturer Required if two or more allowable driver manufacturers. Additional Allowable Driver Supply Model Number Required if two or more allowable driver model numbers. Features Select as applicable, but connected and dimmable must comply with appropriate criteria. If product contains no special features, select “non-dimmable”. Connected Functionality Indicate Yes if model meets all of the ENERGY STAR Connected Criteria as determined through examination of the product and/or product documentation. Communication Standard - Media/Network Layer Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Select all that apply. Communication Standard - Media/Network Layer Other Required if Communication Standard - Media/Network Layer is Other. Indicate relevant standard(s). Cyber Security Standards Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Indicate all the standards and frameworks that apply to the service. Cyber Security Standards Other Required if Cyber Security Standards is Other. Indicate relevant standard(s). Downlight Ratings Required for recessed downlights. Aperture Size (in) Provide the aperture size (inches) for the downlight or retrofit kit. Displayed Notes Provide information on certification relevant to the consumer (i.e., product variations, unique issues concerning the model’s listing, etc.). Product Name Product Certification Withdrawal Service Method Submit_Product_Certification_Withdrawal_x Description Information for certification bodies to Withdraw products certified to the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Product Web Services. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Release Date TBD Product Certification Withdrawal Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Product Certification Withdrawal Information for certification bodies to Withdraw products certified to the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Product Web Services. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Service Method ENERGY STAR Unique ID Provide the ENERGY STAR Unique ID (ESUID) Product Name Vending Machines Service Method Submit_Vending_Machines_4_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Vending Machines Version 4.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Release Date TBD ENERGY STAR Vending Machines Template Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Vending Machines Template Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Vending Machines Version 4.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Product Type Rebuilt Vending Machine Indicate Yes if model has been previously in use and subjected to various degrees of retrofitting, remanufacturing, refurbishing, repairing, or reconditioning for resale or reuse. Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) For rebuilt machines, the name of the company that originally built the machine. This may or may not be the same organization that upgrades the machine to meet ENERGY STAR requirements. Original Equipment Manufacturer Model Name Required for rebuilt vending machines. Original Equipment Manufacturer Model Number Required for rebuilt vending machines. Kit Original Equipment Manufacturer Required for rebuilt vending machines with kit. Kit Model Number Required for rebuilt vending machines with kit. Component Original Equipment Manufacturers Required if one or more components are not part of a kit. If multiple components, separate original equipment manufacturers using commas. Component Model Numbers Required if one or more components added are not part of a kit. If multiple components, separate model numbers using commas. Component Types Required for kits and component lists. Provide component types included in Kit or as represented by Component Model Numbers (e.g., fan assembly). Door Type Door Type Other Required if Door Type is Other. Provide door type. Listing Application Provide model listing based on UL Standard 541. Indicate indoor/outdoor for machines marked as “suitable for outdoor use” or “suitable for protected locations” and indicate indoor for machines marked as “for indoor use only”. In the case that models should exist for outdoor use only (given placement restrictions for models with R190/propane or other flammable refrigerants) indicate a with a third listing variant, outdoor only. Refrigerated Volume (V) (cu ft) Provide machine interior volume as measured by 10 CFR Part 431 Subpart Q, Appendix B and ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 32.1 -2010. . Vendible Capacity (cans) Provide the maximum quantity of standard product that can be dispensed from one full loading of the vending machine without further reload operations when used as recommended by the manufacturer. Refer to 10 CFR Part 431 Subpart Q, Appendix B and ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 32.1-2010. Measured Daily Energy Consumption (kWh/day) Provide the measured Daily Energy Consumption value per 10 CFR Part 431 Subpart Q, Appendix B. Reported Daily Energy Consumption (kWh/day) Provide the manufacturer DOE certified rating for the Daily Energy Consumption, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Calculated Maximum Daily Energy Consumption (kWh/day) Provide the calculated Maximum Daily Energy Consumption value based on measured volume. Requirement product needs to meet to be ENERGY STAR certified. Type of Power Controls Indicate which Low Power Modes are supported by the product. Note that Refrigeration Low Power Mode is defined by DOE in 10 CFR 431 Subpart Q Appendix B. By claiming Refrigeration Low Power Mode, the product has been verified according to DOE §431.294 section 2.3.2.1 and is receiving the DOE defined 3% credit on Daily Energy Consumption, applied directly to Measured Daily Energy Consumption. Accessories Covered by Accessory Low Power Mode Required if Accessory Low Power Mode is selected. Provide all the accessories on this vending product which are equipped with an accessory low power mode. If an option is not listed, select other. Other Accessories Covered by Low Power Mode Required if Other selected for Accessories Covered by Low Power Mode. Indicate additional accessories not provided by accessory list. Vending Products Indicate Yes if model is capable of vending products other than beverages. Refrigerant Type Indicate the refrigerant type used. Refrigerant Type, Other Required if Refrigerant Type is Other. Indicate which Refrigerant Type is used. Product Name Telephony Service Method Submit_Telephony_3_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Telephony Version 3.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Release Date TBD Telephony Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Telephony Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Telephony Version 3.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Product Type Configuration Test Setup Base Station or Additional Handset Model Number Indicate the model number(s) of any base station Telephone or Additional Handset Telephones used in the setup of the model under the ENERGY STAR test method. Indicate N/A if none was used. IP Server Model Indicate the manufacturer and model name of the server used in the setup of the model under the ENERGY STAR test method. Indicate N/A if Product Type is Analog. Server Settings Provide a description of any server settings configured for the test that are not by default in the as-shipped condition or not specified by the ENERGY STAR test method. Indicate N/A if Product Type is Analog or if no non-default/non-specified settings were configured. Signaling Protocol Required if Product Type is VoIP or Hybrid. Indicate the signaling protocol. Partial On Mode Power (W) Indicate the measured Partial On Mode power in watts. Partial On Mode Network Speed (Mb/s) Required if Product Type is VoIP. Provide the network speed of the tested default Partial On Mode in Mb/s. Partial On Mode Max Power Limit (W) Indicate the Maximum Average Power (PMAX) in watts applied to the model per Equation 2. Off Mode Power (W) Required if the model was tested in Off Mode. Indicate the measured Off Mode power in watts. Activation of Off Mode Required if Off Mode is present in the model. Indicate the one or more methods for activating Off Mode. Deactivation of Off Mode Required if Off Mode is present in the model. Indicate the one or more methods for deactivating Off Mode. High Resolution Display Indicate whether the model includes a high resolution display. High Resolution Display Resolution: Horizontal (pixels) Required if High Resolution Display is Yes. High Resolution Display Resolution: Vertical (pixels) Required if High Resolution Display is Yes. Display Backlight Power Down (s) Indicate the power down duration in seconds of the backlight upon cessation of user activity in the default as-shipped Partial On Mode state. Touch Screen Functionality Indicate whether the model supports touch screen functionality. Additional Handset Telephones Supported Required if Configuration is Cordless, Corded, or Wireless. Indicate the maximum number of Additional Handsets supported by the model. External Power Supply Indicate whether the model is sold with an external power supply. Power Over Ethernet Class Power Over Ethernet Class Other Required if Power Over Ethernet Class is Other. Indicate Power over Ethernet Class. Gigabit Ethernet Ports Indicate the number of Gigabit (10/100/1000) Ethernet ports present in the model. If there are none, indicate zero (0). Fast Ethernet Ports Indicate the number of Fast (10/100) Ethernet ports present in the model. If there are none, indicate zero (0). Energy Efficient Ethernet - Gigabit Indicate the number of IEEE 802.3az compliant Gigabit Ethernet ports. If there are none, indicate zero (0). Energy Efficient Ethernet - Fast Indicate the number of IEEE 802.3az compliant Fast Ethernet ports. If there are none, indicate zero (0). Wireless Technologies Supported Indicate the wireless band and frequency supported by the model. Low Power Wireless Technologies Indicate whether the model supports low power wireless technologies. External Proxy Capability Indicate the highest level of External Proxy capability provided by the model. If the Product Type is Analog or the Configuration is Additional Handset, indicate N/A. Communication Ports and Protocols Indicate the available ports and communications protocols. Physical Data Ports Indicate all Physical Data Ports. Physical Data Ports Other Required if Physical Data Ports is Other. Indicate the physical data ports supported by the model. Model Sold at Retail Product Name Commercial Steam Cookers Service Method Submit_Commercial_Steam_Cookers_1_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Commercial Steam Cookers Version 1.2. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Release Date TBD Commercial Steam Cookers Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Commercial Steam Cookers Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Commercial Steam Cookers Version 1.2. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Product Type Steamer Technology Pan Capacity Fuel Type Gas Cooking Energy Efficiency (%) Required for gas steamers. Provide the Gas Cooking Energy Efficiency in decimal format (i.e., use .32 for 32%). Electric Cooking Energy Efficiency (%) Required for electric steamers. Provide the Electric Cooking Energy Efficiency in decimal format (i.e., use .32 for 32%). Water Consumption (gallons/hr) Idle Energy Rate for Gas (Btu/hr) Required for gas steamers. Provide the actual rate of the unit in Btu/hr based on test data. Idle Energy Rate for Electric (Watts) Required for electric steamers. Provide the actual rate of the unit in Watts based on test data. Product Name Dehumidifiers Service Method Submit_Dehumidifiers_6_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Dehumidifiers Version 6.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Release Date TBD Dehumidifiers Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Dehumidifiers Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Dehumidifiers Version 6.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Dehumidifier Type Provide the primary dehumidifier type. Dehumidifiers with the ability to operate as either a portable or whole-home dehumidifier, by means of an optional ducting kit, should be listed as the configuration the product is intended to be sold in. Alternate Configuration Select Yes if the dehumidifier can operate as both a portable and whole-home dehumidifier, by means of an optional ducting kit, Select No if the dehumidifier only meets the definition for one type of dehumidifier (i.e., portable or whole-home). Measured Integrated Energy Factor (L/kWh) Provide the measured Integrated Energy Factor of the unit based on test data (Appendix X1 test method). If multiple samples were tested, report the average value. Reported Integrated Energy Factor (L/kWh) Provide the reported Integrated Energy Factor of the unit (per the Appendix X1 test method), which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Measured Product Capacity (pints/day) Provide the measured pints collected per 24 hours based on test data (Appendix X1 test method). If multiple samples were tested, report the average value. Reported Product Capacity (pints/day) Provide the reported pints collected per 24 hours (per Appendix X1 test method), which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Product Case Volume (cubic feet) Required if Dehumidifier Type is Whole-home. Provide the case volume in cubic feet as measured per Appendix X1. Integrated Annual Energy Consumption (kWh/year) Indicate the Integrated Annual Energy Consumption (kWh/year) of the dehumidifier as described in the specification. Refrigerant Type Indicate the refrigerant type used. Refrigerant Type - Other If Refrigerant Type is Other, indicate the refrigerant type used. Refrigerant Charge (ounces) Report the amount of refrigerant (ounces) in the product. Network Capability Standard Indicate which (if any) standards model can use to connect to networks in the home. If the model is not able to connect to a network, then select None. If None is selected, the model will not be displayed as having connected features. Network Capability Standard - Other Required if Network capability includes Other. Indicate relevant standard(s). Connected Features Indicate which (if any) connected features are included with the model. Connected Features - Other If Additional Connected Features includes Other, indicate the other feature(s) included with the model. Product Name Furnaces Service Method Submit_Furnaces_4_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Furnaces Version 4.0 and 4.1. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Release Date TBD Furnaces Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Furnaces Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Furnaces Version 4.0 and 4.1. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Fuel Type Measured AFUE Rating Provide the actual AFUE rating of the unit based on test data. If multiple samples were tested, report the average value. AFUE rating must be expressed as a percentage. Reported AFUE Rating Provide the rated/reported AFUE rating of the unit, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of qualified products. AFUE must be expressed as a percentage. Measured e This field is no longer relevant. Reported e This field is no longer relevant. Q leak "Q leak" represents air leakage. "Q leak" must be expressed as a percentage. Fan Type In What Climate Regions Does This Product Qualify Two-Way Communication If this unit is capable of two-way communication with any system controllers, such as a thermostat, indicate the communications protocol used based on the list provided. If the unit is not capable of two-way communication, indicate Not Applicable. Provides Hot Water Heating Product Name Commercial Refrigerators and Freezers Service Method Submit_Commercial_Refrigerators_and_Freezers_5_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified or registered as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Commercial Refrigerators and Freezers Version 5.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Release Date TBD Commercial Refrigerators and Freezers Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Commercial Refrigerators and Freezers Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified or registered as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Commercial Refrigerators and Freezers Version 5.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Compartment Type One Compartment Type Two Required if model has two or more chilled and/or frozen compartments that are in two or more different equipment families. Indicate the additional product type(s). Product Description Indicate the product type the model is marketed as. The following products are not eligible for ENERGY STAR: Prep table, horizontal open equipment, vertical open equipment, semi-vertical open equipment convertible temperature equipment, and ice cream freezer models. Product Description, Other Required if Product Description is Other. Indicate what the model is marketed as. Number of Transparent Doors Required for transparent door and hybrid models. Indicate zero (0) for solid door models. Number of Solid Doors Required for solid door and hybrid models. Indicate zero (0) for transparent door models. Number of Drawers Required for chef base models. Indicate zero (0) for door models. Door Opening Orientation Defrost Type Refrigerant Type Indicate the refrigerant type used. Refrigerant Type, Other Required if Refrigerant Type is Other. Only provide a value for this field if the refrigerant used is not included in the enumeration list in the “refrigerant type” field. Refrigerants listed here should use the nomenclature in the SNAP approved list of refrigerants on https://www.epa.gov/snap/substitutes-stand-alone-equipment to ensure appropriate listings. Consult EPA if there is a request to list more than one refrigerant per model. Solid Door Refrigerator Volume (cu. ft.) Required for solid door refrigerator models and hybrid models. Indicate zero (0) for all other models that are not solid door refrigerators. Solid Door Freezer Volume (cu. ft.) Required for solid door freezer models and hybrid models. Indicate zero (0) for all other models that are not solid door freezers. Transparent Door Refrigerator Volume (cu. ft.) Required for transparent door refrigerator models and hybrid models. Indicate zero (0) for all other models that are not transparent door refrigerators. Transparent Door Freezer Volume (cu. ft.) Required for transparent door freezer models and hybrid models. Indicate zero (0) for all other models that are not transparent door freezers. Chef Base Refrigerator Volume (cu. ft) Required for chef base refrigerator models. Indicate zero (0) for all other models that are not chef base refrigerators. Chef Base Freezer Volume (cu. ft) Required for chef base freezer models. Indicate zero (0) for all other models that are not chef base freezers. Service Over Counter Total Display Area (ft2.) Required for service over counter models. Indicate zero (0) for all other models that are not service over counters Total Volume (cu. ft.) Required for all refrigerator, freezer, and hybrid models. Indicate total volume of the model. Indicate zero (0) for service over counter models. Integrated Average Product Temperature (freezer, degrees F) Required for freezers. Integrated Average Product Temperature (refrigerator, degrees F) Required for refrigerators. Daily Energy Consumption (KWh/day) Measured Daily Energy Consumption (KWh/day) Provide the measured Daily Energy Consumption (DEC) value based on the test data. Note that equipment rated at the lowest application product temperature (LAPT, see 10 CFR Part 431, Subpart C, §431.62 and section 2.2 of Appendix B to Subpart C) is not eligible for ENERGY STAR. Reported Daily Energy Consumption (kWh/day) Provide the manufacturer reported Daily Energy Consumption (DEC) values, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of qualified products. The directive (#2011-05) on Measured versus Reported Values for ENERGY STAR Certification addresses the instance where reported DECs may differ from measured DECs. Depth (in) The depth of the unit measured in inches. Height (in) The height of the unit measured in inches. Width (in) The width of the unit measured in inches. Type of Illumination Used Indicate No Light if illumination is not available on this model. Otherwise, indicate the type of illumination. Total Illumination Rated Watts Required if illumination is used. Power Management Devices Indicate Yes if a power management device is shipped with the model, No if the model has no power management device. Power Management Devices-Adjustability If the model has a power management device, indicate whether it is adjustable by the operator. Indicate N/A if the model has no power management device. Power Management Devices-Enabled If the model has a power management device, indicate whether it was enabled during testing. Indicate N/A if the model has no power management device. Product Name Light Commercial HVAC Service Method Submit_Light_Commercial_HVAC_4_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Light Commercial HVAC Version 4.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Release Date TBD Light Commercial HVAC Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Light Commercial HVAC Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Light Commercial HVAC Version 4.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Product Type Provide the equipment type or types. Note: Cold Climate Heat Pumps that do not meet the criteria in Table 2 (CUHP) or Table 3 (VRF) should only be designated as Cold Climate product types. Split or packaged Indicate if the product is in a single package or in more than one (split system). Cold Climate Designation Indicate “Cold Climate Only” if the heat pump meets only the climate criteria, “Both” if the product also meets the criteria in Table 2 (CUHP) or Table 3 (VRF), and “No” if the product meets the Table 2 and 3 criteria, but does not meet the cold climate criteria. Indicate “Not Applicable” for AC systems. Heating Section Type For Air-Cooled Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps enter either Electric Resistance, None, or All Other. For Variable Refrigerant Flow Multi-Split Air Conditioners enter All Other and for Variable Refrigerant Flow Multi-Split Heat Pumps enter Without Heat Recovery or With Heat Recovery. This refers to the heating section for the model as leaving the factory. Reported Cooling Capacity (Btu/h) Provide the rated/reported cooling capacity in Btu/h. This rating will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Heating Capacity at 47°F (Btu/h) Required for all Heat Pumps and Variable Refrigerant Flow Heat Pumps. Provide the rated/reported heating capacity, in Btu/h, at 47°F. Heating Capacity at 17°F (Btu/h) Required for all Heat Pumps and Variable Refrigerant Flow Heat Pumps. Provide the rated/reported heating capacity, in Btu/h, at 17°F. Heating Capacity at 5°F (B1) (Btu/h) Required for all Very Small Heat Pumps and Very Small Variable Refrigerant Flow Heat Pumps when Cold Climate Designation is “Cold Climate Only” or “Both.” Provide the rated/reported heating capacity in Btu/h. Reported EER Rating (Btu/Wh) Required for all products using 10 CFR part 431, Subpart F, §431.96, Table 1.Provide the rated/reported EER rating in Btu/Wh. Reported EER2 Rating (Btu/Wh) Required for all Air Conditioners, Heat Pumps and Variable Refrigerant Flow Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps using Proposed Appendix B1 at 86 FR 70316, 70346-70347 (Dec. 9, 2021). Provide the rated/reported EER2 rating in Btu/Wh. Reported SEER Rating (Btu/Wh) Required for all Very Small Unitary or VRF Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps using 10 CFR part 431, Subpart F, §431.96, Table 1. Provide the rated/reported SEER rating in Btu/Wh. Reported SEER2 Rating (Btu/Wh) Required for all Very Small Unitary or VRF Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps using Proposed Appendix B1 at 86 FR 70316, 70346-70347 (Dec. 9, 2021). Provide the rated/reported SEER2 rating in Btu/Wh. Reported HSPF Rating (Btu/Wh) Required for all Very Small Unitary or VRF Heat Pumps using 10 CFR part 431, Subpart F,§431.96, Table 1. Provide the rated/reported HSPF rating in Btu/Wh. Reported HSPF2 Rating (Btu/Wh) Required for all Very Small Unitary or VRF Heat using Proposed Appendix B1 at 86 FR 70316, 70346-70347 (Dec. 9, 2021). Provide the rated/reported HSPF2 rating in Btu/Wh. Reported IEER (Btu/Wh) Required for Small and Large Air Conditioners, Heat Pumps and Variable Refrigerant Flow products. Provide the rated/reported IEER rating in Btu/Wh. Reported COP47 Rating Required for Small and Large Heat Pumps and Variable Refrigerant Flow Heat Pumps, including Cold Climate. Provide the rated/reported COP rating at 47F. Reported COP17 Required for Small and Large Heat Pumps and Cold Climate Small and Large Variable Refrigerant Flow Heat Pumps. Provide the reported COP rating at 17F. Reported COP5 Required for all Very Small Heat Pumps and Very Small Variable Refrigerant Flow Heat Pumps when Cold Climate Designation is “Cold Climate Only” or “Both.” Provide the rated/reported COP rating at 5F. AHRI Ref # or ES Unique ID for Equivalent ES Res Cold Climate HP Required for very small cold climate heat pump models recognized as cold climate using the pathway relying on cold climate recognition of the equivalent single-phase model under the ENERGY STAR CAC/HP Version 6.1 specification. Indoor Unit Model Number Required for Product Type Split-System AC or Split-System HP. Variable Refrigerant Flow (VRF) Indoor Model Type Required for Product Type VRF Multi-Split AC or VRF Multi-Split HP. VRF Outdoor Model Number(s) Required for Product Type VRF Multi-Split AC or VRF Multi-Split HP. Provide up to 7 outdoor model numbers, comma separated. Furnace Model Number Required if available. Refrigerant Type Indicate the refrigerant type used. Refrigerant Type - Other Required if Refrigerant Type is Other. Only provide a value for this field if the refrigerant used is not included in the enumeration list in the “Refrigerant type” field. Refrigerants listed here should use the nomenclature in the SNAP approved list of refrigerants on https://www.epa.gov/snap/substitutes-residential-and-light-commercial-air-conditioning-and-heat-pumps to ensure appropriate listings. Consult EPA if there is a request to list more than one refrigerant per model. Product Name Storm Windows Service Method Submit_Storm_Windows_1_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Storm Windows Version 1.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are now available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Release Date TBD Storm Windows Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Storm Windows Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Storm Windows Version 1.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are now available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Product Type Indicate whether the product is an Exterior or Interior Storm Window product. ENERGY STAR Storm Window Zone Indicate for which ENERGY STAR Storm Window Zone this product is qualified. Operator Type Indicate the operator type applicable to the storm window. Number of Tracks Indicate the number of tracks of the storm window. Frame Material Indicate the frame material applicable to the storm window. Please indicate other if the product does not use any of the listed materials. Frame Finished (Painted or Coated) Indicate whether or not the product\'s frame is finished or not. Glazing Material Indicate the type of glazing material the storm window uses. Number of Glazing Layers Indicate the number of glazing layers on the storm window. Glass Treatment Indicate the glass type of the storm window. Glazing IGDB Number Provide the Glazing IGDB Number for this product. Emissivity Provide the reported Emissivity for the glazing option, as listed in the IGDB, in accordance with NFRC 301. Solar Transmittance Provide the reported Solar Transmittance for the glazing option as listed in the IGDB in accordance with NFRC 300. ASTM E283 Air Leakage Rating Required for products tested using ASTM E283 Air Leakage Rating. Provide the tested Air Leakage according to ASTM E283, the Standard Test Method for Determining Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen. If both infiltration and exfiltration were measured, report the average value. If multiple units were tested, report the average value. AERC 1.2 Air Leakage Rating Provide the tested AERC 1.2 Air Leakage according to ASTM E283, the Standard Test Method for Determining Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen. If both infiltration and exfiltration were measured, report the average value. If multiple units were tested, report the average value. AERC Annual Energy Rating (AER) - Heating Required if the product has AERC Annual Energy Rating (AER) - Heating. Provide the reported Heating AERC Annual Energy Rating (AER) according to AERC 2, Procedures for Determining Heating and Cooling Annual Energy Performance Ratings of Fenestration Attachments. AERC Annual Energy Rating (AER) - Cooling Required if the product has AERC Annual Energy Rating (AER) - Cooling. Provide the reported Cooling AERC Annual Energy Rating (AER) according to AERC 2, Procedures for Determining Heating and Cooling Annual Energy Performance Ratings of Fenestration Attachments. Screen Included Indicate whether a screen is included with this model. Screen Size Required if a screen is included. Please indicate the amount of the total opening covered by the screen. Weep Holes Indicate whether or not this storm window uses weep holes as a moisture management system. Alternate Moisture Management Required for windows that do not use weep holes for moisture management. If this product does not use weep holes, please describe the storm window\'s moisture management system. Please note, a moisture management system is not required for ENERGY STAR certified interior storm windows. Weather Stripping Included Indicate whether or not weather stripping is included in the storm window. Thermal Breaks for Metal Frame Mounting Included Indicate whether or not thermal breaks for metal frame mounting is included with this product. Manufacturer Warranty Indicate whether or not the manufacturer offers a warrantee for this product. Manufacturer Warranty Period Required for products that include a warranty. If the manufacturer offers a warrantee for this product, indicate the length of the warranty period after purchase. Low-e Coating Surface Indicate the surface on which the low-emissivity coating is located on storm window. Product Name Large Network Equipment Service Method Submit_Large_Network_Equipment_1_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Large Network Equipment Version 1.0 and 1.1. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Release Date TBD Large Network Equipment Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Large Network Equipment Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Large Network Equipment Version 1.0 and 1.1. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Product Type Product Classification Product Characteristics Select all that apply. Single LNE Product Indicate Yes if certification is for a single LNE product.For the purposes of data collection, fixed configurations are considered single. Modular Product Family Indicate Yes if certification is for a modular product family. End-user Configurable Power Management Features List all available end-user configurable power management features. Software/Firmware Version Connection Topology Used During Variable Load Test Model Num of Compatible Modular Chassis that Meet ES Criteria List the model numbers of any chassis included in the ENERGY STAR product family that are not tested. Maximum Number Modular Slots Indicate the number of slots available for modules if product is modular. Model Num of Compatible Modular Modules that Meet ES Criteria List the model numbers of any modules included in the ENERGY STAR product family that are not tested. Min Power Config Model Number or Config ID Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Minimum. Min Power Config Modular Chassis Name Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Minimum. Min Power Config Modular Chassis Model Number Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Minimum. Min Power Config Number of Downlink Ports Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Minimum. Min Power Config Speed of Downlink Ports Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Minimum. Min Power Config Downlink Port Type Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Minimum. Min Power Config Number of Uplink Ports Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Minimum. Min Power Config Speed of Uplink Ports Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Minimum. Min Power Config Uplink Port Type Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Minimum. Min Power Config Total Number of Uplink and Downlink Ports Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Minimum. Min Power Config Total Number of PoE Ports Supported Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Minimum. Indicate total number of Power over Ethernet (PoE) ports. Min Power Config Maximum PoE Class Supported Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Minimum. Provide the Maximum PoE Class Supported in Minimum Power Configuration. Min Power Config Max Total PoE Power Supported (W) Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Minimum. Provide the Maximum Total PoE Power Supported in watts. Min Power Config Additional Built-in Interface Ports Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Minimum. Min Power Config EEE Capability on All Copper Ports Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Minimum. Provide the Energy Efficient Ethernet (EEE) capability on all copper based Physical Network Ports. Min Power Config Redundant Power Supply Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Minimum. Indicate if the power supply unit (PSU) is redundant capable. Min Power Config Power Supply Type Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Minimum. Min Power Config Power Supply Manufacturer Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Minimum. Min Power Config Power Supply Model Name Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Minimum. Min Power Config Power Supply Model Number Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Minimum. Min Power Config Power Supply Rated Output (W) Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Minimum. Min Power Config Number Power Supplies Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Minimum. Indicate the number of power supplies installed. Min Power Config Number of PSUs for Redundancy Required if Product Family is Yes, Configuration is Minimum, and the power supply unit (PSU) is redundant capable. Min Power Config PSU 80Plus Certification Status Indicate if the power supply is 80Plus Silver Certified or better, selecting the proper level of certification. Select N/A if product not certified. Min Power Config Test Voltage Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Minimum. Indicate the voltage at which the unit is tested. Min Power Config Test Frequency Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Minimum. Min Power Config Energy Efficiency Test Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Minimum. Min Power Config Full-port Maximum Non-Drop Rate (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Full-port Variable Load and Configuration is Minimum. Min Power Config Full-port Full Load Throughput Applied (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Full-port Variable Load and Configuration is Minimum. Min Power Config Full-port Full Load Power Measured (watts) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Full-port Variable Load and Configuration is Minimum. Min Pwr Config Full-port 30Percent Load Throughput Applied(Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Full-port Variable Load and Configuration is Minimum. Min Pwr Config Full-port 30 Percent Load Power Measured (watts) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Full-port Variable Load and Configuration is Minimum. Min Pwr Config Full-port Very Low Util Throughput Applied (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Full-port Variable Load and Configuration is Minimum. Provide the minimum power configuration full-port very low utilization throughput applied in GB/s. Min Power Config Full-port Very Low Util Power Measured (watts) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Full-port Variable Load and Configuration is Minimum. Provide the minimum power configuration full-port very low utilization power measured in watts. Min Power Config Half-port Maximum Non-Drop Rate (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Half-port Variable Load and Configuration is Minimum. Min Power Config Half-port Full Load Throughput Applied (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Half-port Variable Load and Configuration is Minimum. Min Power Config Half-port Full Load Power Measured (watts) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Half-port Variable Load and Configuration is Minimum. Min Pwr Config Half-port 30Percent Load Throughput Applied(Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Half-port Variable Load and Configuration is Minimum. Min Pwr Config Half-port 30 Percent Load Power Measured (watts) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Half-port Variable Load and Configuration is Minimum. Min Pwr Config Half-port Very Low Util Throughput Applied (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Half-port Variable Load and Configuration is Minimum. Provide the minimum power configuration half-port very low utilization throughput applied in GB/s. Min Power Config Half-port Very Low Util Power Measured (watts) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Half-port Variable Load and Configuration is Minimum. Provide the minimum power configuration half-port very low utilization power measured in watts. Min Power Config Modular Maximum Non-Drop Rate (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput and Configuration is Minimum. Min Power Config Modular Full Load Throughput Applied (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput and Configuration is Minimum. Min Power Config Modular Full Load Power Measured (watts) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput and Configuration is Minimum. Min Pwr Config Modular 30Percent Load Throughput Applied(Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput and Configuration is Minimum. Min Pwr Config Modular 30 Percent Load Power Measured (watts) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput and Configuration is Minimum. Min Pwr Config Modular Very Low Util Throughput Applied (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput and Configuration is Minimum. Provide the minimum power configuration Modular very low utilization throughput applied in GB/s. Min Power Config Modular Very Low Util Power Measured (watts) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput and Configuration is Minimum. Provide the minimum power configuration Modular very low utilization power measured in watts. Min Power Config Modular Maximum Non-Drop Rate for MUT #1 (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput and Configuration is Minimum. Min Power Config Modular Maximum Non-Drop Rate for MUT #2 (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput and Configuration is Minimum. Min Power Config Modular Maximum Non-Drop Rate for MUT #3 (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput and Configuration is Minimum. Min Power Config Modular Maximum Non-Drop Rate for MUT #4 (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput and Configuration is Minimum. Min Power Config Modular Maximum Non-Drop Rate for MUT #5 (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput and Configuration is Minimum. Min Power Config Modular Maximum Non-Drop Rate for MUT #6 (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput and Configuration is Minimum. Min Power Config Modular Aggregate Maximum Throughput (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput and Configuration is Minimum. Min Power Config Module #1 Model Name Required if Configuration is Minimum and Module #1 is included in tested configuration. Indicate model name. Min Power Config Module #1 Model Number Required if Configuration is Minimum and Module #1 is included in tested configuration. Indicate model number. Min Power Config Module #2 Model Name Required if Configuration is Minimum and Module #2 is included in tested configuration. Indicate model name. Min Power Config Module #2 Model Number Required if Configuration is Minimum and Module #2 is included in tested configuration. Indicate model number. Min Power Config Module #3 Model Name Required if Configuration is Minimum and Module #3 is included in tested configuration. Indicate model name. Min Power Config Module #3 Model Number Required if Configuration is Minimum and Module #3 is included in tested configuration. Indicate model number. Min Power Config Module #4 Model Name Required if Configuration is Minimum and Module #4 is included in tested configuration. Indicate model name. Min Power Config Module #4 Model Number Required if Configuration is Minimum and Module #4 is included in tested configuration. Indicate model number. Min Power Config Module #5 Model Name Required if Configuration is Minimum and Module #5 is included in tested configuration. Indicate model name. Min Power Config Module #5 Model Number Required if Configuration is Minimum and Module #5 is included in tested configuration. Indicate model number. Min Power Config Module #6 Model Name Required if Configuration is Minimum and Module #6 is included in tested configuration. Indicate model name. Min Power Config Module #6 Model Number Required if Configuration is Minimum and Module #6 is included in tested configuration. Indicate model number. Max Power Config Model Number or Config ID Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Maximum. Max Power Config Modular Chassis Name Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Maximum. Max Power Config Modular Chassis Model Number Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Maximum. Max Power Config Number of Downlink Ports Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Maximum. Max Power Config Speed of Downlink Ports Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Maximum. Max Power Config Downlink Port Type Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Maximum. Max Power Config Number of Uplink Ports Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Maximum. Max Power Config Speed of Uplink Ports Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Maximum. Max Power Config Uplink Port Type Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Maximum. Max Power Config Total Number of Uplink and Downlink Ports Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Maximum. Max Power Config Total Number of PoE Ports Supported Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Maximum. Indicate total number of Power over Ethernet (PoE) ports. Max Power Config Maximum PoE Class Supported Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Maximum. Provide the Maximum PoE Class Supported in Maximum Power Configuration. Max Power Config Max Total PoE Power Supported (W) Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Maximum. Provide the Maximum Total PoE Power Supported in watts. Max Power Config Additional Built-in Interface Ports Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Maximum. Max Power Config EEE Capability on All Copper Ports Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Maximum. Provide the Energy Efficient Ethernet (EEE) capability on all copper based Physical Network Ports. Max Power Config Redundant Power Supply Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Maximum. Indicate if the power supply unit (PSU) is redundant capable. Max Power Config Power Supply Type Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Maximum. Max Power Config Power Supply Manufacturer Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Maximum. Max Power Config Power Supply Model Name Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Maximum. Max Power Config Power Supply Model Number Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Maximum. Max Power Config Power Supply Rated Output (W) Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Maximum. Max Power Config Number Power Supplies Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Maximum. Indicate the number of power supplies installed. Max Power Config Number of PSUs for Redundancy Required if Product Family is Yes, Configuration is Maximum, and the power supply unit (PSU) is redundant capable. Max Power Config PSU 80Plus Certification Status Indicate if the power supply is 80Plus Silver Certified or better, selecting the proper level of certification. Select N/A if product not certified. Max Power Config Test Voltage Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Maximum. Indicate the voltage at which the unit is tested. Max Power Config Test Frequency Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Maximum. Max Power Config Energy Efficiency Test Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Maximum. Max Power Config Full-port Maximum Non-Drop Rate (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Full-port Variable Load and Configuration is Maximum. Max Power Config Full-port Full Load Throughput Applied (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Full-port Variable Load and Configuration is Maximum. Max Power Config Full-port Full Load Power Measured (watts) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Full-port Variable Load and Configuration is Maximum. Max Pwr Config Full-port 30Percent Load Throughput Applied(Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Full-port Variable Load and Configuration is Maximum. Max Pwr Config Full-port 30 Percent Load Power Measured (watts) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Full-port Variable Load and Configuration is Maximum. Max Pwr Config Full-port Very Low Util Throughput Applied (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Full-port Variable Load and Configuration is Maximum. Provide the Maximum power configuration full-port very low utilization throughput applied in GB/s. Max Power Config Full-port Very Low Util Power Measured (watts) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Full-port Variable Load and Configuration is Maximum. Provide the Maximum power configuration full-port very low utilization power measured in watts. Max Power Config Half-port Maximum Non-Drop Rate (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Half-port Variable Load and Configuration is Maximum. Max Power Config Half-port Full Load Throughput Applied (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Half-port Variable Load and Configuration is Maximum. Max Power Config Half-port Full Load Power Measured (watts) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Half-port Variable Load and Configuration is Maximum. Max Pwr Config Half-port 30Percent Load Throughput Applied(Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Half-port Variable Load and Configuration is Maximum. Max Pwr Config Half-port 30 Percent Load Power Measured (watts) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Half-port Variable Load and Configuration is Maximum. Max Pwr Config Half-port Very Low Util Throughput Applied (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Half-port Variable Load and Configuration is Maximum. Provide the Maximum power configuration half-port very low utilization throughput applied in GB/s. Max Power Config Half-port Very Low Util Power Measured (watts) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Half-port Variable Load and Configuration is Maximum. Provide the Maximum power configuration half-port very low utilization power measured in watts. Max Power Config Modular Maximum Non-Drop Rate (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput and Configuration is Maximum. Max Power Config Modular Full Load Throughput Applied (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput and Configuration is Maximum. Max Power Config Modular Full Load Power Measured (watts) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput and Configuration is Maximum. Max Pwr Config Modular 30Percent Load Throughput Applied(Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput and Configuration is Maximum. Max Pwr Config Modular 30 Percent Load Power Measured (watts) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput and Configuration is Maximum. Max Pwr Config Modular Very Low Util Throughput Applied (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput and Configuration is Maximum. Provide the Maximum power configuration Modular very low utilization throughput applied in GB/s. Max Power Config Modular Very Low Util Power Measured (watts) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput and Configuration is Maximum. Provide the Maximum power configuration Modular very low utilization power measured in watts. Max Power Config Modular Maximum Non-Drop Rate for MUT #1 (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput and Configuration is Maximum. Max Power Config Modular Maximum Non-Drop Rate for MUT #2 (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput nd Configuration is Maximum. Max Power Config Modular Maximum Non-Drop Rate for MUT #3 (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput and Configuration is Maximum. Max Power Config Modular Maximum Non-Drop Rate for MUT #4 (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput and Configuration is Maximum. Max Power Config Modular Maximum Non-Drop Rate for MUT #5 (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput and Configuration is Maximum. Max Power Config Modular Maximum Non-Drop Rate for MUT #6 (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput and Configuration is Maximum. Max Power Config Modular Aggregate Maximum Throughput (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput and Configuration is Maximum. Max Power Config Module #1 Model Name Required if Configuration is Maximum and Module #1 is included in tested configuration. Indicate model name. Max Power Config Module #1 Model Number Required if Configuration is Maximum and Module #1 is included in tested configuration. Indicate model number. Max Power Config Module #2 Model Name Required if Configuration is Maximum and Module #2 is included in tested configuration. Indicate model name. Max Power Config Module #2 Model Number Required if Configuration is Maximum and Module #2 is included in tested configuration. Indicate model number. Max Power Config Module #3 Model Name Required if Configuration is Maximum and Module #3 is included in tested configuration. Indicate model name. Max Power Config Module #3 Model Number Required if Configuration is Maximum and Module #3 is included in tested configuration. Indicate model number. Max Power Config Module #4 Model Name Required if Configuration is Maximum and Module #4 is included in tested configuration. Indicate model name. Max Power Config Module #4 Model Number Required if Configuration is Maximum and Module #4 is included in tested configuration. Indicate model number. Max Power Config Module #5 Model Name Required if Configuration is Maximum and Module #5 is included in tested configuration. Indicate model name. Max Power Config Module #5 Model Number Required if Configuration is Maximum and Module #5 is included in tested configuration. Indicate model number. Max Power Config Module #6 Model Name Required if Configuration is Maximum and Module #6 is included in tested configuration. Indicate model name. Max Power Config Module #6 Model Number Required if Configuration is Maximum and Module #6 is included in tested configuration. Indicate model number. Typ Power Config Model Number or Config ID Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Typical/Single. Typ Power Config Modular Chassis Name Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Typical/Single. Typ Power Config Modular Chassis Model Number Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Typical/Single. Typ Power Config Number of Downlink Ports Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Typical/Single. Typ Power Config Speed of Downlink Ports Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Typical/Single. Typ Power Config Downlink Port Type Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Typical/Single. Typ Power Config Number of Uplink Ports Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Typical/Single. Typ Power Config Speed of Uplink Ports Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Typical/Single. Typ Power Config Uplink Port Type Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Typical/Single. Typ Power Config Total Number of Uplink and Downlink Ports Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Typical/Single. Typ Power Config Total Number of PoE Ports Supported Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Typical/Single. Indicate total number of Power over Ethernet (PoE) ports. Typ Power Config Maximum PoE Class Supported Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Typical/Single. Provide the Maximum PoE Class Supported in Typical/Single Power Configuration. Typ Power Config Max Total PoE Power Supported (W) Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Typical/Single. Provide the Maximum Total PoE Power Supported in watts. Typ Power Config Additional Built-in Interface Ports Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Typical/Single. Typ Power Config EEE Capability on All Copper Ports Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Typical/Single. Provide the Energy Efficient Ethernet (EEE) capability on all copper based Physical Network Ports. Typ Power Config Redundant Power Supply Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Typical/Single. Indicate if the power supply unit (PSU) is redundant capable. Typ Power Config Power Supply Type Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Typical/Single. Typ Power Config Power Supply Manufacturer Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Typical/Single. Typ Power Config Power Supply Model Name Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Typical/Single. Typ Power Config Power Supply Model Number Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Typical/Single. Typ Power Config Power Supply Rated Output (W) Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Typical/Single. Typ Power Config Number Power Supplies Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Typical/Single. Indicate the number of power supplies installed. Typ Power Config Number of PSUs for Redundancy Required if Product Family is Yes, Configuration is Typical/Single, and the power supply unit (PSU) is redundant capable. Typ Power Config PSU 80Plus Certification Status Indicate if the power supply is 80Plus Silver Certified or better, selecting the proper level of certification. Select N/A if product not certified. Typ Power Config Test Voltage Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Typical/Single. Indicate the voltage at which the unit is tested. Typ Power Config Test Frequency Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Typical/Single. Typ Power Config Energy Efficiency Test Required if Product Family is Yes and Configuration is Typical/Single. Typ Power Config Full-port Maximum Non-Drop Rate (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Full-port Variable Load and Configuration is Typical/Single. Typ Power Config Full-port Full Load Throughput Applied (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Full-port Variable Load and Configuration is Typical/Single. Typ Power Config Full-port Full Load Power Measured (watts) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Full-port Variable Load and Configuration is Typical/Single. Typ Pwr Config Full-port 30Percent Load Throughput Applied(Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Full-port Variable Load and Configuration is Typical/Single. Typ Pwr Config Full-port 30 Percent Load Power Measured (watts) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Full-port Variable Load and Configuration is Typical/Single. Typ Pwr Config Full-port Very Low Util Throughput Applied (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Full-port Variable Load and Configuration is Typical/Single. Provide the Typical/Single power configuration full-port very low utilization throughput applied in GB/s. Typ Power Config Full-port Very Low Util Power Measured (watts) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Full-port Variable Load and Configuration is Typical/Single. Provide the Typical/Single power configuration full-port very low utilization power measured in watts. Typ Power Config Half-port Maximum Non-Drop Rate (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Half-port Variable Load and Configuration is Typical/Single. Typ Power Config Half-port Full Load Throughput Applied (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Half-port Variable Load and Configuration is Typical/Single. Typ Power Config Half-port Full Load Power Measured (watts) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Half-port Variable Load and Configuration is Typical/Single. Typ Pwr Config Half-port 30Percent Load Throughput Applied(Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Half-port Variable Load and Configuration is Typical/Single. Typ Pwr Config Half-port 30 Percent Load Power Measured (watts) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Half-port Variable Load and Configuration is Typical/Single. Typ Pwr Config Half-port Very Low Util Throughput Applied (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Half-port Variable Load and Configuration is Typical/Single. Provide the Typical/Single power configuration half-port very low utilization throughput applied in GB/s. Typ Power Config Half-port Very Low Util Power Measured (watts) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Half-port Variable Load and Configuration is Typical/Single. Provide the Typical/Single power configuration half-port very low utilization power measured in watts. Typ Power Config Modular Maximum Non-Drop Rate (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput and Configuration is Typical/Single. Typ Power Config Modular Full Load Throughput Applied (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput and Configuration is Typical/Single. Typ Power Config Modular Full Load Power Measured (watts) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput and Configuration is Typical/Single. Typ Pwr Config Modular 30Percent Load Throughput Applied(Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput and Configuration is Typical/Single. Typ Pwr Config Modular 30 Percent Load Power Measured (watts) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput and Configuration is Typical/Single. Typ Pwr Config Modular Very Low Util Throughput Applied (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput and Configuration is Typical/Single. Provide the Typical/Single power configuration Modular very low utilization throughput applied in GB/s. Typ Power Config Modular Very Low Util Power Measured (watts) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput and Configuration is Typical/Single. Provide the Typical/Single power configuration Modular very low utilization power measured in watts. Typ Power Config Modular Maximum Non-Drop Rate for MUT #1 (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput and Configuration is Typical/Single. Typ Power Config Modular Maximum Non-Drop Rate for MUT #2 (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput and Configuration is Typical/Single. Typ Power Config Modular Maximum Non-Drop Rate for MUT #3 (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput and Configuration is Typical/Single. Typ Power Config Modular Maximum Non-Drop Rate for MUT #4 (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput and Configuration is Typical/Single. Typ Power Config Modular Maximum Non-Drop Rate for MUT #5 (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput and Configuration is Typical/Single. Typ Power Config Modular Maximum Non-Drop Rate for MUT #6 (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput and Configuration is Typical/Single. Typ Power Config Modular Aggregate Maximum Throughput (Gb/s) Required if Energy Efficiency Test is Modular Power and Throughput and Configuration is Typical/Single. Typ Power Config Module #1 Model Name Required if Configuration is Typical/Single and Module #1 is included in tested configuration. Indicate model name. Typ Power Config Module #1 Model Number Required if Configuration is Typical/Single and Module #1 is included in tested configuration. Indicate model number. Typ Power Config Module #2 Model Name Required if Configuration is Typical/Single and Module #2 is included in tested configuration. Indicate model name. Typ Power Config Module #2 Model Number Required if Configuration is Typical/Single and Module #2 is included in tested configuration. Indicate model number. Typ Power Config Module #3 Model Name Required if Configuration is Typical/Single and Module #3 is included in tested configuration. Indicate model name. Typ Power Config Module #3 Model Number Required if Configuration is Typical/Single and Module #3 is included in tested configuration. Indicate model number. Typ Power Config Module #4 Model Name Required if Configuration is Typical/Single and Module #4 is included in tested configuration. Indicate model name. Typ Power Config Module #4 Model Number Required if Configuration is Typical/Single and Module #4 is included in tested configuration. Indicate model number. Typ Power Config Module #5 Model Name Required if Configuration is Typical/Single and Module #5 is included in tested configuration. Indicate model name. Typ Power Config Module #5 Model Number Required if Configuration is Typical/Single and Module #5 is included in tested configuration. Indicate model number. Typ Power Config Module #6 Model Name Required if Configuration is Typical/Single and Module #6 is included in tested configuration. Indicate model name. Typ Power Config Module #6 Model Number Required if Configuration is Typical/Single and Module #6 is included in tested configuration. Indicate model number. Product Name Computers Workstations Product Version 9.0 Service Method Submit_Computers_Workstations_9_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Computers Version 9.0. This template is for workstations. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Release Date TBD Computers Workstations Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Computers Workstations Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Computers Version 9.0. This template is for workstations. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Product Type Multiple Graphics Devices System Sleep Mode Default Time Upon Shipment (min) Required if Sleep Mode default time upon shipment is applicable. Display Sleep Mode Default Time Upon Shipment (min) Required if display sleep mode default time upon shipment is applicable. Product Marketed as a Workstation Ethernet Capability Reduced Sleep/Off Ethernet Speed Required if Ethernet Capability is Yes. Indicate Yes if the speed of any active 1 Gb/s or higher Ethernet network links will be reduced to less than 1 Gb/s when transitioning to sleep or off mode. WOL (Wake on LAN) From Sleep Required if Ethernet Capability is Yes. Operating System Name Operating System Name Other Required if Operating System Name is Other. Processor Brand Processor Name Processor Name Other Required if Processor Name is Other. Installed System Memory RAM (GB) Provide the memory actually installed in the model tested, not the maximum supported. Switchable Graphics Enabled by Default in Ac Mode Required when a device has both integrated graphics and switchable graphics. This setting means that the graphics is switched to integrated graphics when the graphics demand is low. The OEM can provide guidance on detecting what state the graphics is in. This setting is only applicable when a device has both integrated graphics and discrete graphics. Discrete Graphics Frame Buffer Bandwidth (GB/s) Required if graphics adder is applicable. Discrete Graphics Frame Buffer Data Width (bits) Required if graphics adder is applicable. Gigabit Ethernet Ports (count) Energy Efficient Ethernet (EEE) Indicate if Energy Efficient Ethernet is shipped as enabled. Number of Storage Drives Internal/External Pwr Supply Efficiency at 10% Load Required if available. Internal Power Supply Efficiency at 20% Load Required if internal power supply is present. Internal Power Supply Efficiency at 50% Load Required if internal power supply is present. Internal Power Supply Efficiency at 100% Load Required if internal power supply is present. External Power Supply Average Efficiency Required if available. Provide the simple average of efficiency at 25%, 50%, 75%, and 100% load. External/Internal Power Supply Rated Power (W) Required if available. Provide the nameplate output power which is the power output of the power supply as specified on the manufacturer's label on the power supply housing or, if absent from the housing, as specified in documentation provided by the manufacturer. Physical CPU Cores (count) Provide the number of physical - not logical - CPU cores. CPU Packages (count) Provide the number of CPUs/packages. CPU Base Clock Speed (GHz) Provide the base CPU clock speed, not the burst, turbo, maximum, temporary, or intermittent clock speed. CPU Maximum Clock Speed (GHz) Provide the burst, turbo, maximum, temporary, or intermittent clock speed. Storage Technology Provide the storage technology. Hard Disk Drive includes hybrid hard disk drives with flash component. Storage Technology Other Required if Storage Technology is Other. Performance Score Performance Score is the product of Physical CPU Cores and CPU Clock Speed in GHz. Value of the Linpack Array Size ("n") Report the problem size indicated in the Linpack results file. Simultaneous Instances of Linpack Running (count) Report the count in the Linpack output file or configuration options, or if not provided, report the number of Physical CPU Cores which should be equal to number of Simultaneous Instances of Linpack Running. Linpack Compiler Optimizations SPECviewperf Version Required for all models. Provide the SPECviewperf version used for certification. If the version used is newer than Version 13, please select other. SPECviewperf Version - Other Required for all models. Provide the SPECviewperf version used for certification which is newer than Version 13. SPECviewperf Configuration Options Provide text from the configuration file. Measured Maximum Power (Pmax) at 115 V (W) Calculated Power Consumption Requirement (Ptec max) (W) Linpack Benchmark Time to Completion (s) Linpack Benchmark Performance Score (Gflops) Linpack Energy Consumed During Benchmark Test at 115 V (Wh) SPECviewperf CATIA Results (fps) Provide results in frames per second. SPECviewperf EnSight Results (fps) Required if SPECviewperf Version is 11. Provide results in frames per second. SPECviewperf LightWave Results (fps) Required if SPECviewperf Version is 11. Provide results in frames per second. SPECviewperf Maya Results (fps) Provide results in frames per second. SPECviewperf ProE Results (fps) Required if SPECviewperf Version is 11. Provide results in frames per second. SPECviewperf SW Results (fps) Provide results in frames per second. SPECviewperf TCVIS Results (fps) Required if SPECviewperf Version is 11. Provide results in frames per second. SPECviewperf SNX Results (fps) Provide results in frames per second. SPECviewperf Creo Results (fps) Required if SPECviewperf Version is 12. Provide results in frames per second. SPECviewperf Energy Results (fps) Required if SPECviewperf Version is 12. Provide results in frames per second. SPECviewperf Medical Results (fps) Required if SPECviewperf Version is 12. Provide results in frames per second. SPECviewperf Showcase Results (fps) Required if SPECviewperf Version is 12. Provide results in frames per second. SPECviewperf Benchmark Time to Completion (s) SPECviewperf Energy Consumed During Benchmark Test at 115 V (Wh) SPECviewperf Tested Resolution Horizontal (pixels) Required if SPECviewperf Version is 12. Provide horizontal resolution during testing in pixels. SPECviewperf Tested Resolution Vertical (pixels) Required if SPECviewperf Version is 12. Provide vertical resolution during testing in pixels. Measured Power in Off at 115 V (W) Measured Power in Sleep at 115 V (W) Measured Power in Long Idle at 115 V (W) Measured Power in Short Idle at 115 V (W) Calculated Power Consumption (Ptec) at 115 V (W) Reported Power Consumption (Ptec) at 115 V Product Name Commercial Ice Machines Service Method Submit_Commercial_Ice_Machines_3_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified or registered as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Automatic Commercial Ice Makers Version 3.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Release Date TBD Commercial Ice Machines Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Commercial Ice Machines Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified or registered as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Automatic Commercial Ice Makers Version 3.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Equipment Type Ice Type Condenser Unit Model Number Required for RCU type ice makers. Harvest Rate (lbs ice/day) Measured Energy Use (kWh/100 lbs ice) Provide the Measured Energy Use based on test data in kWh/100 lbs ice. (For Batch Type, Measured Energy Use and Adjusted Energy Use are expected to match.) Adjusted Energy Use (kWh/100 lbs ice) Provide the Adjusted Energy Use based on test data in kWh/100 lbs ice. (For Batch Type, Measured Energy Use and Adjusted Energy Use are expected to match.) Potable Water Use (gal/100 lbs ice) Ice Hardness Factor (%) Provide rating as a percent (e.g. use 50 to represent 50% rather than 0.50). Refrigerant Type Indicate the refrigerant type used. Refrigerant Type, Other Required if Refrigerant Type is Other. Indicate which Refrigerant Type is used. Connected Functionality Indicate Yes if model meets all of the ENERGY STAR Connected Criteria as determined through examination of the product and/or product documentation. Communication Standard - Application Layer Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Select all that apply. Communication Standard - Application Layer Other Required if Communication Standard - Application Layer is Other. Indicate relevant standard(s). Communication Standard - Media/Network Layer Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Select all that apply. Communication Standard - Media/Network Layer Other Required if Communication Standard - Media/Network Layer is Other. Indicate relevant standard(s). Direct on-premises Open-standard Based Interconnection Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Indicate Yes if as-shipped model enables direct on-premises, open-standard based interconnection. Demand Response Summary Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Description of items to include is in the specification. Product Name Low-voltage Dc-output Uninterruptible Power Supplies Service Method Submit_Low_voltage_Dc_output_UPS_2_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on Low-voltage Dc-output Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Uninterruptible Power Supplies Version 2.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Release Date TBD Dc-output Uninterruptible Power Supplies (UPS) Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Dc-output Uninterruptible Power Supplies (UPS) Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on Low-voltage Dc-output Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Uninterruptible Power Supplies Version 2.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Provide the ENERGY STAR UPS specification version number. Product Type Provide the UPS product type. Model Meets Definition of Modular UPS Indicate whether the model meets the definition of Modular UPS. Minimum Configuration Tested Model Number For non-Modular UPS (including the highest-power model for a UPS Product Family where the models are related by a characteristic other than the number of installed modules or software or jumper settings), provide the model number of the tested unit. For a Modular UPS Product Family or Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power, provide the model number of the tested minimum configuration unit. This model number will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of qualified products. Maximum Configuration Tested Model Number Required for a Modular UPS Product Family or Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power only. Provide the model number of the unit tested as the maximum configuration. This model number will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of qualified products. Modular UPS Module Tested Model Number Required for all models meeting the definition of Modular UPS. Provide the model or part number of the installed module(s) in the specific tested model’s chassis of the unit under test. Indicate N/A if the unit is not a Modular UPS or if there were no modules installed during testing. Rectifier Module ENERGY STAR Qualified Required for Modular UPS. Indicate whether the tested rectifier module model is ENERGY STAR qualified. Power Conversion Mechanism Indicate the Power Conversion Mechanism of the model. Application Indicate the intended application(s) for the model. Data Center models are intended to protect large installations of information and communication technology equipment such as enterprise servers, networking equipment, and large storage arrays. Commercial models are intended to protect small business and branch office information and communication technology equipment such as servers, network switches and routers, and small storage arrays. Telecommunications models are intended to protect telecommunication network systems located within a central office or at a remote wireless/cellular site. Rack Mountable Indicate whether the model is rack mountable. Rack Mount Height (U) Required for Rack Mountable models. Provide the rack mount height for the model in rack units or “U”, equal to 1.75 in (44.45 mm). Height (mm) Provide the physical height of the model in millimeters, not including any external energy storage system with separate enclosures. Width (mm) Provide the physical width of the model in millimeters, not including any external energy storage system with separate enclosures. Depth (mm) Provide the physical depth of the model in millimeters, not including any external energy storage system with separate enclosures. Minimum Input Voltage (V rms) Provide the minimum rated input voltage of the model. Maximum Input Voltage (V rms) Provide the maximum rated input voltage of the model. Minimum Input Frequency (Hz) Provide the minimum rated input frequency of the model. Maximum Input Frequency (Hz) Provide the maximum rated input frequency of the model. Minimum Output Voltage (V) Provide the minimum rated output voltage of the model. Maximum Output Voltage (V) Provide the maximum rated output voltage of the model. Energy Storage Mechanism Indicate the type of energy storage mechanism. Energy Storage Mechanism Other Required if Energy Storage Mechanism is Other. Specify the type of energy storage mechanism. Energy Storage System Configuration Indicate whether energy storage system is integral to the model (i.e. installed in the chassis) or contained in a separate enclosure. Energy Storage System Removable to Another Room Indicate whether the energy storage system can be removed from the UPS for placement in another room, to allow the placement of the UPS in an unconditioned space, saving energy. Indicate N/A if the energy storage system is integral to the model. Energy Storage System Connected During Test Indicate whether the energy storage system was connected during the test. Energy Storage System Part Number Provide the model or part number for the energy storage system used during the test. Indicate N/A if there is no energy storage system. Energy Storage System Technology Indicate the technology/chemistry of the energy storage system. Energy Storage System Technology Other Required if Energy Storage System Technology is Other. Specify the energy storage system technology. Energy Storage System Runtime at 100% Load (min) Indicate the runtime at 100% resistive load of the energy storage system tested with the model in minutes. Indicate N/A if there is no energy storage system. Energy Storage System Runtime at 50% Load (min) Indicate the runtime at 50% resistive load of the energy storage system tested with the model in minutes. Indicate N/A if there is no energy storage system. Energy Storage System Warranty (yr) Provide the manufacturer warranty of the energy storage system tested with the model. Express warranty in number of years for finite values or as "lifetime warranty." Indicate N/A if there is no energy storage system. Test Method Guidelines Provide a web URL to the publicly available document that provides guidelines for implementing the ENERGY STAR Test Method. Indicate N/A if there are no additional guidelines. Energy Storage System Information URL Provide a web URL to additional information about the energy storage system, such as configuration options; capacities; runtimes, etc. Information can be provided by the UPS Partner or an energy storage system vendor. Indicate N/A if there is no URL for the energy storage system. Network Connections Available Indicate the available connections for management of the model. Communication Protocols Indicate the communication protocols available on the model and/or the meter. Communication Protocol Other Required if Communication Protocols is Other. Specify the type. Manufacturer Take Back Program Indicate whether the manufacturer offers a UPS take-back program in the U.S. Manufacturer Take Back Program URL Required if a web URL to the manufacturer take-back or recycling program for UPSs is available. Battery Recycling URL Required if a web URL to battery recycling information is available. Model Web Page URL Provide a URL for the model’s consumer-facing web page located on the Partner’s website. Test Input Voltage (V rms) Provide the input voltage used during test. Test Input Frequency (Hz) Provide the input frequency used during test. Test Output Voltage (V) Provide the output voltage used during test. Apparent Output Power Rating Minimum Configuration (VA) Provide the apparent output power rating in VA of the minimum configuration tested model. The minimum configuration applies to a non-Modular UPS system tested in a single configuration (including the highest-power model for a UPS Product Family where the models are related by a characteristic other than the number of installed modules or software or jumper settings), a Modular UPS system tested in the minimum configuration or Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power, or an individual rectifier module tested separately from the system. Active Output Power Rating Minimum Configuration (W) Provide the active output power rating in W of the minimum configuration tested model. Input Power Factor Minimum Configuration Provide the measured input power factor at 100% load of the minimum configuration tested model. Calculated Efficiency at 80% Load Minimum Configuration Provide the Calculated Efficiency at 80% Load expressed as a decimal based on measured test data for the minimum configuration model. Reported Efficiency at 80% Load Minimum Configuration Provide the Reported Efficiency at 80% Load expressed as a decimal for the minimum configuration tested model. Calculated Efficiency at 70% Load Minimum Configuration Provide the Calculated Efficiency at 70% Load expressed as a decimal based on measured test data for the minimum configuration model. Reported Efficiency at 70% Load Minimum Configuration Provide the Reported Efficiency at 70% Load expressed as a decimal for the minimum configuration tested model. Calculated Efficiency at 60% Load Minimum Configuration Provide the Calculated Efficiency at 60% Load expressed as a decimal based on measured test data for the minimum configuration model. Reported Efficiency at 60% Load Minimum Configuration Provide the Reported Efficiency at 60% Load expressed as a decimal for the minimum configuration tested model. Calculated Efficiency at 50% Load Minimum Configuration Provide the Calculated Efficiency at 50% Load expressed as a decimal based on measured test data for the minimum configuration model. Reported Efficiency at 50% Load Minimum Configuration Provide the Reported Efficiency at 50% Load expressed as a decimal for the minimum configuration tested model. Calculated Efficiency at 40% Load Minimum Configuration Provide the Calculated Efficiency at 40% Load expressed as a decimal based on measured test data for the minimum configuration model. Reported Efficiency at 40% Load Minimum Configuration Provide the Reported Efficiency at 40% Load expressed as a decimal for the minimum configuration tested model. Calculated Efficiency at 30% Load Minimum Configuration Provide the Calculated Efficiency at 30% Load expressed as a decimal based on measured test data for the minimum configuration model. Reported Efficiency at 30% Load Minimum Configuration Provide the Reported Efficiency at 30% Load expressed as a decimal for the minimum configuration tested model. Total Input Power at 0% Load Minimum Configuration (W) Provide the Total Real Input Power at 0% Load in W for the minimum configuration tested model. Reported Weighted Efficiency Calc Minimum Configuration Provide the Reported Calculation of Average Efficiency expressed as a decimal for the minimum configuration tested model per Equation 3 in the specification. This value will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of qualified products and UPS Power and Performance Data Sheet. ENERGY STAR Min Avg Efficiency Requirement Minimum Configuration Include the Average Efficiency Requirement for the tested active output power of minimum configuration model per the specification. Value must be expressed as a decimal. Apparent Output Power Rating Maximum Configuration (VA) Required for a Modular UPS Product Family or Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the apparent output power rating in VA of the maximum configuration tested model. Active Output Power Rating Maximum Configuration (W) Required for a Modular UPS Product Family or Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the active output power rating in W of the maximum configuration tested model. Input Power Factor Maximum Configuration Required for a Modular UPS Product Family or Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the measured input power factor at 100% load of the maximum configuration tested model. Calculated Efficiency at 80% Load Maximum Configuration Required for a Modular UPS Product Family or Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the Calculated Efficiency at 80% Load expressed as a decimal based on measured test data for the maximum configuration model. Reported Efficiency at 80% Load Maximum Configuration Required for a Modular UPS Product Family or Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the Reported Efficiency at 80% Load expressed as a decimal for the maximum configuration tested model. Calculated Efficiency at 70% Load Maximum Configuration Required for a Modular UPS Product Family or Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the Calculated Efficiency at 70% Load expressed as a decimal based on measured test data for the maximum configuration model. Reported Efficiency at 70% Load Maximum Configuration Required for a Modular UPS Product Family or Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the Reported Efficiency at 70% Load expressed as a decimal for the maximum configuration tested model. Calculated Efficiency at 60% Load Maximum Configuration Required for a Modular UPS Product Family or Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the Calculated Efficiency at 60% Load expressed as a decimal based on measured test data for the maximum configuration model. Reported Efficiency at 60% Load Maximum Configuration Required for a Modular UPS Product Family or Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the Reported Efficiency at 60% Load expressed as a decimal for the maximum configuration tested model. Calculated Efficiency at 50% Load Maximum Configuration Required for a Modular UPS Product Family or Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the Calculated Efficiency at 50% Load expressed as a decimal based on measured test data for the maximum configuration model. Reported Efficiency at 50% Load Maximum Configuration Required for a Modular UPS Product Family or Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the Reported Efficiency at 50% Load expressed as a decimal for the maximum configuration tested model. Calculated Efficiency at 40% Load Maximum Configuration Required for a Modular UPS Product Family or Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the Calculated Efficiency at 40% Load expressed as a decimal based on measured test data for the maximum configuration model. Reported Efficiency at 40% Load Maximum Configuration Required for a Modular UPS Product Family or Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the Reported Efficiency at 40% Load expressed as a decimal for the maximum configuration tested model. Calculated Efficiency at 30% Load Maximum Configuration Required for a Modular UPS Product Family or Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the Calculated Efficiency at 30% Load expressed as a decimal based on measured test data for the maximum configuration model. Reported Efficiency at 30% Load Maximum Configuration Required for a Modular UPS Product Family or Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the Reported Efficiency at 30% Load expressed as a decimal for the maximum configuration tested model. Total Input Power at 0% Load Maximum Configuration (W) Required for a Modular UPS Product Family or Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the Total Real Input Power at 0% Load in W for the maximum configuration tested model. Reported Weighted Efficiency Calc Maximum Configuration Required for a Modular UPS Product Family or Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the Reported Calculation of Average Efficiency expressed as a decimal for the maximum configuration tested model per Equation 3 in the specification. This value will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of qualified products and the UPS Power and Performance Data Sheet. ENERGY STAR Min Avg Efficiency Requirement Maximum Configuration Required for a Modular UPS Product Family or Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Include the Average Efficiency Requirement for the tested active output power of the maximum configuration tested model per the specification. Value must be expressed as a decimal. Product Name Room Air Cleaners Product Version 3.0 Service Method Submit_Room_Air_Cleaners_3_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified or registered as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Room Air Cleaners Version 3.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Release Date TBD Room Air Cleaners Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Room Air Cleaners Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified or registered as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Room Air Cleaners Version 3.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Technology Types Provide the technology types in the product according to Section 1.A of the specification. Select all that apply. Technology Types Other Required if the Technology Type is Other. Provide a description of the technology type. Measured Dust CADR (cfm) Provide the actual Dust CADR based on test data. If multiple units were tested, report the average value. Reported Dust CADR (cfm) Provide the rated/reported Dust CADR, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Measured Smoke CADR (cfm) Provide the actual Tobacco Smoke CADR based on test data. If multiple units were tested, report the average value. Reported Smoke CADR (cfm) Provide the rated/reported Tobacco Smoke CADR, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Measured Pollen CADR (cfm) Provide the actual Pollen CADR based on test data. If multiple units were tested, report the average value. Reported Pollen CADR (cfm) Provide the rated/reported Pollen CADR based on test data. Measured Operating Power (W) During the Dust CADR Test Provide the actual operating power in Watts during the Dust CADR test based on test data. If multiple units were tested, report the average value. Measured Operating Power (W) During the Smoke CADR Test Provide the actual operating power in Watts during the Tobacco Smoke test based on test data. If multiple units were tested, report the average value. Measured Operating Power (W) During the Pollen CADR Test Provide the actual operating power in Watts during the Pollen CADR test based on test data. If multiple units were tested, report the average value. Measured PM2.5 CADR (cfm) Provide the actual PM2.5 CADR based on test data. If multiple units were tested, report the average value. Required for ENERGY STAR Most Efficient models starting in 2025. Reported PM2.5 CADR (cfm) Provide the rated/reported PM2.5 CADR, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Required for ENERGY STAR Most Efficient models starting in 2025. Measured Integrated Energy Factor (cfm/W) Provide the measured Integrated Energy Factor (IEF) of the unit (per the Appendix FF test method). Required for ENERGY STAR Most Efficient models starting in 2025. Reported Integrated Energy Factor (cfm/W) Provide the reported Integrated Energy Factor (IEF) of the unit (per the Appendix FF test method), which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Required for ENERGY STAR Most Efficient models starting in 2025. Annual Energy Consumption (kWh/year) Provide the annual energy consumption as calculated in accordance with section 7 of Appendix FF to Subpart B of Part 430. Network Capability Standard Indicate which (if any) standards model can use to connect to networks in the home. If the model is not able to connect to a network, then select None. If None is selected, the model will not be displayed as having connected features. Network Capability Standard - Other Required if Network Capability Standard includes Other. Indicate relevant standard(s). Connected Features Required if the model complies with any Network Capability Standard. Indicate which (if any) connected features are included with the model. Connected Features - Other If Additional Connected Features includes Other, indicate the other feature(s) included with the model. Auto Cleaning Mode Indicate if the product has an Auto Cleaning Mode which is a mode in which the air cleaner has been activated in response to a sensor input, timer, scheduling feature, or other input. Filter #1 Type Provide the type of filter for Filter #1. Filter #1 Type - Other Required if Filter #1 Type is Other. Describe Filter #1 Type. Replacement Model Number for Filter #1 Required if Filter #1 Type is anything other than Model has no filters. Provide the replacement model number for Filter #1. Efficacy Percentage of Filter #1 Required if Filter #1 Type is anything other than Model has no filters and filter efficacy is known. Provide the efficacy percentage of Filter #1. Filter #2 Type Required if there is more than one type of filter included in this model. Provide the type of filter for Filter #2. Filter #2 Type - Other Required if Filter #2 Type is Other. Describe Filter #2 Type. Replacement Model Number for Filter #2 Required if there is more than one type of filter included in this model. Provide the replacement model number for Filter #2. Efficacy Percentage of Filter #2 Required if there is more than one type of filter included in this model and filter efficacy is known. Provide the efficacy percentage of Filter #2. Filter #3 Type Required if there are more than two types of filters included in this model. Provide the type of filter for Filter #3. Filter #3 Type - Other Required if Filter #3 Type is Other. Describe Filter #3 Type. Replacement Model Number for Filter #3 Required if there are more than two types of filters included in this model. Provide the replacement model number for Filter #3. Efficacy Percentage of Filter #3 Required if there are more than two types of filters included in this model and filter efficacy is known. Provide the efficacy percentage of Filter #3. Filter #4 Type Required if there are more than three types of filters included in this model. Provide the type of filter for Filter #4. Filter #4 Type - Other Required if Filter #4 Type is Other. Describe Filter #4 Type. Replacement Model Number for Filter #4 Required if there are more than three types of filters included in this model. Provide the replacement model number for Filter #4. Efficacy Percentage of Filter #4 Required if there are more than three types of filters included in this model and filter efficacy is known. Provide the efficacy percentage of Filter #4. Ozone Emissions in parts per billion (ppb) Report the ozone emissions in parts per billion (ppb) per the UL 867 Ed. 5.0 Electrostatic Air Cleaners. Product Name Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment Service Method Submit_Electric_Vehicle_Supply_Equipment_1_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified or registered as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment (EVSE) Version 1.0, 1.1 and 1.2. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA is available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Release Date TBD Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified or registered as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment (EVSE) Version 1.0, 1.1 and 1.2. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA is available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Product Type Indicate for this model which type of EVSE describes it. National Electric Code Product Safety Standards Met Indicate which safety standards are met by this model. Network Protocol with Wake Capability Indicate which, if any, network protocols the model is shipped with, and None if the model does not have any network connected capability. You can select multiple network protocols if the model has the capability for multiple protocols. Other LAN Network Protocol with Wake Capability Required if Network Protocol with Wake Capability is Other. Indicate what ‘other’ LAN protocol is present. Network Protocol Enabled During Testing Required if one or multiple Network Protocols with Wake Capability were selected above. Indicate which capability, if any, is enabled by default/enabled during this testing. Other LAN Network Protocol Enabled During Testing Required if Network Protocol Enabled During Testing is Other. Indicate what ‘other’ LAN protocol is enabled. Presence of Full Network Connectivity Indicate if there is presence of full network connectivity in Partial On Mode according to Section 4.1.1 of the specification. Input Cord Length (ft.) Enter input cord length used for test or mean cord length if it varies for multiple-input EVSE. Enter 0 if none. Input Cord Gauge (AWG) Enter American Wire Gauge (AWG) of the current-carrying line (L) and neutral (N) conductors used for test or mean conductor AWG if it varies. Enter N/A if none. Output Cord Length (ft.) Enter output cord length used for test or mean cord length if it varies for multiple-input EVSE. Enter 0 if none. Output Cord Gauge (AWG) Enter American Wire Gauge (AWG) of the current-carrying line (L) and neutral (N) conductors used for test or mean conductor AWG if it varies. Enter N/A if none. Screen Area, if EVSE has high res display (in2) Required if EVSE has a high resolution display. Maximum (100%) Measured Luminance of the High Res Display Required if EVSE has a high resolution display (candelas per m2). Maximum (100%) Measured Luminance of the High Res Display Image Required if EVSE has a high resolution display. Indicate if the model displayed the three-bar pattern specified in IEC 62087:2011, Section 11.5.5 or if it displayed the default image that appears as-shipped. Measured Luminance at 65% of Max Brightness of High Res Display Required if EVSE has a high resolution display (candelas per m2). Automatic Brightness Control (ABC) Capable? Indicate if this model is capable of the self-acting mechanism that controls the brightness of a display or lamp as a function of ambient light. Automatic Brightness Control Enabled As-shipped? Required if model is ABC capable. Indicate Yes if model is shipped with this capability and it is enabled by default. Connected Functionality Capable? This field is no longer relevant due to the updated connected criteria in the Version 1.1 specification and should not be used. Instead, Certification Bodies should use the Connected Functionality field. Connected Functionality Capabilities Summary This field is no longer relevant due to the updated connected criteria in the Version 1.1 specification and should not be used. Instead, Certification Bodies should use the Product Features and Other Product Features fields to indicate any information that may be pertinent to consumers regarding connected functionality that is not already covered in other fields. Connected Functionality Indicate Yes if model meets all the V1.2 ENERGY STAR Connected Criteria as determined through examination of the product and/or product documentation. Communication Hardware Architecture Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Select all that apply. Communication Standard - Application Layer Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Select all that apply. Communication Standard - Application Layer Other Required if Communication Standard - Application Layer is Other. Indicate relevant standard(s). Communication Standard - Media/Network Layer Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Select all that apply. Communication Standard - Media/Network Layer Other Required if Communication Standard - Media/Network Layer is Other. Indicate relevant standard(s). Primary Communication Module/Device Brand Name This field is no longer relevant for V1.2. Primary Communication Module/Device Model Number This field is no longer relevant for V1.2. Features Enabled By Primary Communication Module/Device This field is no longer relevant for V1.2. Secondary Communication Module/Device Brand Name This field is no longer relevant for V1.2. Secondary Communication Module/Device Model Number This field is no longer relevant for V1.2. Features Enabled By Secondary Communication Module/Device This field is no longer relevant for V1.2. Tertiary Communication Module/Device Brand Name This field is no longer relevant for V1.2. Tertiary Communication Module/Device Model Number This field is no longer relevant for V1.2. Features Enabled By Tertiary Communication Module/Device This field is no longer relevant for V1.2. Network Device Security Standards Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Indicate all the standards and frameworks that apply to the Connected EVSE Product. Network Device Security Standards - Other Required if Network Security Standards is Other. Identify the relevant network security standard(s) or framework(s). Description of System Cyber Security Measures Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Describe measures taken by the EV Service Provider to support IT security (if any) for systems intended for home use, including company policy, compliance with published frameworks and standards, etc. This field is intended to capture measures beyond the implementation of security features at the device level. If there aren’t any security measures, specify none. Is Broadband Internet Connection Needed for Demand Response? Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Indicate if Demand Response capabilities require broadband internet connection. Protocols Used to Support Smart Charging Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Indicate whether the EVSE has the transceiver and/or necessary hardware to support smart charging (i.e. beyond simple managed charging with pulse width modulation or CANBus) by identifying which of the following station-to-vehicle protocol(s) the EVSE is capable of using to achieve smart charging capability. Protocols Used to Support Smart Charging - Other Required if Protocols Used to Support Smart Charging is Other. Indicate relevant protocols. Auxiliary Product Features Required for all products certified to Version 1.2. Include all auxiliary features included in this product. Ensure that the total allowance includes adders for these features in No Vehicle Mode, Partial On Mode and Idle Mode respectively. Product Features Indicate additional product features important to consumers beyond those included in the Auxiliary Product Features field. Other Product Features Required if Other is selected from Product Features. Include and describe other product features important to consumers. Max Nameplate Output Current (A) Indicate the Maximum Nameplate Output Current for every model. For dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 1 value. Dual Input Max Nameplate Output Current (A) Required for dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 2 Maximum Nameplate Output Current. Input Voltage (V) Indicate the Input Voltage for every model. For dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 1 value. Dual Input Voltage (V) Required for dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 2 Input Voltage. Number of Outputs Indicate the number of outputs available for every model. For dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 1 value. Dual Input Number of Outputs Required for dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 2 number of outputs available. High Illuminance for ABC Room Illuminance (lux) Required for models with ABC enabled during testing (in the high illuminance condition of 300 lux). For dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 1 value. High Illuminance for ABC or Default No Vehicle Mode Input Power Indicate the No Vehicle Input Power value for models with ABC enabled during testing (in the high illuminance condition of 300 lux) or the default value for all other models without ABC enabled during testing. For dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 1 value. No Vehicle Mode Total Allowance (W) Indicate the No Vehicle Mode Total Allowance value. For dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 1 value. High Illuminance for ABC or Default No Vehicle Mode Power Factor Indicate the No Vehicle Mode power factor value for models with ABC enabled during testing (in the high illuminance condition of 300 lux) or the default value for all other models without ABC enabled during testing. For dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 1 value. High Illuminance for ABC or Default Partial On Mode Input Power Indicate the Partial On Mode Input Power value for models with ABC enabled during testing (in the high illuminance condition of 300 lux) or the default value for all other models without ABC enabled during testing. For dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 1 value. Partial On Mode Total Allowance (W) Indicate the Partial On Mode Total Allowance value. For dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 1 value. High Illuminance for ABC or Default Partial On Mode Power Factor Indicate the Partial On Mode power factor value for models with ABC enabled during testing (in the high illuminance condition of 300 lux) or the default value for all other models without ABC enabled during testing. For dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 1 value. High Illuminance for ABC or Default Idle Mode Input Power (W) Indicate the Idle Mode Input Power value for models with ABC enabled during testing (in the high illuminance condition of 300 lux) or the default value for all other models without ABC enabled during testing. For dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 1 value. Idle Mode Total Allowance (W) Indicate the Idle Mode Total Allowance value. For dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 1 value. High Illuminance for ABC or Default Idle Mode Power Factor Indicate the Idle Mode power factor value for models with ABC enabled during testing (in the high illuminance condition of 300 lux) or the default value for all other models without ABC enabled during testing. For dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 1 value. Full Current Operation Mode Test: UUT Available Current Indicate the Full Current Operation Mode Test: UUT Available Current. For dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 1 value. High Illuminance Full Current Operation Mode: Input Power Indicate the Full Current Operation Mode Input Power value for models with ABC enabled during testing (in the high illuminance condition of 300 lux) or the default value for all other models without ABC enabled during testing. For dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 1 value. High Illuminance Full Current Operation Mode: Output Power Indicate the Full Current Operation Mode Output Power value for models with ABC enabled during testing (in the high illuminance condition of 300 lux) or the default value for all other models without ABC enabled during testing. For dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 1 value. High Illuminance 30 A Operation Mode: Input Power Required if Full Current is ≥ 30 A. Indicate the 30 A Operation Mode Input Power value for models with ABC enabled during testing (in the high illuminance condition of 300 lux) or the default value for all other models without ABC enabled during testing. For dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 1 value. High Illuminance 30 A Operation Mode: Output Power Required if Full Current is ≥ 30 A models with ABC enabled during testing (in the high illuminance condition of 300 lux) or the default value for all other models without ABC enabled during testing. For dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 1 value. High Illuminance 15 A Operation Mode Test: Input Power Required if Full Current is ≥ 15 A. Indicate the 15 A Operation Mode Input Power value for models with ABC enabled during testing (in the high illuminance condition of 300 lux) or the default value for all other models without ABC enabled during testing. For dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 1 value. High Illuminance 15 A Operation Mode Test: Output Power Required if Full Current is ≥ 15 A. Indicate the 15 A Operation Mode Output Power value for models with ABC enabled during testing (in the high illuminance condition of 300 lux) or the default value for all other models without ABC enabled during testing. For dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 1 value. High Illuminance 4 A Operation Mode Test: Input Power Required if Full Current is ≥ 4 A. Indicate the 4 A Operation Mode Input Power value for models with ABC enabled during testing (in the high illuminance condition of 300 lux) or the default value for all other models without ABC enabled during testing. For dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 1 value. High Illuminance 4 A Operation Mode Test: Output Power Required if Full Current is ≥ 4 A. Indicate the 4 A Operation Mode Output Power value for models with ABC enabled during testing (in the high illuminance condition of 300 lux) or the default value for all other models without ABC enabled during testing. For dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 1 value. Low Illuminance for ABC Room Illuminance (lux) Required for models with ABC enabled during testing (in the low illuminance condition of 10 lux). For dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 1 value. Low Illuminance No Vehicle Mode Input Power (W) Required only for models with ABC enabled during testing (in the low illuminance condition of 10 lux). For dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 1 value. Low Illuminance No Vehicle Mode Power Factor Required only for models with ABC enabled during testing (in the low illuminance condition of 10 lux). Indicate the power factor for this model in No Vehicle Mode. For dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 1 value. Low Illuminance Partial On Mode Input Power (W) Required only for models with ABC enabled during testing (in the low illuminance condition of 10 lux). For dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 1 value. Low Illuminance Partial On Mode Power Factor Required only for models with ABC enabled during testing (in the low illuminance condition of 10 lux). Indicate the power factor for this model in Partial On Mode. For dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 1 value. Low Illuminance Idle Mode Input Power (W) Required only for models with ABC enabled during testing (in the low illuminance condition of 10 lux). For dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 1 value. Low Illuminance Idle Mode Power Factor Required only for models with ABC enabled during testing (in the low illuminance condition of 10 lux). Indicate the power factor for this model in Idle Mode. For dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 1 value. Low Illuminance Full Current Mode Test: Input Power Required only for models with ABC enabled during testing (in the low illuminance condition of 10 lux). For dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 1 value. Low Illuminance Full Current Operation Mode Test: Output Power Required only for models with ABC enabled during testing (in the low illuminance condition of 10 lux). For dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 1 value. Low Illuminance 30 A Operation Mode Test: Input Power Required only for models with ABC enabled during testing (in the low illuminance condition of 10 lux). For dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 1 value. Low Illuminance 30 A Operation Mode Test: Output Power Required only for models with ABC enabled during testing (in the low illuminance condition of 10 lux). For dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 1 value. Low Illuminance 15 A Operation Mode Test: Input Power Required only for models with ABC enabled during testing (in the low illuminance condition of 10 lux). For dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 1 value. Low Illuminance 15 A Operation Mode Test: Output Power Required only for models with ABC enabled during testing (in the low illuminance condition of 10 lux). For dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 1 value. Low Illuminance 4 A Operation Mode Test: Input Power Required only for models with ABC enabled during testing (in the low illuminance condition of 10 lux). For dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 1 value. Low Illuminance 4 A Operation Mode Test: Output Power Required only for models with ABC enabled during testing (in the low illuminance condition of 10 lux). For dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 1 value. Dual Input High Illuminance for ABC Room Illuminance (lux) Required for dual-input Level 1/2 models that are also ABC enabled during testing (in the high illuminance condition of 300 lux). Indicate the Level 2 ABC Room Illuminance value. Dual Input High Illuminance No Vehicle ModeInput Power (W) Required for dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 2 No Vehicle Mode Input Power value. If the model is ABC enabled during testing, indicate in the high illuminance condition of 300 lux. Dual Input No Vehicle Mode Total Allowance (W) Required for dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 2 No Vehicle Mode Total Allowance value. Dual Input High Illuminance No Vehicle Mode Power Factor Required for dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 2 No Vehicle Mode Power Factor value. If the model is ABC enabled during testing, indicate in the high illuminance condition of 300 lux. Dual Input High Illuminance Partial On Mode Input Power (W) Required for dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 2 Partial On Mode Input Power value. If the model is ABC enabled during testing, indicate in the high illuminance condition of 300 lux. Dual Input Partial On Mode Total Allowance (W) Required for dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 2 Partial On Mode Total Allowance value. Dual Input High Illuminance Partial On Mode Power Factor Required for dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 2 Partial On Mode Power Factor value. If the model is ABC enabled during testing, indicate in the high illuminance condition of 300 lux. Dual Input High Illuminance Idle Mode Input Power (W) Required for dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 2 Idle Mode Input Power value. If the model is ABC enabled during testing, indicate in the high illuminance condition of 300 lux. Dual Input Idle Mode Total Allowance (W) Required for dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 2 Idle Mode Total Allowance value. Dual Input High Illuminance Idle Mode Power Factor Required for dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 2 Idle Mode Power Factor value. If the model is ABC enabled during testing, indicate in the high illuminance condition of 300 lux. Dual Input Full Current Operation Mode Test Available Current Required for dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 2 Full Current Operation Mode Test: UUT Available Current value. Dual Input High Illumin. Full Current Operation Mode Input Power Required for dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 2 Full Current Operation Mode Test: Input Power value. If the model is ABC enabled during testing, indicate in the high illuminance condition of 300 lux. Dual Input High Illumin. Full Current Operation ModeOutput Power Required for dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 2 Full Current Operation Mode Test: Output Power value. If the model is ABC enabled during testing, indicate in the high illuminance condition of 300 lux. Dual Input High Illumin. 30 A Operation Mode Test: Input Power Required for dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 2 30 A Operation Mode Test: Input Power value. If the model is ABC enabled during testing, indicate in the high illuminance condition of 300 lux. Dual Input High Illumin. 30 A Operation Mode Test: Output Power Required for dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 2 30 A Operation Mode Test: Output Power value. If the model is ABC enabled during testing, indicate in the high illuminance condition of 300 lux. Dual Input High Illumin. 15 A Operation Mode Test: Input Power Required for dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 2 15 A Operation Mode Test: Input Power value. If the model is ABC enabled during testing, indicate in the high illuminance condition of 300 lux. Dual Input High Illumin. 15 A Operation Mode Test: Output Power Required for dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 2 15 A Operation Mode Test: Output Power value. If the model is ABC enabled during testing, indicate in the high illuminance condition of 300 lux. Dual Input High Illuminance 4 A Operation Mode: Input Power Required for dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 2 4 A Operation Mode Test: Input Power value. If the model is ABC enabled during testing, indicate in the high illuminance condition of 300 lux. Dual Input High Illuminance 4 A Operation Mode: Output Power Required for dual-input Level 1/2 models, indicate the Level 2 4 A Operation Mode Test: Output Power value. If the model is ABC enabled during testing, indicate in the high illuminance condition of 300 lux. Dual Input Low Illuminance for ABC Room Illuminance (lux) Required for dual-input Level 1/2 models that are also ABC enabled during testing (in the low illuminance condition of 10 lux). Indicate the Level 2 ABC Room Illuminance value. Dual Input Low Illuminance No Vehicle Mode Input Power Required for dual-input Level 1/2 models that are also ABC enabled during testing (in the low illuminance condition of 10 lux). Indicate the Level 2 No Vehicle Mode Input Power value in Watts. Dual Input Low Illuminance No Vehicle Mode Power Factor Required for dual-input Level 1/2 models that are also ABC enabled during testing (in the low illuminance condition of 10 lux). Indicate the Level 2 No Vehicle Mode Power Factor value. Dual Input Low Illuminance Partial On Mode Input Power Required for dual-input Level 1/2 models that are also ABC enabled during testing (in the low illuminance condition of 10 lux). Indicate the Level 2 Partial On Mode Input Power value in Watts. Dual Input Low Illuminance Partial On Mode Power Factor Required for dual-input Level 1/2 models that are also ABC enabled during testing (in the low illuminance condition of 10 lux). Indicate the Level 2 Partial On Mode Power Factor value. Dual Input Low Illuminance Idle Mode Input Power (W) Required for dual-input Level 1/2 models that are also ABC enabled during testing (in the low illuminance condition of 10 lux). Indicate the Level 2 Idle Mode Input Power value. Dual Input Low Illuminance Idle Mode Power Factor Required for dual-input Level 1/2 models that are also ABC enabled during testing (in the low illuminance condition of 10 lux). Indicate the Level 2 Idle Mode Power Factor value. Dual Input Low Illumin. Current Operation Mode Test: Input Power Required for dual-input Level 1/2 models that are also ABC enabled during testing (in the low illuminance condition of 10 lux). Indicate the Level 2 Full Current Operation Mode Test: Input Power value. Dual Input Low Illumin. Current Operation Mode Test:Output Power Required for dual-input Level 1/2 models that are also ABC enabled during testing (in the low illuminance condition of 10 lux). Indicate the Level 2 Full Current Operation Mode Test: Output Power value. Dual Input Low Illumin. 30 A Operation Mode Test: Input Power Required for dual-input Level 1/2 models that are also ABC enabled during testing (in the low illuminance condition of 10 lux). Indicate the Level 2 30 A Operation Mode Test: Input Power value. Dual Input Low Illumin. 30 A Operation Mode Test: Output Power Required for dual-input Level 1/2 models that are also ABC enabled during testing (in the low illuminance condition of 10 lux). Indicate the Level 2 30 A Operation Mode Test: Output Power value. Dual Input Low Illumin. 15 A Operation Mode Test: Input Power Required for dual-input Level 1/2 models that are also ABC enabled during testing (in the low illuminance condition of 10 lux). Indicate the Level 2 15 A Operation Mode Test: Input Power value. Dual Input Low Illumin. 15 A Operation Mode Test: Output Power Required for dual-input Level 1/2 models that are also ABC enabled during testing (in the low illuminance condition of 10 lux). Indicate the Level 2 15 A Operation Mode Test: Output Power value. Dual Input Low Illumin. 4 A Operation Mode Test: Input Power Required for dual-input Level 1/2 models that are also ABC enabled during testing (in the low illuminance condition of 10 lux). Indicate the Level 2 4 A Operation Mode Test: Input Power value. Dual Input Low Illumin. 4 A Operation Mode Test: Output Power Required for dual-input Level 1/2 models that are also ABC enabled during testing (in the low illuminance condition of 10 lux). Indicate the Level 2 4 A Operation Mode Test: Output Power value. Product Name Pool Pumps Service Method Submit_Pool_Pumps_3_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Pool Pumps Version 3.0 and 3.1. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Release Date TBD Pool Pumps Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Pool Pumps Template Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Pool Pumps Version 3.0 and 3.1. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Product Type Indicates the type of Pool Pump product under certification. Standby Average Power (W) Provide Standby Average Power for pool pumps that are shipped with a pump control or time clock. Motor Design Indicates how many discrete or continuous speeds the pool pump is able to operate at. Variable speed products are able to adjust to nearby speed points in steps of 100 RPM or less. Measured WEF (kgal/kWh) Weighted Energy Factor: A measurement of pump efficiency based on performance at 1 or 2 measurement points. For products with the ability to adjust speed while meeting minimum flow needs, the WEF is able to account for energy savings from this turndown. Reported WEF (kgal/kWh) Weighted Energy Factor: A measurement of pump efficiency based on performance at 1 or 2 measurement points. For products with the ability to adjust speed while meeting minimum flow needs, the WEF is able to account for energy savings from this turndown. Flow (GPM) at low speed measurement point The flow in GPM at the low speed measurement point for a product. Single-speed pumps, including PCBP, enter the single flow measurement here. Head (ftH20) at low speed measurement point The head (vertical lift) supported by the pump at the low speed measurement point. Single-speed pumps, including PCBP, enter the single head measurement here. RPM at low speed measurement point The rotation speed of the pump at the low speed measurement point. Single-speed pumps, including PCBP, enter the single RPM measurement here. Power (W) at low speed measurement point The power measured at the low speed measurement point. Single-speed pumps, including PCBP, enter the single power measurement here. Flow (GPM) at high speed measurement point The flow in GPM at the high speed measurement point for a product. Required for all Two-Speed, Multi-Speed, and Variable-Speed Products. RPM at high speed measurement point The rotation speed of the pump at the high speed measurement point. Required for all Two-Speed, Multi-Speed, and Variable-Speed Products. Head (ftH20) at high speed measurement point The head (vertical lift) supported by the pump at the high speed measurement point. Required for all Two-Speed, Multi-Speed, and Variable-Speed Products. Power (W) at high speed measurement point Required for all Two-Speed, Multi-Speed, and Variable-Speed Products. RPM at Max Speed At Max Speed, round to nearest 50. Curve A/B/C information below is reported at this speed. Required for Self-Priming and Non-Self-Priming Pumps. Curve-A Flow (GPM) At Max Speed. Required for Self-Priming and Non-Self-Priming Pumps. Curve-A Power (W) At Max Speed. Required for Self-Priming and Non-Self-Priming Pumps. Curve-C Flow (GPM) At Max Speed. Required for Self-Priming and Non-Self-Priming Pumps. Curve-C Power (W) At Max Speed. Required for Self-Priming and Non-Self-Priming Pumps. Curve-B Flow (GPM) At Max Speed. Required for Self-Priming and Non-Self-Priming Pumps. Curve-B Power (W) At Max Speed. Required for Self-Priming and Non-Self-Priming Pumps. Motor Construction Rated Horsepower (HP) Rated Horsepower from Manufacturer, provided for consumer information purposes. Note Hydraulic Horsepower is used for product performance calculations. Hydraulic Horsepower (HHP) Required for all products, enter the Rated Hydraulic Horsepower (HHP) for the product as determined by the DOE DPPP Test Procedure. Note HHP range for self-priming and non-self-priming pumps is 0 < hhp < 2.5. PCBP Number of Stages Required for PCBP, enter the number of impeller stages in product. Freeze Protection Is Pump equipped with freeze protection? Freeze Protection Implementation If equipped with freeze protection, is freeze protection implemented according to DOE DPPP Requirements: default activation air temp is no greater than 40 deg F (dry bulb), default run time is no greater than 1 hour before temperature is checked, and default motor speed is no more than ½ Maximum speed. Connected Functionality Indicate Yes if model meets all of the ENERGY STAR Connected Criteria. Communication Standard - Application Layer Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Select all that apply. . \'OpenADR 2.0a with on-premises VEN,\' \'OpenADR 2.0a with cloud VEN,\' and \'CTA-2045\' are no longer valid selections. Communication Standard - Application Layer Other Required if Communication Standard - Application Layer is Other. Indicate relevant standard(s). Communication Standard - Media/Network Layer Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Select all that apply.\'CTA-2045\' are no longer valid selections Communication Standard - Media/Network Layer Other Required if Communication Standard - Media/Network Layer is Other. Indicate relevant standard(s). Communication Hardware Architecture Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Select all that apply. Primary Communication Module/Device Brand Name Required if Communication Hardware Architecture is B, C, or D. Indicate the brand name of the primary communication module used to complete the ENERGY STAR Connected Pool Pump System (CPPS). Primary Communication Module/Device Model Number Required if Communication Hardware Architecture is B, C, or D. Indicate the model number of the primary communication module used to complete the ENERGY STAR CPPS. Features Enabled By Primary Communication Module/Device Required if Communication Hardware Architecture is B, C, or D. Select all features enabled by the module/device (features which are not built-in). Secondary Communication Module/Device Brand Name Required if Communication Hardware Architecture is B, C, or D and a second communication module can provide an ENERGY STAR CPPS. Indicate the brand name of the module/device. Secondary Communication Module/Device Model Number Required if Communication Hardware Architecture is B, C, or D and a second communication module can provide an ENERGY STAR CPPS. Indicate the model number of the module/device. Features Enabled By Secondary Communication Module/Device Required if Communication Hardware Architecture is B, C, or D and a second communication module can provide an ENERGY STAR CPPS. Select all features enabled by the module/device (features which are not built-in). Tertiary Communication Module/Device Brand Name Required if Communication Hardware Architecture is B, C, or D and a third communication module can provide an ENERGY STAR CPPS. Indicate the brand name of the module/device. Tertiary Communication Module/Device Model Number Required if Communication Hardware Architecture is B, C, or D and a third communication module can provide an ENERGY STAR CPPS. Indicate the model number of the module/device. Features Enabled By Tertiary Communication Module/Device Required if Communication Hardware Architecture is B, C, or D and a third communication module can provide an ENERGY STAR CPPS. Select all features enabled by the module/device (features which are not built-in). Network Standby Power (W) Required if “Connected Functionality” is Yes. Is Broadband Internet Connection Needed for Demand Response? Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Indicate if Demand Response capabilities require broadband internet connection. Product Name Water Heaters Solar Service Method Submit_Water_Heaters_Solar_5_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Residential Water Heaters Version 5.0. This template is for solar water heaters. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Release Date TBD ENERGY STAR Water Heaters - Solar Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Water Heaters - Solar Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Residential Water Heaters Version 5.0. This template is for solar water heaters. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Product Type Fuel Type Required if Product Type is Solar Gas. OG-300 Number Required for all models with an OG-300 certificate.OG-300 certification numbers are 8 characters in length and may include numbers or letters. An example would be: 2010008A. Solar Uniform Energy Factor (SUEF) Draw Pattern Minimum Warranty - Parts (years) Minimum Warranty - System (years) Minimum Warranty - Collector (years) Minimum Warranty - Controls (years) Type of Backup Auxiliary Volume (gal) Auxiliary Input (kW) Required if Product Type is Solar Electric. Auxiliary Input (MBTU/hr) Required if Product Type is Solar Gas. Provide input rate in thousand BTU per hour. Tank Diameter (in) Required if Type of Backup is Tank. Tank Height (in) Required if Type of Backup is Tank. Vent Type Required if Fuel Type is Gas or Propane. Height to Vent (in) Required if Fuel Type is Gas or Propane. Vent Size 1 (in) Required if Fuel Type is Gas or Propane. Vent Size 2 (in) Required if Fuel Type is Gas or Propane and model utilizes two vents. Max Input (MBTUH) Required if Fuel Type is Gas or Propane. Provide Max Input in thousand BTU per hour. Water Heater Depth (in) Required if Type of Backup is Tankless. Water Heater Height (in) Required if Type of Backup is Tankless. Water Heater Width (in) Required if Product Type is Tankless. Water Heater Diameter (in) Required if Type of Backup is Tankless. Input Voltage (V) Required if Product Type is Solar Electric. Solar Collector Panel Area (sq ft) Freeze Tolerance Limit (F) Required for all solar system types except for Photovoltaic. Solar Collector Type Solar Tank Volume (gal) Active or Passive System Solar System Type Connected Functionality Indicate Yes if model meets all of the ENERGY STAR Connected Criteria as determined through examination of the product and/or product documentation. Communication Hardware Architecture Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Select all that apply. Communication Standard - Application Layer Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Select all that apply. Communication Standard - Media/Network Layer Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Select all that apply. Communication Standard - Media/Network Layer Other Required if Communication Standard - Media/Network Layer is Other. Indicate relevant standard(s). Connected Functionality - Load Up Functionality Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. If using CTA-2045-B, when receiving a request to use more energy, can the water heater respond with Basic Load Up, Advanced Load Up, or both. Connected Functionality - Optional Operational Mode Functionality Indicates if a product is capable of responding to grid requests that are described in the specification, but not required. Select all that apply. Time of Use Schedule Product is capable of storing and operating based on rates that move at set times and amounts through a day depending on peak usage with shoulder periods in the hours in between. Primary Communication Module/Device Brand Name Required if Communication Hardware Architecture is B, C, or D. Indicate the brand name of the primary communication module used to complete the ENERGY STAR System. Primary Communication Module/Device Model Number Required if Communication Hardware Architecture is B, C, or D. Indicate the model number of the primary communication module used to complete the ENERGY STAR System. Features Enabled By Primary Communication Module/Device Required if Communication Hardware Architecture is B, C, or D. Select all features enabled by the module/device (features which are not built-in). Description of System Cyber Security Measures Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Describe measures taken by the solar water heater Service Provider to support IT security (if any) for systems intended for home use, including company policy, compliance with published frameworks and standards, etc. This field is intended to capture measures beyond the implementation of security features at the device level. Network Standby Power (W) Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Is Broadband Internet Connection Needed for Demand Response? Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Indicate if Demand Response capabilities require broadband internet connection. Network Security Standards Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Indicate all the standards and frameworks that apply to the Connected Water Heater - Solar product. Network Security Standards - Other Required if Network Security Standards is Other. Indicate relevant standard(s). Product Name Imaging Equipment Product Version 3.2 Service Method Submit_Imaging_Equipment_3_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Imaging Equipment Version 3.0,3.1 and 3.2. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Release Date TBD Imaging Equipment Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Imaging Equipment Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Imaging Equipment Version 3.0,3.1 and 3.2. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Product Type Professional Imaging Product Remanufactured Imaging Product Required for all submissions which contain remanufactured products. Indicate if the certified product or product family includes remanufactured products. Standard Accessories/Capabilities Standard Accessories/Capabilities Other Required if Standard Accessories/Capabilities is Other. Provide the standard accessory/accessories or capability/capabilities. Third Party Color Certification Indicate the third-party color certification the unit has received. Third Party Color Certification Other Required if Third Party Color Certification is Other. Provide the name of the certification. Optional Accessories/Capabilities Optional Accessories/Capabilities Other Required if Optional Accessories/Capabilities is Other. Provide the optional accessory/accessories or capability/capabilities. Is This Product Shipped With an External Power Supply (EPS)? Type of EPS Required for models shipped with an EPS or models using an EPS with a Digital Front End (DFE). Indicate the type of EPS power supply. Power Source Provide all power sources compatible with the model. Power Source Other Required if the Power Source is Other. Provide the Power Source. Is the Model Shipped with One or More Digital Front Ends (DFEs)? Indicate whether the model is shipped with one or more DFE(s). DFE Type and Category Required for models shipped with a DFE. If sold with a Type 2 DFE, indicate the category of the Type 2 DFE. Additionally, if sold with a Type 1 DFE, indicate the category of the Type 1 DFE. For models sold with multiple Type 1 DFEs, indicate the category of the Type 1 DFE that constitutes the highest energy using configuration. (The categories of the other Type 1 DFEs are to be reported in another field). Type 1 DFE Advanced Features Required for models shipped with a Type 1 DFE (including Professional DFE). Indicate three or more DFE advanced features. For models sold with multiple Type 1 DFEs, indicate the category of the Type 1 DFE that constitutes the highest energy using configuration. Type 1 DFE Manufacturer Name Required for models shipped with a Type 1 DFE(including Professional DFE). Indicate the DFE manufacturer name. For models sold with multiple Type 1 DFEs, indicate the category of the Type 1 DFE that constitutes the highest energy using configuration. Type 1 DFE Model Number Required for models shipped with a Type 1 DFE(including Professional DFE). Indicate the DFE model number. For models sold with multiple Type 1 DFEs, indicate the category of the Type 1 DFE that constitutes the highest energy using configuration. Type 1 DFE TEC (kWh/wk) Required for models with a Type 1 DFE (excluding Professional DFE). Provide the DFE TEC in kWh per week. For models sold with multiple Type 1 DFEs, indicate the category of the Type 1 DFE that constitutes the highest energy using configuration. Type 1 DFE Sleep Mode Power (W) Required for models with a Type 1 DFE (including Professional DFE as taken per Section 7 of the Professional Imaging Equipment Test Method). Indicate the DFE Sleep Mode power in watts. For models sold with multiple Type 1 DFEs, indicate the category of the Type 1 DFE that constitutes the highest energy using configuration. Type 1 DFE Ready State Power (W) Required for models with a Type 1 DFE (including Professional DFE as taken per Section 7 of the Professional Imaging Equipment Test Method). Indicate the DFE Ready State power in watts. For models sold with multiple Type 1 DFEs, indicate the category of the Type 1 DFE that constitutes the highest energy using configuration. Type 2 DFE Advanced Features Required for models shipped with a Type 2 DFE. Indicate three or more DFE advanced features. Type 2 DFE Manufacturer Name Required for models shipped with a Type 2 DFE. Indicate the DFE manufacturer name. Type 2 DFE Model Number Required for models shipped with a Type 2 DFE. Indicate the DFE model number. For Type 2 DFEs without their own model number, enter "No separate model number." Type 2 DFE TEC (kWh/wk) Required for models with a Type 2 DFE (excluding Professional DFE). Provide the DFE TEC in kWh per week. Type 2 DFE Sleep Mode Power (W) Required for models with a Type 2 DFE (including Professional DFE as taken per Section 7 of the Professional Imaging Equipment Test Method). Indicate the DFE Sleep Mode power in watts. Type 2 DFE Ready State Power (W) Required for models with a Type 2 DFE (including Professional DFE as taken per Section 7 of the Professional Imaging Equipment Test Method). Indicate the DFE Ready State power in watts. Additional Type 1 DFE Category(ies) Required for models sold with more than one Type 1 DFE option(including Professional DFE). Indicate the Type 1 DFE category (A or B). For multiple additional Type 1 DFE models, enter data in the following comma-separated list format: “1 : , 2 : < Category of DFE #2>, etc.” Additional Type 1 DFE Manufacturer Name(s) Required for models sold with more than one Type 1 DFE option(including Professional DFE). Indicate the Type 1 DFE manufacturer name. For multiple additional Type 1 DFE models, enter data in the following comma-separated list format: “1 : , 2 : , etc.” Additional Type 1 DFE Model Number(s) Required for models sold with more than one Type 1 DFE option(including Professional DFE). Indicate the Type 1 DFE model number. For multiple additional Type 1 DFE models, enter data in the following comma-separated list format: “1 : , 2 : , etc.” Additional Type 1 DFE TEC(s) (kWh/wk) Required for models sold with more than one Type 1 DFE option(excluding Professional DFE). Provide the DFE TEC in kWh per week. For multiple additional Type 1 DFE models, enter data in the following comma-separated list format: “1 : , 2 : , etc.” Additional Type 1 DFE Sleep Mode Power(s) (W) Required for models sold with more than one Type 1 DFE option(including Professional DFE as taken per Section 7 of the Professional Imaging Equipment Test Method). Indicate the Sleep Mode power in W. For multiple additional Type 1 DFE models, enter data in the following comma-separated list format: “1 : , 2 : < Sleep Mode Power of DFE #2>, etc.” Additional Type 1 DFE Ready State Power(s) (W) Required for models sold with more than one Type 1 DFE option(including Professional DFE as taken per Section 7 of the Professional Imaging Equipment Test Method). Indicate the Ready State power in W. For multiple additional Type 1 DFE models, enter data in the following comma-separated list format: “1 : , 2 : , etc.” Media Format Size Continuous Form? Maximum Document Width (mm) Provide the smaller of the two document dimensions here. Maximum Document Height (mm) Required for products that are not Continuous Form. Provide the larger of the two document dimensions here. Simplex Printing Min Paper wt (Density) Compatibility (g/m^2) Required for products with print functionality. Indicate the simplex printing minimum paper weight (density) compatibility in grams per square meter. Duplex Printing Min Paper wt (Density) Compatibility (g/m^2) Required for products with print functionality. Indicate the duplex printing minimum paper weight (density) compatibility in grams per square meter. Simplex Printing Max Paper wt (Density) Compatibility (g/m^2) Required for products with print functionality. Indicate the simplex printing maximum paper weight (density) compatibility in grams per square meter. Duplex Printing Max Paper wt (Density) Compatibility (g/m^2) Required for products with print functionality. Indicate the duplex printing maximum paper weight (density) compatibility in grams per square meter. Print Resolution (dots per inch) Required for products with print functionality. Indicate the maximum DPI that can be achieved by all the colors along both axes (horizontal and vertical) Product Weight (kg) Indicate the weight of the base product. Paper Capacity (sheets) Indicate the paper capacity of the imaging product, including that of any accessories. Marking Technology Product Functions Indicate the product functions standard for these models. Optional Functions List the optional functions available for upgrade. Automatic Duplex Output Capability Special Purpose Single Sided Printer Is the model a printer whose intended function is to print on special single-sided media for the purpose of single sided printing (e.g. release coated paper for labels, direct thermal media, etc.)? Default to Automatic Duplex Output Capability Required for models with automatic duplex output capability. Indicate whether the model is shipped with automatic duplexing as the default mode. Color Capability Required for products with print functionality. Indicate the color capability. Monochrome Product Speed (ipm or mppm) For mailing machines, provide the monochrome product speed in units of mail-pieces-per-minute (mppm). For all other product types, provide the monochrome product speed in images-per-minute (ipm). Color Product Speed (ipm or mppm) Required for models with color capability. For mailing machines, provide the color product speed in units of mail-pieces-per-minute (mppm). For all other product types, provide the color product speed in images-per-minute (ipm). Type of Multifunction Device (MFD) Required for MFD models. Provide the type of MFD. Internal Memory (MB) Required for models claiming a functional adder allowance for memory and Professional imaging Products. Provide the memory in megabytes (MB). Default Delay Time to Sleep (min) Provide the default delay time to sleep in minutes. Default Delay Time to Off (min) Required for models subject to OM ENERGY STAR evaluation method and with an Auto-off mode. Provide the default delay time to off in minutes. Additional Sleep Modes? Indicate if there are additional sleep modes other than the sleep mode used to determine qualification under the default delay time to sleep requirements. Additional Sleep Mode Name(s) Required if additional sleep modes are claimed other than the sleep mode used to determine qualification under the default delay time to sleep requirements. Provide the name(s) of the mode(s). Default Delay Time to Sleep for Additional Sleep Modes (min) Required for models with additional sleep modes other than the sleep mode used to determine qualification under the default delay time to sleep requirements. Indicate the default time to sleep in minutes for one of the additional sleep modes. Power Supply Rated Output Power (W) Provide the power supply rated output power in watts. Enter 0 for Dc-powered models with no power supply. Required for all products, even if not claiming an OM power supply adder allowance. Step 1: "Off Interval" Energy at 115 V (Wh) Required for models subject to TEC ENERGY STAR evaluation method. Provide Off Interval Energy at 115 V in Wh. Step 1: "Off Interval" Energy at 230 V (Wh) Required for models subject to TEC ENERGY STAR evaluation method. Provide Off Interval Energy at 230 V in Wh. Step 1: "Off Interval" at 115 V Time (min) Required for models subject to TEC ENERGY STAR evaluation method. Provide the Off Interval Time at 115 V in minutes. Step 1: "Off Interval" at 230 V Time (min) Required for models subject to TEC ENERGY STAR evaluation method. Provide the Off Interval Time at 230 V in minutes. Step 3: "Active0" Time at 115 V (s) Required for models subject to TEC ENERGY STAR evaluation method. Provide the Active0 Time at 115 V in seconds. Step 3: "Active0" Time at 230 V (s) Required for models subject to TEC ENERGY STAR evaluation method. Provide the Active0 Time at 230 V in seconds. Step 5: "Sleep Interval" Energy at 115 V (Wh) Required for models subject to TEC ENERGY STAR evaluation method. Provide Sleep Interval Energy at 115 V in Wh. Step 5: "Sleep Interval" Energy at 230 V (Wh) Required for models subject to TEC ENERGY STAR evaluation method. Provide Sleep Interval Energy at 230 V in Wh. Step 6: "Job1 Interval" Energy at 115 V (Wh) Required for models subject to TEC ENERGY STAR evaluation method. Provide Job1 Interval Energy at 115 V in Wh. Step 6: "Job1 Interval" Energy at 230 V (Wh) Required for models subject to TEC ENERGY STAR evaluation method. Provide Job1 Interval Energy at 230 V in Wh. Step 6: "Active1" Time at 115 V (s) Required for models subject to TEC ENERGY STAR evaluation method. Provide the Active1 Time at 115 V in seconds. Step 6: "Active1" Time at 230 V (s) Required for models subject to TEC ENERGY STAR evaluation method. Provide the Active1 Time at 230 V in seconds. Step 7: "Job2 Interval" Energy at 115 V (Wh) Required for models subject to TEC ENERGY STAR evaluation method. Provide Job2 Interval Energy at 115 V in Wh. Step 7: "Job2 Interval" Energy at 230 V (Wh) Required for models subject to TEC ENERGY STAR evaluation method. Provide Job2 Interval Energy at 230 V in Wh. Step 7: "Active2" Time at 115 V (s) Required for models subject to TEC ENERGY STAR evaluation method. Provide the Active2 Time at 115 V in seconds. Step 7: "Active2" Time at 230 V (s) Required for models subject to TEC ENERGY STAR evaluation method. Provide the Active2 Time at 230 V in seconds. Step 8: "Job3 Interval" Energy at 115 V (Wh) Required for models subject to TEC ENERGY STAR evaluation method. Provide Job3 Interval Energy at 115 V in Wh. Step 8: "Job3 Interval" Energy at 230 V (Wh) Required for models subject to TEC ENERGY STAR evaluation method. Provide Job3 Interval Energy at 230 V in Wh. Step 9: "Job4 Interval" Energy at 115 V (Wh) Required for models subject to TEC ENERGY STAR evaluation method. Provide Job4 Interval Energy at 115 V in Wh. Step 9: "Job4 Interval" Energy at 230 V (Wh) Required for models subject to TEC ENERGY STAR evaluation method. Provide Job4 Interval Energy at 230 V in Wh. Step 10: "Final Interval" Energy at 115 V (Wh) Required for models subject to TEC ENERGY STAR evaluation method. Provide Job4 Interval Energy at 115 V in Wh. Step 10: "Final Interval" Energy at 230 V (Wh) Required for models subject to TEC ENERGY STAR evaluation method. Provide Job4 Interval Energy at 230 V in Wh. Step 10: "Final Interval" Time at 115 V (min) Required for models subject to TEC ENERGY STAR evaluation method. Provide the Final Interval Time at 115 V in minutes. Step 10: "Final Interval" Time at 230 V (min) Required for models subject to TEC ENERGY STAR evaluation method. Provide the Final Interval Time at 230 V in minutes. Step 11: "Auto-off Interval" Energy at 115 V (Wh) Required for copiers, digital duplicators without print capability, and MFDs without print capability subject to TEC ENERGY STAR evaluation method. Provide Auto-off Interval Energy at 115 V in Wh. Step 11: "Auto-off Interval" Energy at 230 V (Wh) Required for copiers, digital duplicators without print capability, and MFDs without print capability subject to TEC ENERGY STAR evaluation method. Provide Auto-off Interval Energy at 230 V in Wh. Step 11: "Auto-off Interval" Time at 115 V (min) Required for copiers, digital duplicators without print capability, and MFDs without print capability subject to TEC ENERGY STAR evaluation method. Provide the Auto-off Interval Time at 115 V in minutes. Step 11: "Auto-off Interval" Time at 230 V (min) Required for copiers, digital duplicators without print capability, and MFDs without print capability subject to TEC ENERGY STAR evaluation method. Provide the Auto-off Interval Time at 230 V in minutes. Typical Energy Consumption (TEC) at 115 V (kWh/wk) Required for models subject to TEC ENERGY STAR evaluation method. Provide TEC at 115 V in kWh per week. Typical Energy Consumption (TEC) at 230 V (kWh/wk) Required for models subject to TEC ENERGY STAR evaluation method. Provide TEC at 230 V in kWh per week. Ready Power at 115 V (W) Required for models subject to OM ENERGY STAR evaluation method. Provide ready power at 115 V in W. Ready Power at 230 V (W) Required for models subject to OM ENERGY STAR evaluation method. Provide ready power at 230 V in W. Sleep Power at 115 V (W) Required for models subject to OM ENERGY STAR evaluation method. Provide sleep power at 115 V in W. Sleep Power at 230 V (W) Required for models subject to OM ENERGY STAR evaluation method. Provide sleep power at 230 V in W. Auto-off Power at 115 V (W) Required for models subject to OM ENERGY STAR evaluation method. Provide auto-off power at 115 V in W. Auto-off Power at 230 V (W) Required for models subject to OM ENERGY STAR evaluation method. Provide auto-off power at 230 V in W. Off Power at 115 V (W) Required for models subject to OM ENERGY STAR evaluation method. Provide off power at 115 V in W. Off Power at 230 V (W) Required for models subject to OM ENERGY STAR evaluation method. Provide off power at 230 V in W. Professional Imaging - Highest Claimed Product Speed, s_p (ipm) Required for Professional Imaging Products. Indicate the highest capable product speed, in terms of images per minute, indicated by the manufacturer. Professional Imaging - As-Shipped Product Speed for Testing (ipm) Required for Professional Imaging Products. Indicate the product speed, in terms of images per minute, enabled by default after initial product configuration. Professional Imaging - Test Mode (Simplex or duplex) Required for Professional Imaging Products. Indicate whether the product was tested in Simplex or Duplex mode. Professional Imaging - Calculated Product Speed (ipm) Required for Professional Imaging Products. Indicate the printing speed, in terms of images per minute, calculated after production testing. Professional Imaging - Number of Copies per Job Required for Professional Imaging Products. Indicate the calculated number of copies per job. Professional Imaging - Name of Print Driver Version Used for Testing Required for Professional Imaging Products. Indicate the name of the print driver version equipped during testing. Professional Imaging - Resolution at As-shipped Speed (DPI) Required for Professional Imaging Products. Indicate the resolution of the product, in terms of dot-per-inch, enabled by default after initial product configuration. Professional Imaging - Resolution @ Draft Speed (DPI) Required for Professional Imaging Products. Indicate the resolution of the product, in terms of dot-per-inch, as used during testing. Professional Imaging - Network Connection Type Used During Testing Required for Professional Imaging Products. Indicate the network connection type used during testing. Professional Imaging - Other Network Connection Type Used During Testing Required for Professional Imaging Products if the network connection type used during testing is indicated as “Other”. Professional Imaging - DC Powered - DC Source Manufacturer Required for Professional Imaging Products powered by a DC source. Indicate the manufacturer of the AC-to-DC converter component. Professional Imaging - DC Powered - DC Source Model Name Required for Professional Imaging Products powered by a DC source. Indicate the model name of the AC-to-DC converter component. Professional Imaging - DC Powered - DC Source Model Number Required for Professional Imaging Products powered by a DC source. Indicate the model number of the AC-to-DC converter component. Professional Imaging - DC Powered - Unloaded DC source power, P_s (W) Required for Professional Imaging Products powered by a DC source. Indicate the measured power, in watts, of the DC power source without any product connected. Professional Imaging - Step 1 Off Energy (Wh) Required for Professional Imaging Products. Indicate the energy, in watt-hours, consumed by the product during Step 1 of the Professional Imaging Equipment Test Method. Professional Imaging - Step 1 Testing Interval Time (min) Required for Professional Imaging Products. Indicate the measured duration, in minutes, of Step 1 of the Professional Imaging Equipment Test Method. Professional Imaging - Step 1 DFE Type 1 Energy (Wh) Required for Type 1 Professional DFE products (excluding DFEs indicated to be alternative options). Indicate the energy, in watt-hours, consumed by the DFE as measured during Step 1 of the Professional Imaging Equipment Test Method. Professional Imaging - Step 2 Start-up Energy (Wh) Required for Professional Imaging Products. Indicate the energy, in watt-hours, consumed by the product during Step 2 of the Professional Imaging Equipment Test Method. Professional Imaging - Step 2 Testing Interval Time(s) Required for Professional Imaging Products. Indicate the measured duration, in seconds, of Step 2 of the Professional Imaging Equipment Test Method. Professional Imaging - Step 2 DFE Type 1 Energy (Wh) Required for Type 1 Professional DFE products (excluding DFEs indicated to be alternative options). Indicate the energy, in watt-hours, consumed by the DFE as measured during Step 2. Professional Imaging - Step 3 FPPT From Ready (Transition Energy) (Wh) Required for Professional Imaging Products. Indicate the measured Transition Energy, in watt-hours, consumed by the product as measured during Step 3 of the Professional Imaging Equipment Test Method. Professional Imaging - Step 3 Testing Interval Time #1 (s) Required for Professional Imaging Products. Indicate the measured duration, in seconds, of the Transition Phase of Step 3 of the Professional Imaging Equipment Test Method. Professional Imaging - Step 3 Production Print 1 Energy (Wh) Required for Professional Imaging Products. Indicate the Production Energy, in watt-hours, of the product as measured during Step 3 of the Professional Imaging Equipment Test Method. Professional Imaging - Step 3 Number of Images Printed Required for Professional Imaging Products. Indicate the number of images printed during Step 3 of the Professional Imaging Equipment Test Method. Professional Imaging - Step 3 Testing Interval Time #2 (min) Required for Professional Imaging Products. Indicate the measured duration, in minutes, of the Production Phase of Step 3 of the Professional Imaging Equipment Test Method. Professional Imaging - Step 3 DFE Type 1 Energy (Wh) Required for Type 1 Professional DFE products (excluding DFEs indicated to be alternative options). Indicate the consumed energy, in watt-hours, consumed by the DFE as measured during the Production Phase of Step 3. Professional Imaging - Step 4 Ready Energy (Wh) Required for Professional Imaging Products. Indicate the energy, in watt-hours, of the product consumed during Step 4 of the Professional Imaging Equipment Test Method. Professional Imaging - Step 4 Testing Interval Time (min) Required for Professional Imaging Products. Indicate the measured duration, in minutes, of Step 4 of the Professional Imaging Equipment Test Method. Professional Imaging - Step 4 DFE Type 1 Energy (Wh) Required for Type 1 Professional DFE products (excluding DFEs indicated to be alternative options). Indicate the energy, in watt-hours, consumed by the DFE as measured during Step 4. Professional Imaging - Step 5 FPPT From Ready (Transition Energy) (Wh) Required for Professional Imaging Products. Indicate the measured Transition Energy, in watt-hours, consumed by the product as measured during Step 5 of the Professional Imaging Equipment Test Method. Professional Imaging - Step 5 Testing Interval Time #1 (s) Required for Professional Imaging Products. Indicate the measured duration, in seconds, of the Transition Phase of Step 5 of the Professional Imaging Equipment Test Method. Professional Imaging - Step 5 Production Print 2 Energy (Wh) Required for Professional Imaging Products. Indicate the measured Production Energy, in watt-hours, consumed the product as measured during Step 5 of the Professional Imaging Equipment Test Method. Professional Imaging - Step 5 Number of Images Printed Required for Professional Imaging Products. Indicate the number of images printed during Step 5 of the Professional Imaging Equipment Test Method. Professional Imaging - Step 5 Testing Interval Time #2 (min) Required for Professional Imaging Products. Indicate the measured duration, in minutes, of the Production Phase of Step 5 of the Professional Imaging Equipment Test Method. Professional Imaging - Step 5 DFE Type 1 Energy (Wh) Required for Type 1 Professional DFE products (excluding DFEs indicated to be alternative options). Indicate the energy, in watt-hours, consumed by the DFE as measured during the Production Phase of Step 5. Professional Imaging - Step 6 FPPT From Ready (Transition Energy) (Wh) Required for Professional Imaging Products. Indicate the measured Transition Energy, in watt-hours, consumed by the product during Step 6 of the Professional Imaging Equipment Test Method. Professional Imaging - Step 6 Testing Interval Time #1 (s) Required for Professional Imaging Products. Indicate the measured Transition Energy, in watt-hours, consumed by the product during Step 6 of the Professional Imaging Equipment Test Method. Professional Imaging - Step 6 Production Print 3 Energy (Wh) Required for Professional Imaging Products. Indicate the measured Production Energy, in watt-hours, consumed by the product during Step 6 of the Professional Imaging Equipment Test Method. Professional Imaging - Step 6 Number of Images Printed Required for Professional Imaging Products. Indicate the number of images printed during Step 6 of the Professional Imaging Equipment Test Method. Professional Imaging - Step 6 Testing Interval Time #2 (min) Required for Professional Imaging Products. Indicate the measured duration, in minutes, of the Production Phase of Step 6 of the Professional Imaging Equipment Test Method. Professional Imaging - Step 6 DFE Type 1 Energy (Wh) Required for Type 1 Professional DFE products (excluding DFEs indicated to be alternative options). Indicate the energy, in watt-hours, consumed by the DFE as measured during the Production Phase of Step 5. Professional Imaging - Step 7 Sleep Mode Energy (Wh) Required for Professional Imaging Products. Indicate the energy, in watt-hours, consumed by the product during Step 7 of the Professional Imaging Equipment Test Method. Professional Imaging - Step 7 Testing Time Interval (min) Required for Professional Imaging Products. Indicate the measured duration, in minutes, of Step 7 of the Professional Imaging Equipment Test Method. Professional Imaging - Step 7 DFE Type 1 Energy (Wh) Required for Type 1 Professional DFE products (excluding DFEs indicated to be alternative options). Indicate the energy, in watt-hours, consumed by the DFE as measured during Step 7. Professional Imaging - Ready Mode Power (W) Required for Professional Imaging Products. Indicate the calculated Ready Mode Power of the product, in watts. Professional Imaging - Production Energy (Wh/Image) Required for Professional Imaging Products. Indicate the calculated Production Energy of the product, in terms of watt-hours per image. Product Name Clothes Dryers Service Method Submit_Clothes_Dryers_1_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Clothes Dryers Version 1.0 and 1.1. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are now available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Release Date TBD Clothes Dryers Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Clothes Dryers Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Clothes Dryers Version 1.0 and 1.1. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are now available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Product Type Special Type Indicate if the dryer is part of a laundry center. A laundry center is a consumer product that meets the definition of a residential clothes washer and an electric clothes dryer or a gas clothes dryer, which cleans and dries clothes in separate, stacked drums. Height (inches) Width (inches) Depth (inches) Universal Product Code (UPC) This product-specific UPC code field has been replaced by the product-wide UPC code fields added to the core. This UPC code is no longer relevant and does not need to be submitted. Matching ENERGY STAR Clothes Washer Available Indicate if the clothes dryer is being marketed as a matched pair with an ENERGY STAR Clothes Washer. Matching ENERGY STAR Clothes Washer ESUM Required if Matching ENERGY STAR Clothes Washer Available is Yes. Provide the clothes washer ENERGY STAR Model Identifier (ESUM). Drum Capacity (cubic feet) Energy Test Cycle Setting(s) Report all cycle setting(s), as well as any settings enabled by default, used to determine compliance with the current ENERGY STAR specification. Calculated Combined Energy Factor - Max Dryness Setting (lbs/kWh) Report the calculated value for the normal cycle with the highest dryness setting as defined in the ENERGY STAR Most Efficient criteria, based on measured test data. If multiple units were tested, report the average value. Required for ENERGY STAR Most Efficient models. Cycle Time - Max Dryness Setting (min) Report the time taken to complete the energy test cycle as defined in the ENERGY STAR Most Efficient criteria for the normal cycle with the highest dryness setting. Required for ENERGY STAR Most Efficient models. Energy Test Cycle Setting(s) - Max Dryness Setting Report all cycle setting(s), as well as any settings enabled by default, used to determine compliance with the ENERGY STAR Most Efficient criteria for the normal cycle with the highest dryness setting. Required for ENERGY STAR Most Efficient models. Additional Dryer Features Indicate the features that are applicable to the clothes dryer.Please indicate none if your product does not include additional washer features. For Supplementary Drying System only include as defined under the current specification. Additional Dryer Feature - Other Required if Additional Dryer Feature is Other. Indicate features. Heat Pump Technology CBs are required to indicate if the product is a Heat Pump or a Hybrid Heat Pump. The model is a Heat Pump if it includes Heat Pump technology and does not have an electric resistance heat source. The model is a Hybrid Heat Pump if it includes heat pump technology and an electric resistance heat source as determined through examination of the product and/or product documentation. Remaining Moisture Content (RMC), Expressed as a Percentage (%) Report the remaining moisture content of the dry load as defined in 10 CFR 430, Appendix D2, Section 3.4.3. If multiple units were tested, report the average value. Per-cycle Standby Mode and Off Mode Energy Consump (kWh/cycle) Report the per-cycle standby and off mode energy consumption (ETSO) as defined in 10 CFR 430, Appendix D2, Section 4.5. If multiple units were tested, report the average value. Calculated Combined Energy Factor (lbs/kWh) Report the calculated value based on measured test data. If multiple units were tested, report the average value. Reported Combined Energy Factor (lbs/kWh) Provide the rated/reported combined energy factor, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Value must be the same as the values reported to the U.S. Department of Energy for compliance with Minimum Efficiency Performance Standards requirements. Cycle Time (min) Report the time taken to complete the energy test cycle as defined in the ENERGY STAR Version 1.0 specification, Section 5C. Refrigerant Type Indicate the refrigerant type used. Refrigerant Type - Other If Refrigerant Type is Other. Indicate the refrigerant type used. Refrigerant Charge Report the amount of refrigerant (ounces) in the product if applicable. Connected Functionality Indicate Yes if model meets all of the ENERGY STAR Connected Criteria as determined through examination of the product and/or product documentation. Connected Demand Response Functionality Tested Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Indicate Yes if ENERGY STAR Test Method to Validate Demand Response was used to verify the model’s Demand Response (DR) Functionality. A model must have its DR capabilities validated using the test method and must meet all of the Connected Criteria, to use the 5% credit. Communication Hardware Architecture Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Select all that apply. Communication Standard - Application Layer Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Select all that apply. Communication Standard - Application Layer Other Required if Communication Standard - Application Layer is Other. Indicate relevant standard(s). Communication Standard - Media/Network Layer Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Select all that apply. Communication Standard - Media/Network Layer Other Required if Communication Standard - Media/Network Layer is Other. Indicate relevant standard(s). Direct on-premises Open-standard Based Interconnection Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Indicate Yes if as-shipped model enables direct on-premises, open-standard based interconnection. Product Name Commercial Fryers Service Method Submit_Commercial_Fryers_3_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Commercial Fryers Version 3.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Release Date TBD Commercial Fryers Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Commercial Fryers Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Commercial Fryers Version 3.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Product Type/Fryer Vat Type Product Type/Install Fuel Type Fryer Width (in) Fryer Depth (in) Shortening Capacity (lb) Measured Cooking Energy Efficiency Provide the actual Heavy-Load Cooking Energy Efficiency based on test data in decimal format. Reported Cooking Energy Efficiency Provide the rated/reported Heavy-Load Cooking Energy Efficiency in decimal format. This value will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Measured Gas Fryer Idle Energy Rate (Btu/h) Required for gas fryers. Provide the actual rate of the unit in Btu/h based on test data. Split-vat idle rate performance must be measured with both sides operating. Measured Electric Fryer Idle Energy Rate (Watts) Required for electric fryers. Provide the actual rate of the unit in Watts based on test data. Split-vat idle rate performance must be measured with both sides operating. Reported Gas Fryer Idle Energy Rate (Btu/h) Required for gas fryers. Provide the reported idle energy rate as an integer. This value will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Reported Electric Fryer Idle Energy Rate (Watts) Required for electric fryers. Provide the reported idle energy rate as an integer. This value will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Product Name Water Coolers Service Method Submit_Water_Coolers_3_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Water Coolers Version 3.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Release Date TBD Water Coolers Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Water Coolers Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Water Coolers Version 3.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Product Type Water Source Water Conditioning Product Capacity Class On Mode with No Water Draw Energy Consumption (kWh/day) On Mode Performance for Cold Water Draw On Mode Performance for Hot Water Draw Cold-Water Dispenser Capacity (gal/hour) Hot-Water Dispenser Capacity (exact 6 oz. cups/hour) Required if model has hot water capability. Dispensed Water Temperature - Cold Water (F) Provide the On Mode with No Water Draw temperature value based on measured test data. Dispensed Water Temperature - Hot Water (F) Required if model has hot water capacity. Provide the On Mode with No Water Draw temperature value based on measured test data. Refrigerant Type Indicate the refrigerant type used. Refrigerant Type, Other Required if Refrigerant Type is Other. Indicate which Refrigerant Type is used. Additional Dispensing Capabilities Required to list additional dispensing capabilities on the ENERGY STAR Product Finder. Additional Dispensing Capabilities – Other Required if Additional Dispensing Capabilities is “Other” Additional Product Capabilities Required to list additional features on the ENERGY STAR Product Finder, including connected features, energy saving modes, or touchless dispensing. Product Name Ac and High-Voltage Dc Uninterruptible Power Supply Service Method Submit_Ac_and_High_Voltage_Dc_UPS_2_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on AC and High-Voltage DC Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Uninterruptible Power Supplies Version 2.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Release Date TBD Ac-output Uninterruptible Power Supplies (UPS) Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Ac-output Uninterruptible Power Supplies (UPS) Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Provide the ENERGY STAR UPS specification version number. Product Type Provide the UPS product type. Model Meets Definition of Modular UPS Indicate whether the model meets the definition of Modular UPS. Test Method Used for Certification Required if ENERGY STAR Specification Version is 1.1. Indicate the test method used for certification. Minimum Configuration Tested Model Number For non-Modular UPS (including the highest-power model for a UPS Product Family where the models are related by a characteristic other than the number of installed modules or software or jumper settings), provide the model number of the tested unit. For a Modular UPS Product Family or Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power, provide the model number of the tested minimum configuration unit. This model number will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of qualified products. Maximum Configuration Tested Model Number Required for a Modular UPS Product Family or Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power only. Provide the model number of the unit tested as the maximum configuration. This model number will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of qualified products. Modular UPS Module Tested Model Number Required for all models meeting the definition of Modular UPS. Provide the model or part number of the installed module(s) in the specific tested model’s chassis of the unit under test. Indicate N/A if the unit is not a Modular UPS or if there were no modules installed during testing. Power Conversion Mechanism Indicate the Power Conversion Mechanism of the model. Topology Indicate the Topology of the model. If the Topology is not listed, please indicate Other. Topology Other Required if the Topology is Other. Provide the Topology. Application Indicate the intended application(s) for the model. Consumer models are intended to protect desktop computers and related peripherals, and/or home entertainment devices such as TVs, set-top boxes, DVRs, Blu-ray and DVD players. Commercial models are intended to protect small business and branch office information and communication technology equipment such as servers, network switches and routers, and small storage arrays. Data Center models are intended to protect large installations of information and communication technology equipment such as enterprise servers, networking equipment, and large storage arrays. Rack Mountable Indicate whether the model is rack mountable. Rack Mount Height (U) Required for Rack Mountable models. Provide the rack mount height for the model in rack units or “U”, equal to 1.75 in (44.45 mm). Number of Normal Modes Indicate whether model is Single-normal-mode or Multiple-normal-mode. Enter N/A-Dc-output UPS if Product Type is High-voltage Dc-output UPSs. Normal Mode(s) Input Dependency Characteristic Indicate the input dependency characteristic(s) for each tested Normal Mode. Enter N/A-Dc-output UPS if Product Type is High-voltage Dc-output UPSs. Default Normal Mode Indicate the default Normal Mode of the model in its as-shipped configuration. Enter N/A-Dc-output UPS if Product Type is High-voltage Dc-output UPSs. Height (mm) Provide the physical height of the model in millimeters, not including any external energy storage system with separate enclosures. Width (mm) Provide the physical width of the model in millimeters, not including any external energy storage system with separate enclosures. Depth (mm) Provide the physical depth of the model in millimeters, not including any external energy storage system with separate enclosures. Minimum Input Voltage (V rms) Provide the minimum rated input voltage of the model. Maximum Input Voltage (V rms) Provide the maximum rated input voltage of the model. Minimum Input Frequency (Hz) Provide the minimum rated input frequency of the model. Maximum Input Frequency (Hz) Provide the maximum rated input frequency of the model. Minimum Output Voltage (V rms) Provide the minimum rated output voltage of the model. Maximum Output Voltage (V rms) Provide the maximum rated output voltage of the model. Minimum Output Frequency (Hz) Provide the minimum rated output frequency of the model. Maximum Output Frequency (Hz) Provide the maximum rated output frequency of the model. Total Number of Outlets Required for models with output power less than or equal to 1500 W. Indicate the total number of outlets/output connections provided by the model. Number of Battery Backup and Surge Protected Outlets Required for models with output power less than or equal to 1500 W. Indicate the total number of battery backup and surge protected outlets provided by the model. Number of Surge Protected Only Outlets Required for models with output power less than or equal to 1500 W. Indicate the total number of surge protected only outlets provided by the model. Energy Storage Mechanism Indicate the type of energy storage mechanism. Energy Storage Mechanism Other Required if Energy Storage Mechanism is Other. Specify the type of energy storage mechanism. Energy Storage System Configuration Indicate whether the energy storage system is integral to the model (i.e. installed in the chassis) or contained in a separate enclosure. Energy Storage System Removable to Another Room Indicate whether the energy storage system can be removed from the UPS for placement in another room, to allow the placement of the UPS in an unconditioned space, saving energy. Indicate N/A if the energy storage system is integral to the model. Energy Storage System Connected During Test Indicate whether the energy storage system was connected during the test. Energy Storage System Part Number Provide the model or part number for the energy storage system used during the test. Indicate N/A if there is no energy storage system. Energy Storage System Technology Indicate the technology/chemistry of the energy storage system. Energy Storage System Technology Other Required if Energy Storage System Technology is Other. Specify the energy storage system technology. Energy Storage System Runtime at 100% Load (min) Indicate the runtime at 100% resistive load of the energy storage system tested with the model in minutes. Indicate 0 if there is no energy storage system. Energy Storage System Runtime at 50% Load (min) Indicate the runtime at 50% resistive load of the energy storage system tested with the model in minutes. Indicate 0 if there is no energy storage system. Energy Storage System Warranty (yr) Provide the manufacturer warranty of the energy storage system tested with the model. Express warranty in number of years for finite values or as "lifetime warranty." Indicate 0 if there is no energy storage system. Test Method Guidelines Provide a web URL to the publicly available document that provides guidelines for implementing the ENERGY STAR Test Method. Indicate N/A if there are no additional guidelines. Energy Storage System Information URL Provide a web URL to additional information about the energy storage system, such as configuration options; capacities; runtimes, etc. Information can be provided by the UPS Partner or an energy storage system vendor. Indicate N/A if there is no URL for the energy storage system. Network Connections Available Indicate the available connections for management of the model. Communication Protocols Indicate the communication protocols available on the model and/or the meter. Communication Protocol Other Required if Communication Protocols is Other. Specify the type. Manufacturer Take Back Program Indicate whether the manufacturer offers a UPS take-back program in the U.S. Manufacturer Take Back Program URL Required if a web URL to the manufacturer take-back or recycling program for UPSs is available. Battery Recycling URL Required if a web URL to battery recycling information is available. Model Web Page URL Provide a URL for the model’s consumer-facing web page located on the Partner's website. Test Input Voltage (V rms) Provide the input voltage used during test. Test Input Frequency (Hz) Provide the input frequency used during test. Test Output Voltage (V rms) Provide the output voltage used during test. Test Output Frequency (Hz) Provide the output frequency used during test. Apparent Output Power Rating Min Config (VA) Provide the apparent output power rating in VA of the minimum configuration tested model. The minimum configuration tested model applies to the single unit tested for non-Modular UPS (including the highest-power model for a UPS Product Family where the models are related by a characteristic other than the number of installed modules or software or jumper settings) and the minimum configuration unit tested for Modular UPS or Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Active Output Power Rating Min Config (W) Provide the active output power rating in W of the minimum configuration tested model. Input Power Factor Min Config Lowest Dependency Provide the measured input power factor at 100% load of the minimum configuration model in the lowest input dependency mode. Calculated Efficiency at 100% Load Min Config Lowest Dependency Provide Calculated Efficiency at 100% Load expressed as a decimal for minimum configuration model based on measured test data in the lowest input dependency mode. Reported Efficiency at 100% Load Min Config Lowest Dependency Provide the Reported Efficiency at 100% Load expressed as a decimal for the minimum configuration model in the lowest input dependency mode. Calculated Efficiency at 75% Load Min Config Lowest Dependency Provide the Calculated Efficiency at 75% Load expressed as a decimal for the minimum configuration model based on measured test data in the lowest input dependency mode. Reported Efficiency at 75% Load Min Config Lowest Dependency Provide the Reported Efficiency at 75% Load expressed as a decimal for the minimum configuration model in the lowest input dependency mode. Calculated Efficiency at 50% Load Min Config Lowest Dependency Provide the Calculated Efficiency at 50% Load expressed as a decimal for the minimum configuration model based on measured test data in the lowest input dependency mode. Reported Efficiency at 50% Load Min Config Lowest Dependency Provide the Reported Efficiency at 50% Load expressed as a decimal for the minimum configuration model in the lowest input dependency mode. Calculated Efficiency at 25% Load Min Config Lowest Dependency Provide the Calculated Efficiency at 25% Load expressed as a decimal for the minimum configuration model based on measured test data in the lowest input dependency mode. Required if Normal Mode(s) Input Dependency Characteristic is Voltage and Frequency Dependent and Active Output Power Rating Min Config (W) is less than or equal to 1500. Reported Efficiency at 25% Load Min Config Lowest Dependency Provide the Reported Efficiency at 25% Load expressed as a decimal for the minimum configuration model in the lowest input dependency mode. Required if Normal Mode(s) Input Dependency Characteristic is Voltage and Frequency Dependent and Active Output Power Rating Min Config (W) is less than or equal to 1500. Total Input Power at 0% Load Min Config Lowest Dependency (W) Provide the Total Real Input Power at 0% Load in W for the minimum configuration model in the lowest input dependency mode. Reported Weighted Efficiency Calc Min Config Lowest Dependency Provide the Reported Calculation of Average Efficiency expressed as a decimal for the minimum configuration tested model in the lowest input dependency per Equation 1 in the specification. Input Power Factor Min Config Highest Dependency Required for Multiple-normal-mode UPS. Provide the measured input power factor at 100% load of the minimum configuration model tested in the highest input dependency mode. Calculated Efficiency at 100% Load Min Config Highest Dependency Required for Multiple-normal-mode UPS. Provide the Calculated Efficiency at 100% Load expressed as a decimal for the minimum configuration model based on measured data in the highest input dependency mode. Reported Efficiency at 100% Load Min Config Highest Dependency Required for Multiple-normal-mode UPS. Provide the Reported Efficiency at 100% Load expressed as a decimal for the minimum configuration model tested in the highest input dependency mode. Calculated Efficiency at 75% Load Min Config Highest Dependency Required for Multiple-normal-mode UPS. Provide the Calculated Efficiency at 75% Load expressed as a decimal for the minimum configuration model based on measured test data in the highest input dependency mode. Reported Efficiency at 75% Load Min Config Highest Dependency Required for Multiple-normal-mode UPS. Provide the Reported Efficiency at 75% Load expressed as a decimal for the minimum configuration model in the highest input dependency mode. Calculated Efficiency at 50% Load Min Config Highest Dependency Required for Multiple-normal-mode UPS. Provide the Calculated Efficiency at 50% Load expressed as a decimal for the minimum configuration model based on measured test data in the highest input dependency mode. Reported Efficiency at 50% Load Min Config Highest Dependency Required for Multiple-normal-mode UPS. Provide the Reported Efficiency at 50% Load expressed as a decimal for the minimum configuration model in the highest input dependency mode. Calculated Efficiency at 25% Load Min Config Highest Dependency Required for Multiple-normal-mode UPS. Provide the Calculated Efficiency at 25% Load expressed as a decimal for the minimum configuration model based on measured test data in the highest input dependency mode. Reported Efficiency at 25% Load Min Config Highest Dependency Required for Multiple-normal-mode UPS. Provide the Reported Efficiency at 25% Load expressed as a decimal for the minimum configuration model in highest input dependency mode. Total Input Power at 0% Load Min Config Highest Dependency (W) Required for Multiple-normal-mode UPS. Provide the Total Real Input Power at 0% Load in W for the minimum configuration model in the highest input dependency mode. Reported Weighted Efficiency Calc Min Config Highest Dependency Required for Multiple-normal-mode UPS. Provide the Reported Calculation of Average Efficiency expressed as a decimal for the minimum configuration model in the highest input dependency per Equation 1 in the specification. This value will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of qualified products Reported Avg Efficiency for Multiple-normal-mode UPS Min Config Required for Multiple-normal-mode UPS. Provide the Reported Multiple-normal-mode UPS Calculation of Average Efficiency expressed as a decimal for the minimum configuration tested model per Equation 2 in the specification. ENERGY STAR Min Avg Efficiency Requirement Min Config Include the Average Efficiency Requirement for the tested active output power and lowest available input dependency of minimum configuration model per the specification. Value must be expressed as a decimal. Apparent Output Power Rating Max Config (VA) Required for a Modular UPS Product Family or Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the apparent output power rating in VA of the maximum configuration tested model. Active Output Power Rating Max Config (W) Required for a Modular UPS Product Family or Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the active output rating power in W of the maximum configuration tested model. Input Power Factor Max Config Lowest Dependency Required for a Modular UPS Product Family or Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the measured input power factor at 100% load of the maximum configuration model in the lowest input dependency mode. Calculated Efficiency at 100% Load Max Config Lowest Dependency Required for a Modular UPS Product Family or Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the Calculated Efficiency at 100% Load expressed as a decimal for the maximum configuration model based on measured test data in the lowest input dependency mode. Reported Efficiency at 100% Load Max Config Lowest Dependency Required for a Modular UPS Product Family or Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the Reported Efficiency at 100% Load expressed as a decimal for the maximum configuration model tested in the lowest input dependency mode. Calculated Efficiency at 75% Load Max Config Lowest Dependency Required for a Modular UPS Product Family or Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the Calculated Efficiency at 75% Load expressed as a decimal for the maximum configuration model based on measured test data in the lowest input dependency mode. Reported Efficiency at 75% Load Max Config Lowest Dependency Required for a Modular UPS Product Family or Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the Reported Efficiency at 75% Load expressed as a decimal for the maximum configuration model tested in the lowest input dependency mode. Calculated Efficiency at 50% Load Max Config Lowest Dependency Required for a Modular UPS Product Family or Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the Calculated Efficiency at 50% Load expressed as a decimal for the maximum configuration model based on measured test data in the lowest input dependency mode. Reported Efficiency at 50% Load Max Config Lowest Dependency Required for a Modular UPS Product Family or Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the Reported Efficiency at 50% Load expressed as a decimal for the maximum configuration model tested in the lowest input dependency mode. Calculated Efficiency at 25% Load Max Config Lowest Dependency Required for a Modular UPS Product Family or Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the Calculated Efficiency at 25% Load expressed as a decimal for the maximum configuration model based on measured test data in the lowest input dependency mode. Reported Efficiency at 25% Load Max Config Lowest Dependency Required for a Modular UPS Product Family or Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the Reported Efficiency at 25% Load expressed as a decimal for the maximum configuration model in the lowest input dependency mode. Total Input Power at 0% Load Max Config Lowest Dependency (W) Required for a Modular UPS Product Family or Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the Total Real Input Power at 0% Load in W for the maximum configuration model tested in the lowest input dependency mode. Reported Weighted Efficiency Calc Max Config Lowest Dependency Required for a Modular UPS Product Family or Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the Calculation of Average Efficiency expressed as a decimal for the maximum configuration model tested in the lowest input dependency per Equation 1 in the specification. This value will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of qualified products. Input Power Factor Max Config Highest Dependency Required for a Modular Multiple-normal-mode UPS Product Family or Multiple-normal-mode Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the measured input power factor at 100% load of the maximum configuration model tested in the highest input dependency mode. Calculated Efficiency at 100% Load Max Config Highest Dependency Required for a Modular Multiple-normal-mode UPS Product Family or Multiple-normal-mode Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the Calculated Efficiency at 100% Load expressed as a decimal for the maximum configuration model based on measured test data in the highest input dependency mode. Reported Efficiency at 100% Load Max Config Highest Dependency Required for a Modular Multiple-normal-mode UPS Product Family or Multiple-normal-mode Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the Reported Efficiency at 100% Load expressed as a decimal for the maximum configuration model in the highest input dependency mode. Calculated Efficiency at 75% Load Max Config Highest Dependency Required for a Modular Multiple-normal-mode UPS Product Family or Multiple-normal-mode Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the Calculated Efficiency at 75% Load expressed as a decimal for the maximum configuration model based on measured test data in the highest input dependency mode. Reported Efficiency at 75% Load Max Config Highest Dependency Required for a Modular Multiple-normal-mode UPS Product Family or Multiple-normal-mode Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the Reported Efficiency at 75% Load expressed as a decimal for the maximum configuration model in the highest input dependency mode. Calculated Efficiency at 50% Load Max Config Highest Dependency Required for a Modular Multiple-normal-mode UPS Product Family or Multiple-normal-mode Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the Calculated Efficiency at 50% Load expressed as a decimal for the maximum configuration model based on measured test data in the highest input dependency mode. Reported Efficiency at 50% Load Max Config Highest Dependency Required for a Modular Multiple-normal-mode UPS Product Family or Multiple-normal-mode Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the Reported Efficiency at 50% Load expressed as a decimal for the maximum configuration model in the highest input dependency mode. Calculated Efficiency at 25% Load Max Config Highest Dependency Required for a Modular Multiple-normal-mode UPS Product Family or Multiple-normal-mode Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the Calculated Efficiency at 25% Load expressed as a decimal for the maximum configuration model based on measured test data in the highest input dependency mode. Reported Efficiency at 25% Load Max Config Highest Dependency Required for a Modular Multiple-normal-mode UPS Product Family or Multiple-normal-mode Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the Reported Efficiency at 25% Load expressed as a decimal for the maximum configuration model in the highest input dependency mode. Total Input Power at 0% Load Max Config Highest Dependency (W) Required for a Modular Multiple-normal-mode UPS Product Family or Multiple-normal-mode Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the Total Real Input Power at 0% Load in W for the maximum configuration model in the highest input dependency mode. Reported Weighted Efficiency Calc Max Config Highest Dependency Required for a Modular Multiple-normal-mode UPS Product Family or Multiple-normal-mode Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the Reported Calculation of Average Efficiency expressed as a decimal for the maximum configuration model in the highest input dependency per Equation 1 in the specification. Reported Avg Efficiency for Multiple-normal-mode UPS Max Config Required for a Modular Multiple-normal-mode UPS Product Family or Multiple-normal-mode Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Provide the Reported Multiple-normal-mode UPS Calculation of Average Efficiency expressed as a decimal for the maximum configuration tested model per Equation 2 in the specification. ENERGY STAR Min Avg Efficiency Requirement Max Config Required for a Modular UPS Product Family or Product Family where models vary by software or jumper settings that affect rated output power. Include the Average Efficiency Requirement for the tested active output power and lowest available input dependency of the maximum configuration tested model per the specification. Value must be expressed as a decimal. Product Name Room Air Conditioners Service Method Submit_Room_Air_Conditioners_5_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Room Air Conditioners Version 5.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are now available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Release Date TBD Room Air Conditioners Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Room Air Conditioners Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Room Air Conditioners Version 5.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are now available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Product Type Louvered Sides Reverse Cycle Casement Height (inches) Provide the height (inches) of the product. Width (inches) Provide the width (inches) of the product. Depth (inches) Provide the depth (inches) of the product. Weight (lbs) Provide the manufacturer provided weight of the product, not including the packaging. Rated Input Voltage (V) Provide the rated input voltage. Variable Speed Compressor Indicate Yes if model includes a variable speed compressor. Capacity (Btu/hour) Calculated Combined Energy Efficiency Ratio (CEER) Provide the calculated value based on measured test data. If multiple samples were tested, report the average value. Reported Combined Energy Efficiency Ratio (CEER) Provide the rated/reported CEER, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Value must be the same as the value reported to the U.S. Department of Energy for compliance with Minimum Efficiency Performance Standards requirements. Installation Mounting Type Describe the installation mounting type for the unit. Products that straddle the window are designed in a way that the window closes through most of the depth of the product (e.g., U shaped products). Products that straddle the windowsill hang over and down either side (indoor and outdoor) of the windowsill. Products that do not straddle the window or windowsill are the conventional design that is similar to a rectangular prism. Support Bracket Indicate Yes if a supporting bracket is required for installation. Installation Materials Provide materials of weather stripping, gasket materials, and covers shipped with the model. Installation Materials - Other Required if Installation Materials is Other. Installation Materials - Side Curtains Required for models where Louvered Side is Yes, and for models where Casement is Casement-only or Casement-slider. Provide side curtain materials shipped with model (e.g., UV-resistant vinyl). Sound Pressure Level During Lowest Operation Mode Required for ENERGY STAR Most Efficient models. Provide if available, the sound pressure level in dB(A) for the lowest operational mode available, which is the mode in which the compressor and fan are still in operation, but at the lowest cooling output level, in accordance with an internationally recognized ISO or ANSI test procedure measuring sound pressure. Refrigerant Type Indicate the refrigerant type used. Refrigerant Type - Other Required if Refrigerant Type is Other. Indicate the refrigerant type used. Refrigerant Charge (ounces) Report the amount of refrigerant (ounces) in the product. Connected Functionality Indicate Yes if model meets all of the ENERGY STAR Connected Criteria. Connected DR Functionality Tested Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Indicate if the product was tested to the “ENERGY STAR Test Method for Room Air Conditioners to Validate Demand Response” Communication Hardware Architecture Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Select all that apply. Communication Standard - Application Layer Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Select all that apply. Communication Standard - Application Layer Other Required if Communication Standard - Application Layer is Other. Indicate relevant standard(s). Communication Standard - Media/Network Layer Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Select all that apply. Communication Standard - Media/Network Layer Other Required if Communication Standard - Media/Network Layer is Other. Indicate relevant standard(s). Primary Communication Module/Device Brand Name Required if Communication Hardware Architecture is B, C, or D. Indicate the brand name of the primary communication module used to complete the ENERGY STAR System. Primary Communication Module/Device Model Number Required if Communication Hardware Architecture is B, C, or D. Indicate the model number of the primary communication module used to complete the ENERGY STAR System. Features Enabled By Primary Communication Module/Device Required if Communication Hardware Architecture is B, C, or D. Select all features enabled by the module/device (features which are not built-in). Secondary Communication Module/Device Brand Name Required if Communication Hardware Architecture is B, C, or D and a second communication module can provide an ENERGY STAR product. Indicate the brand name of the module/device. Secondary Communication Module/Device Model Number Required if Communication Hardware Architecture is B, C, or D and a second communication module can provide an ENERGY STAR product. Indicate the model number of the module/device Features Enabled By Secondary Communication Module/Device Required if Communication Hardware Architecture is B, C, or D and a second communication module can provide an ENERGY STAR product. Select all features enabled by the module/device (features which are not built-in). Network Security Standards Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Indicate all that standards and frameworks that apply to the Connected room air conditioner product. Network Security Standards - Other Required if Network Security Standards is Other. Indicate relevant standard(s). Description of System Cyber Security Measures Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Describe measures taken by the room air conditioner Service Provider to support IT security (if any) for systems intended for home use, including company policy, compliance with published frameworks and standards, etc. This field is intended to capture measures beyond the implementation of security features at the device level. Network Standby Power (W) Required if “Connected Functionality” is Yes. Is Broadband Internet Connection Needed for Demand Response? Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Indicate if Demand Response capabilities require broadband internet connection. Direct on-premises Open-standard Based Interconnection Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Indicate Yes if as-shipped model enables direct on-premises, open-standard based interconnection. Is the Alternative Demand Response Validation (ADRV) Used? Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Indicate whether or not the ADRV is used for certifying demand response capability. Brand(s) and Model Numbers of Tested Basic Con. Models for ADRV Required if the Alternative Demand Response Validation is used for certifying demand response capability. Provide the brand(s) and model numbers of the minimum two tested basic connected models that have been tested according to the ENERGY STAR Test Method for Room Air Conditioners to Validate Demand Response (June 2017) and meet the demand response requirements of the connected criteria. Please provide the information in this field in the following format. [Brand 1], [Tested Model Number 1] and [Brand 2], [Tested Model Number 2]. Product Name Displays Service Method Submit_Displays_8_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Displays Version 8.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Release Date TBD Displays Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Displays Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Displays Version 8.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Product Type Tiled Display System Required if Product Type is Signage Display. Is the Signage Display model tested as a Tiled Display System? Maximum Tiled Configuration Required if Tiled Display System is Yes. Indicate the number of Signage Display panels in the Maximum Tiled Configuration. Panel Type Other Panel Type Required if Panel Type is Other. Diagonal Screen Size (in) Screen Area (sq in) Display Contrast Ratio Indicate the maximum display contrast ratio at 0 degrees from the perpendicular as an integer relative to 1 (e.g., report 100 if the contrast ratio is 100:1). Native Vertical Resolution (lines) Native Horizontal Resolution (lines) Total Native Resolution (megapixels) Multiply the Native Vertical Resolution by the Native Horizontal Resolution and divide by 1,000,000. Native Pixel Density (Dp) (pixels/sq in) As-Tested Screen Refresh Rate (Hz) Indicate the screen refresh rate during the ENERGY STAR test. Maximum Screen Refresh Rate (Hz) Indicate the maximum refresh rate supported by the model. Enhanced Performance Criteria Indicate whether the model meets enhanced performance (EPD) criteria. Report this information regardless of whether the Total Energy Consumption allowance is needed to meet the ENERGY STAR requirements. Color Gamut Required if model meets enhanced performance criteria. Report Color Gamut supported by the model as percentage, 0.0 to 100.0%, to the nearest 0.1%, of the CIE LUV 1976 u\' v\' color space and calculated per Section 5.18 Gamut Area of the Information Display Measurements Standard Version 1.03. Color Spaces Supported Indicate the color spaces fully supported (100%) by the model. Reported Contrast Ratio at -85 deg. (Left) Horiz. Viewing Angle Required if the Monitor meets enhanced performance criteria. Provide the rated/reported display screen contrast ratio at a horizontal viewing angle of at least -85 degrees (left) from the perpendicular for a flat screen, and at least -83 degrees for a curved screen, with or without a screen cover glass. Indicate the contrast ratio as an integer relative to 1 (e.g., report 100 if the contrast ratio is 100:1). Reported Contrast Ratio at +85 deg. (Right) Horiz. Viewing Angle Required if the model meets enhanced performance criteria. Provide the rated/reported display screen contrast ratio at a horizontal viewing angle of at least +85 degrees (right) from the perpendicular for a flat screen, and at least 83 degrees for a curved screen, with or without a screen cover glass. Indicate the contrast ratio as an integer relative to 1 (e.g., report 100 if the contrast ratio is 100:1). High Dynamic Range (HDR) Indicate the HDR performance level for models that meet the VESA DisplayHDR CTS v1.0 Section 5.1 criteria. The model must meet the HDR performance level for all three white luminance criteria, including the 10% Center Patch Minimum Requirement (cd/m2), Full-screen Flash Minimum Requirement (cd/m2), and Full-screen Long-duration Minimum Requirement (cd/m2). Indicate N/A if the model does not meet the VESA DisplayHDR criteria. Report this information regardless of whether the HDR Total Energy Consumption allowance is needed to meet the ENERGY STAR requirements and regardless of whether HDR is enabled in the default as-shipped mode. Available Signal or Data Interfaces Select all signal and data interfaces available with the model. Other Available Interfaces Required if Available Interfaces is Other. Model Features Indicate all available features in the product. The features should include those not enabled during tests for ENERGY STAR certification. Other Features Required if Model Features is Other. Features Enabled in Default On Mode Indicate features enabled in the default tested On Mode. Features Enabled in Default Sleep Mode Indicate features enabled in the default tested Sleep Mode. Signal Interface Provide the Signal Interface used for testing. Other Interface Required if the Signal Interface used for testing is Other. Wireless Technologies Supported Indicate the wireless band and frequency supported by the model. Ethernet Supported Indicate whether the model supports Ethernet. USB-C with Power Delivery Supported Indicate whether the model has a USB-C port supporting Power Delivery. Maximum Power Delivery (W) Required if the model supports USB-C with Power Delivery. Provide the rated/reported maximum power which the model can deliver via USB-C connection. Power Source Indicate available power sources. Other Power Source Required if the Power Source is Other. Does Model Have a Forced Menu at Initial Start-up? Maximum Measured Luminance (cd/m^2) Provide the maximum screen luminance of the On Mode setting in which the display controls, such as brightness and contrast level, are manually configured to a maximum level. Indicate the number in candelas per square meter. Maximum Reported Luminance (cd/m^2) Provide the maximum screen luminance of the On Mode preset setting in which the display is brightest, as specified by the manufacturer, for example, in the user manual. Indicate the number in candelas per square meter, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. As-shipped Luminance (cd/m^2) Required for all models except models with Automatic Brightness Control (ABC) enabled by default. Indicate the number in candelas per square meter. As-tested Luminance (cd/m^2) Luminance used for On Mode testing (LON). Indicate the number in candelas per square meter. On Mode Power at 12 Lux at 115 Volts (W) Required if ABC is enabled by default and the model was tested at 115 volts. Indicate the 115 volt power consumption at 12 lux ambient light conditions (P12) in watts. On Mode Power at 300 Lux at 115 Volts (W) Required if ABC is enabled by default and the model was tested at 115 volts. Indicate the 115 volt power consumption at 300 lux ambient light conditions (P300) in watts. Measured On Mode Power at 115 Volts (W) Required if the model was tested at 115 volts. Provide the measured On Mode power for products without ABC enabled by default or for models with ABC, but with the ABC disabled (PON) in watts. Reported On Mode Power at 115 Volts (W) Required if the model was tested at 115 volts. Provide the rated/reported Average On Mode Power at 115 volts, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products, in watts. Maximum On Mode Power Limit for Signage Certification (W) Required if the model is a Signage Display. Provide the Maximum On Mode Power limit for Certification with applicable allowances included. Measured Sleep Mode Power at 115 Volts (W) Required if the model was tested at 115 Volts. Provide the measured default Sleep Mode Power at 115 Volts (PSLEEP), in watts. Reported Sleep Mode Power at 115 Volts (W) Required if the model was tested at 115 volts. Provide the rated/reported Average Sleep Mode Power at 115 volts, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products, in watts. Measured Disconnected Sleep Mode Power at 115 Volts (W) Required if the model was tested with a data/network connection and at 115 volts. Provide the measured Sleep Mode Power with data/networking features deactivated and without any bridge connection established at 115 volts based on test data in watts. Maximum Sleep Mode Power Limit for Signage Certification (W) Required if the model is a Signage Display. Provide the Maximum Sleep Mode Power limit for Certification with applicable allowances included. Number of Sleep Modes in Addition to Default Sleep Mode Mechanism for Automatically Entering Sleep or Off Mode? Indicate all mechanisms enabled by default that allow the model to automatically enter Sleep or Off Mode. Other Mechanism for Automatically Entering Sleep or Off Mode Required if Mechanism for Automatically Entering Sleep or Off Mode is Other. Default Delay Time to Sleep (min) Required for products that have an internal default delay time after which the product transitions from On Mode to Sleep or Off Mode. Indicate the Default Delay Time to Sleep in minutes. Measured Off Mode Power at 115 Volts (W) Required if the model has an Off Mode and if it was tested at 115 volts. Provide the measured Off Mode Power at 115 volts (POFF) in watts. Reported Off Mode Power at 115 Volts (W) Required if the model has an Off Mode and if it was tested at 115 volts. Provide the rated/reported Average Off Mode Power at 115 volts, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products, in watts. Measured Total Energy Consumption at 115 Volts (kWh) Required if the model is a Monitor and was tested at 115 volts. Provide the Total Energy Consumption at 115 volts based on test data in kilowatt-hours. Reported Total Energy Consumption at 115 Volts (kWh) Required if the model is a Monitor and was tested at 115 volts. Provide the rated/reported Total Energy Consumption at 115 volts, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products, in kilowatt-hours. Max Total Energy Consumption Limit for Monitor (kWh) Required if the model is a Monitor. Provide the Maximum Total Energy Consumption limit for certification with applicable allowances included. On Mode Power at 12 Lux at 230 Volts (W) Required if ABC is enabled by default and the model was tested at 230 volts. Indicate the 230 volt power consumption at 12 lux ambient light conditions (P12) in watts. On Mode Power at 300 Lux at 230 Volts (W) Required if ABC is enabled by default and the model was tested at 230 volts. Indicate the 230 volt power consumption at 300 lux ambient light conditions (P300) in watts. Measured On Mode Power at 230 Volts (W) Required if the model was tested at 230 volts. Provide the measured On Mode power for products without ABC enabled by default or for models with ABC, but with the ABC disabled (PON) in watts. Measured Sleep Mode Power at 230 Volts (W) Required if the model was tested at 230 volts. Provide the measured Sleep Mode Power at 230 volts (PSLEEP), in watts. Measured Disconnected Sleep Mode Power at 230 Volts (W) Required if the model was tested with a data/network connection and at 230 volts. Provide the measured Sleep Mode Power with data/networking features deactivated and without any bridge connection established at 230 volts based on test data in watts. Measured Off Mode Power at 230 Volts (W) Required if the model has an Off Mode and if it was tested at 230 volts. Provide the measured Off Mode Power at 230 volts (POFF) based on test data in watts. Measured Total Energy Consumption at 230 Volts (kWh) Required if the model is a Monitor and was tested at 115 volts. Provide the Total Energy Consumption at 230 volts based on test data in kilowatt-hours. True Power Factor (PF) During On Mode Testing at 115 Volts (W) Required if the model was tested at 115 volts. Indicate the power factor (PF) averaged over the entire duration of On Mode testing. True Power Factor (PF) During On Mode Testing at 230 Volts (W) Required if the model was tested at 230 volts. Indicate the power factor (PF) averaged over the entire duration of On Mode testing. Product Name Commercial Griddles Service Method Submit_Commercial_Griddles_1_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Commercial Griddles Version 1.1. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Release Date TBD Commercial Griddles Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Commercial Griddles Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Commercial Griddles Version 1.1. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Product Type Fuel Type Is This Model Certified This field applies to products registered with, but not certified by a certification body as ENERGY STAR. If a model is only subject to verification testing by the certification body and not fully certified, indicate No. If model is electric, the model must be certified. Report Yes for all electric models. Tested Configuration Griddle Plate Type Description Report the tested griddle type - material and surface type (e.g., stainless steel, chrome, grooved, flat). Width (ft) Models smaller than 3 feet wide must be tested separately from the product family. Additional models are represented as a family by 3 foot griddle data. Depth (ft) Cooking Surface (ft²) Measured Cooking Energy Efficiency (%) Provide the actual Cooking Energy Efficiency based on test data in decimal format (i.e., use .32 for 32%). Reported Cooking Energy Efficiency (%) Provide the rated/reported Cooking Energy Efficiency, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of qualified products in decimal format (i.e., use .32 for 32%). Measured Production Capacity (lbs/hr) Provide the Measured Production Capacity in pounds per hour as rounded to the nearest whole number. Reported Production Capacity (lbs/hr) Provide the Reported Production Capacity in pounds per hour as rounded to the nearest whole number. This value will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of qualified products. Measured Idle Energy Rate (Btu/h) Required for gas griddles. Provide the actual rate of the unit in Btu/h based on test data. Measured Idle Energy Rate (Watts) Required for electric griddles. Provide the actual rate of the unit in Watts based on test data. Calculated Normalized Idle Energy Rate for Gas Griddles (Btu/h Per ft²) Required for gas griddles. Provide the calculated value based on measured test data, rounding to the nearest whole number. Reported Normalized Idle Energy Rate for Gas Griddles (Btu/h Per ft²) Required for gas griddles. Provide the reported normalized idle energy rate as an integer. This value will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of qualified products. Calculated Normalized Idle Energy Rate for Electric Griddles (Watts Per ft²) Required for electric griddles. Provide the calculated value based on measured test data, rounding to the nearest whole number. Reported Normalized Idle Energy Rate for Electric Griddles (Watts Per ft²) Required for electric griddles. Provide the reported normalized idle energy rate as an integer. This value will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of qualified products. Control Type Eligible products must be thermostatically controlled. Top Platen Type Pertains only to double-sided griddles. Measured Side-to-Side Coverage of Top Platen (%) Pertains only to double-sided griddles. See additional double-sided testing requirements. Note that where product type and tested configuration differ: 1) Integrated, double-sided unit with partial platen(s) (< 90% coverage from side to side) must be tested and qualify as a single sided griddle (top up and turned off). 2) Double-sided units with add-on top platens (full or partial) must be tested and qualify as a single sided griddle (top up and turned off). Measured Moisture Content of Patties Under Test (% by weight) Required if ENERGY STAR Specification Version is 1.2. Provide the moisture content of the frozen hamburger patties under test. Measured Fat Content of Patties Under Test (% by weight) Required if ENERGY STAR Specification Version is 1.2. Provide the fat content of the frozen hamburger patties under test. Product Name Computers - Desktop and Integrated Desktop Product Version 9.0 Service Method Submit_Computers_Desktop_and_Integrated_Desktop_9_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR Program Requirements for Computers Version 9.0. This template is for desktop and integrated desktop computers. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Release Date TBD Computers - Desktop and Integrated Desktop Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Computers - Desktop and Integrated Desktop Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR Program Requirements for Computers Version 9.0. This template is for desktop and integrated desktop computers. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Product Type Integrated Desktop Category Required if model is an Integrated Desktop. Indicate if the model is a Category 1 or Category 2 Integrated Desktop. System Sleep Mode Default Time Upon Shipment (min) Required if Sleep Mode default time upon shipment is applicable. Display Sleep Mode Default Time Upon Shipment (min) Required if display sleep mode default time upon shipment is applicable. Ethernet Capability Touchscreen Capability Required if product includes a display with touchscreen functionality. Reduced Sleep/Off Ethernet Speed Required if Ethernet Capability is Yes. Indicate Yes if the speed of any active 1 Gb/s or higher Ethernet network links will be reduced to less than 1 Gb/s when transitioning to sleep or off mode. WOL (Wake on LAN) From Sleep Required if Ethernet Capability is Yes. Motherboard Form Factor Motherboard Form Factor - Other Required if other is selected in Motherboard Form Factor field above. Report the form factor of the motherboard. Product DIMM Count Report installed number of dual in-line memory modules (DIMMs) installed in the product. Operating System Name Operating System Name - Other Required if Operating System Name is Other. Processor Brand Processor Name Processor Name - Other Required if Processor Name is Other. Installed NPU Indicate yes if the product contains a dedicated Neural Processing Unit (NPU). Otherwise indicate no. Installed System Memory RAM (GB) Provide the memory actually installed in the model tested, not the maximum supported. Multi-Channel Memory Support Report yes if installed processor supports four or more memory channels. Capable of Switchable Graphics Required for models when a device has switchable graphics. Discrete Graphics Frame Buffer Bandwidth (GB/s) Required for models when a device has discrete graphics. Discrete Graphics Frame Buffer Data Width (bits) Required for models when a device has discrete graphics. Gigabit Ethernet Ports (count) Required for models that contain Gigabit (1 Gb/s) Ethernet ports. Fast Ethernet Ports (count) Required for models that contain one or more Ethernet ports with speeds greater than 1Gb/s but less than 10Gb/s. Report the number of Ethernet ports that fall within this speed range. 10 Gigabit Ethernet Ports (count) Required for models that contain one or more 10 Gigabit (10 Gb/s) Ethernet ports. Energy Efficient Ethernet (EEE) Indicate if Energy Efficient Ethernet is shipped as enabled. Number of Installed Storage Drives Number of Integrated Displays (count) Required if integrated display allowance is applicable. Integrated Display Resolution (megapixels) Required if integrated display allowance is applicable. If multiple integrated displays, provide the average. Integrated Display Diagonal Screen Size (in) Required if integrated display allowance is applicable. If multiple integrated displays, provide the average. Integrated Display Viewable Screen Area (sq in) Required if integrated display allowance is applicable. If multiple integrated displays, provide average. Enhanced Performance Display Present Required if Enhanced-performance Display allowance is applicable. Internal Power Supply Efficiency at 10% Load Required if internal power supply is present. Internal Power Supply Efficiency at 20% Load Required if internal power supply is present. Category I1/1 Internal Power Supply Efficiency at 50% Load Required if internal power supply is present. Category I1/1 Internal Power Supply Efficiency at 100% Load Required if internal power supply is present. External Power Supply Rated Power (W) Required for models with an external power supply. Provide the nameplate output power which is the power output of the power supply as specified on the manufacturer's label on the power supply housing or, if absent from the housing, as specified in documentation provided by the manufacturer. Internal Power Supply Rated Power (W) Required for models with an internal power supply. Provide the nameplate output power which is the power output of the power supply as specified on the manufacturer's label on the power supply housing or, if absent from the housing, as specified in documentation provided by the manufacturer. Physical CPU Cores (count) Provide the number of physical - not logical - CPU cores. CPU Packages (count) Provide the number of CPUs/packages. CPU Base Clock Speed (GHz) Provide the base CPU clock speed, not the burst, turbo, maximum, temporary, or intermittent clock speed. CPU Maximum Clock Speed (GHz) Provide the burst, turbo, maximum, temporary, or intermittent clock speed. Storage Technology Provide the storage technology. Hard Disk Drive includes hybrid hard disk drives with flash component. Storage Technology - Other Required if Storage Technology is Other. MUX Device Indicate if the model contains a physical MUX device. Measured Power in Off at 115 V (W) User-activated Low-power Mode Enabled by Default Indicate if model offers Sleep Mode enabled by default or another low-latency user-activated mode or state that preserves machine state. User-activated Low-power Mode Enabled by Default - Other Required if User-activated Low-power Mode Enabled by Default is Other. Long Idle State Power Used in Place of Sleep Mode Power Required for all models which do not have a Sleep Mode. Indicate if Long Idle State power is used in place of Sleep Mode power when calculating Typical Energy Consumption (TEC). Measured Power in Sleep at 115 V (W) Required if model has User-activated Low-power Mode Enabled by Default. Report power in the User-activated Low-power Mode Enabled by Default, if applicable. Measured Power in Long Idle at 115 V (W) Measured Power in Short Idle at 115 V (W) Reported TEC at 115 V (kWh) Base TEC Allowance Functional Adder Allowances (kWh) If no capability adjustments, indicate zero. Maximum TEC Requirement (Etec max) (kWh) If no functional adders, indicate Base TEC Allowance. Product Name DC-Output Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment Service Method Submit_DC_Output_Electric_Vehicle_Supply_Equipment_1_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on DC-output Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment (EVSE) Version 1.1 and 1.2. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA is available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Release Date TBD DC-Output Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. DC-Output Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on DC-output Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment (EVSE) Version 1.1 and 1.2. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA is available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version DC or AC-input? Indicate whether this model is a DC- or AC-input EVSE, or is capable of accepting both. Single Phase or Three Phase? Indicate whether this model is single-phase or three-phase, or both. Distributed Product Configuration or All-in-One Product Config. Indicate whether this model is a Distributed Product Configuration or an All-in-One Product Configuration. Distributed Product Configuration Description Required if Distributed Product Configuration. Please describe the configurations available for this model. Minimum Distributed Product Configuration Description Required if Distributed Product Configuration. Please describe the minimum configuration for this model. Connector Type Available Indicate the connector type(s) intended to ship with the product. Connector Type Available - Other Required if connector type available is other. Indicate the other connector type(s) intended to ship with the product. Connector Type Used During Testing Indicate which connector type is used during power testing – should be the connector type that has the highest power or current rating. Connector Type Used During Testing - Other Required if connector type used during testing was Other. Indicate which connector type was used during testing. National Electric Code Product Safety Standards Met Indicate which safety standards are met by this model. Network Protocol with Wake Capability Indicate which, if any, network protocols the model is shipped with, and None if the model does not have any network connected capability. You can select multiple network protocols if the model has the capability for multiple protocols. Other LAN Network Protocol with Wake Capability Required if Network Protocol with Wake Capability is Other. Indicate what ‘other’ LAN protocol is present. Network Protocol Enabled During Testing Required if one or multiple Network Protocols with Wake Capability were selected above. Indicate which capability is enabled by default/enabled during this testing. Other LAN Network Protocol Enabled During Testing Required if Network Protocol Enabled During Testing is Other. Indicate what ‘other’ LAN protocol is enabled. Presence of Full Network Connectivity Indicate if there is presence of full network connectivity in Partial On Mode. Input Cord Length (ft.) Enter input cord length used for test or mean cord length if it varies for multiple-input EVSE. Enter 0 if none. Input Cord Gauge (AWG) Enter American Wire Gauge (AWG) of the current-carrying line (L) and neutral (N) conductors used for test or mean conductor AWG if it varies. Enter N/A if none. Distributed Product Configuration Cord Length (ft.) Required for Distributed Product Configurations. Enter cord length of the cable used to connect the enclosures that contain functional components used for test. Distributed Product Configuration Cord Gauge (AWG) Required for Distributed Product Configurations. Enter American Wire Gauge (AWG) of the current-carrying line (L) and neutral (N) conductors used for test or mean conductor AWG if it varies. Output Cord Length (ft.) Enter output cord length used for test or mean cord length if it varies for multiple-input EVSE. Enter 0 if none. Output Cord Gauge (AWG) Enter American Wire Gauge (AWG) of the current-carrying line (L) and neutral (N) conductors used for test or mean conductor AWG if it varies. Enter N/A if none. High Resolution Display Indicate if EVSE has a high resolution display. Screen Area, if EVSE has high res display (in2) Required if EVSE has a high resolution display. Maximum (100%) Measured Luminance of the High Res Display Required if EVSE has a high resolution display (candelas per m2). Maximum (100%) Measured Luminance of the High Res Display Image Required if EVSE has a high resolution display. Indicate if the model displayed the three-bar pattern specified in IEC 62087:2011, Section 11.5.5 or if it displayed the default image that appears as-shipped. Measured Luminance at 65% of Max Brightness of High Res Display Required if EVSE has a high resolution display and does not have Automatic Brightness Control enabled by default. (candelas per m2). Automatic Brightness Control (ABC) Capable? Indicate if this model is capable of the self-acting mechanism that controls the brightness of a display or lamp as a function of ambient light. Automatic Brightness Control Enabled As-shipped? Required if model is ABC capable. Indicate Yes if model is shipped with this capability and it is enabled by default. Connected Functionality Indicate Yes if model meets all of the ENERGY STAR Connected Criteria as determined through examination of the product and/or product documentation. Communication Hardware Architecture Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Select all that apply. Communication Standard - Application Layer Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Select all that apply. Communication Standard - Application Layer Other Required if Communication Standard - Application Layer is Other. Indicate relevant standard(s). Communication Standard - Media/Network Layer Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Select all that apply. Communication Standard - Media/Network Layer Other Required if Communication Standard - Media/Network Layer is Other. Indicate relevant standard(s). Primary Communication Module/Device Brand Name This field is no longer relevant for V1.2. Primary Communication Module/Device Model Number This field is no longer relevant for V1.2. Features Enabled By Primary Communication Module/Device This field is no longer relevant for V1.2. Secondary Communication Module/Device Brand Name This field is no longer relevant for V1.2. Secondary Communication Module/Device Model Number This field is no longer relevant for V1.2. Features Enabled By Secondary Communication Module/Device This field is no longer relevant for V1.2. Tertiary Communication Module/Device Brand Name This field is no longer relevant for V1.2. Tertiary Communication Module/Device Model Number This field is no longer relevant for V1.2. Features Enabled By Tertiary Communication Module/Device This field is no longer relevant for V1.2. Network Device Security Standards Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Indicate all the standards and frameworks that apply to the Connected EVSE Product. Network Device Security Standards - Other Required if Network Security Standards is Other. Identify the relevant network security standard(s) or framework(s). Description of System Cyber Security Measures Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Describe measures taken by the EV Service Provider to support IT security (if any) for systems intended for home use, including company policy, compliance with published frameworks and standards, etc. This field is intended to capture measures beyond the implementation of security features at the device level. If there aren’t any security measures, specify none. Is Broadband Internet Connection Needed for Demand Response? Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Indicate if Demand Response capabilities require broadband internet connection. Protocols Used to Support Smart Charging Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Indicate whether the EVSE has the transceiver and/or necessary hardware to support smart charging (i.e. beyond simple managed charging with pulse width modulation or CANBus) by identifying which of the following station-to-vehicle protocol(s) the EVSE is capable of using to achieve smart charging capability. Protocols Used to Support Smart Charging - Other Required if Protocols Used to Support Smart Charging is Other. Indicate relevant protocols. ISO 15118 Capability This field is no longer relevant for V1.2 because all products that have Connected Functionality are required to support ISO 15118 functionality. Auxiliary Product Features Required for all products certified to Version 1.2. Include all auxiliary features included in this product. UL 9741 Compliant Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Product Features Indicate additional product features important to consumers beyond those included in the Auxiliary Product Features field. Other Product Features Required if Other is selected from Product Features. Include and describe other product features important to consumers. Maximum Available Output Power Indicate the maximum available output power (W) of the model by using the Vehicle Emulator Module to communicate with the unit via the protocol defined for the connector type intended to ship with the product (e.g., for CCS connector type, the VEM shall communicate via the SAE J1772 pilot signal). AC-input Max Nameplate Output Current (A) Required if the model is AC-input or can accommodate both AC- and DC-input. Indicate the AC-input maximum Nameplate output current for this model. DC-input Max Nameplate Output Current (A) Required if the model is DC-input or can accommodate both AC- and DC-input. Indicate the DC-input maximum Nameplate output current for this model. AC-input Rated Input Voltage (V) Required if the model is AC-input or can accommodate both AC- and DC-input. Indicate the AC-input rated input voltage for this model. DC-input Rated Input Voltage (V) Required if the model is DC-input or can accommodate both AC- and DC-input. Indicate the DC-input rated input voltage for this model. Rated Frequency (Hz) Required for all AC-input EVSE. Indicate the rated frequency for this model. Tested Frequency (Hz) Required for all AC-input EVSE. Indicate the frequency this model was tested at. Number of Outputs Indicate the number of outputs available for this model. Integral Battery Bank? Indicate if the EVSE has an integral, internal battery bank. Can Battery Bank be Disabled? Required if the EVSE has an integral battery bank. Indicate if the battery bank can be disabled during testing. High Illuminance AC-input Room Illuminance (lux) Required for models with ABC enabled during testing. Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the room illuminance for testing in the high illuminance condition. High Illuminance DC-input Room Illuminance (lux) Required for models with ABC enabled during testing. Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the room illuminance for testing in the high illuminance condition. AC-input No Vehicle Mode Input Pwr (High Illuminance for ABC)(W) Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the No Vehicle input power value. For models with ABC enabled during testing, this should be in the high illuminance condition of 10,000 lux. DC-input No Vehicle Mode Input Pwr (High Illuminance for ABC)(W) Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the No Vehicle input power value. For models with ABC enabled during testing, this should be in the high illuminance condition of 10,000 lux. No Vehicle Mode Total Allowance (W) Indicate the No Vehicle Mode total allowance value. No Vehicle Mode Power Factor (High Illuminance for ABC) Required for all AC-input EVSE. Indicate the No Vehicle Mode power factor value. For models with ABC enabled during testing, this should be in the high illuminance condition of 10,000 lux. AC-input Partial On Mode Input Power (High Illuminance for ABC) Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the Partial On Mode input power value, in watts. For models with ABC enabled during testing, this should be in the high illuminance condition of 10,000 lux. DC-input Partial On Mode Input Power (High Illuminance for ABC) Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the Partial On Mode input power value, in watts. For models with ABC enabled during testing, this should be in the high illuminance condition of 10,000 lux. Partial On Mode Total Allowance (W) Indicate the Partial On Mode total allowance value. Partial On Mode Power Factor (High Illuminance for ABC) Required for all AC-input EVSE. Indicate the Partial On Mode power factor value. For models with ABC enabled during testing, this should be in the high illuminance condition of 10,000 lux. AC-input Idle Mode Input Power (High Illuminance for ABC) (W) Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the Idle Mode input power value. For models with ABC enabled during testing, this should be in the high illuminance condition of 10,000 lux. DC-input Idle Mode Input Power (High Illuminance for ABC) (W) Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the Idle Mode input power value. For models with ABC enabled during testing, this should be in the high illuminance condition of 10,000 lux. Idle Mode Power Factor (High Illuminance for ABC) Required for all AC-input EVSE. Indicate the Idle Mode power factor value. For models with ABC enabled during testing, this should be in the high illuminance condition of 10,000 lux. Low Illuminance AC-input Room Illuminance (lux) Required for models with ABC enabled during testing. Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the room illuminance for testing in the Low Illuminance condition. Low Illuminance DC-input Room Illuminance (lux) Required for models with ABC enabled during testing. Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the room illuminance for testing in the Low Illuminance condition. AC-input No Vehicle Mode Input Pwr (Low Illuminance for ABC) (W) Required for models with ABC enabled during testing. Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the No Vehicle input power value. For models with ABC enabled during testing, this should be in the Low Illuminance condition of 10 lux. DC-input No Vehicle Mode Input Pwr (Low Illuminance for ABC) (W) Required for models with ABC enabled during testing. Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the No Vehicle input power value. For models with ABC enabled during testing, this should be in the Low Illuminance condition of 10 lux. No Vehicle Mode Power Factor (Low Illuminance for ABC) Required for models with ABC enabled during testing. Required for all AC-input EVSE. Indicate the No Vehicle Mode power factor value. For models with ABC enabled during testing, this should be in the Low Illuminance condition of 10 lux. AC-input Partial On Mode Input Pwr (Low Illuminance for ABC) (W) Required for models with ABC enabled during testing. Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the Partial On Mode input power value. For models with ABC enabled during testing, this should be in the Low Illuminance condition of 10 lux. DC-input Partial On Mode Input Pwr (Low Illuminance for ABC) (W) Required for models with ABC enabled during testing. Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the Partial On Mode input power value. For models with ABC enabled during testing, this should be in the Low Illuminance condition of 10 lux. Partial On Mode Power Factor (Low Illuminance for ABC) Required for models with ABC enabled during testing. Required for all AC-input EVSE. Indicate the Partial On Mode power factor value. For models with ABC enabled during testing, this should be in the Low Illuminance condition of 10 lux. AC-input Idle Mode Input Power (Low Illuminance for ABC) (W) Required for models with ABC enabled during testing. Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the Idle Mode input power value. For models with ABC enabled during testing, this should be in the Low Illuminance condition of 10 lux. DC-input Idle Mode Input Power (Low Illuminance for ABC) (W) Required for models with ABC enabled during testing. Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the Idle Mode input power value. For models with ABC enabled during testing, this should be in the Low Illuminance condition of 10 lux. Idle Mode Power Factor (Low Illuminance for ABC) Required for models with ABC enabled during testing. Required for all AC-input EVSE. Indicate the Idle Mode power factor value. For models with ABC enabled during testing, this should be in the Low Illuminance condition of 10 lux. Operation Mode Test: AC-input UUT Maximum Available Current Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the model’s maximum available current during the operation mode test. For multiple-output EVSE, the available current shall be the maximum current that can be provided by the unit when a single output is being used (i.e., no derating/current sharing). The unit shall be configured to provide this maximum current. Operation Mode Test: DC-input UUT Maximum Available Current Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the model’s maximum available current during the operation mode test. For multiple-output EVSE, the available current shall be the maximum current that can be provided by the unit when a single output is being used (i.e., no derating/current sharing). The unit shall be configured to provide this maximum current. AC-input Cold Climate Temperature (°F) Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the ambient test temperature for the cold climate operation mode testing. AC-input CC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Input Voltage Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 25% loading condition cold climate operation mode input voltage value. AC-input CC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Input Current Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 25% loading condition cold climate operation mode input current value. AC-input CC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Input Power Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 25% loading condition cold climate operation mode input power value. AC-input CC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Output Voltage Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 25% loading condition cold climate operation mode output voltage value. AC-input CC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Output Current Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 25% loading condition cold climate operation mode output current value. AC-input CC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Output Power Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 25% loading condition cold climate operation mode output power value. AC-input CC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Power Factor Required for all AC-input EVSE. Indicate the 25% loading condition cold climate operation mode power factor value. AC-input CC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition THD Required for all AC-input EVSE. Indicate the 25% loading condition cold climate operation mode total harmonic distortion (THD) value. AC-input CC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Input Voltage Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 50% loading condition cold climate operation mode input voltage value. AC-input CC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Input Current Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 50% loading condition cold climate operation mode input current value. AC-input CC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Input Power Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 50% loading condition cold climate operation mode input power value. AC-input CC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Output Voltage Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 50% loading condition cold climate operation mode output voltage value. AC-input CC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Output Current Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 50% loading condition cold climate operation mode output current value. AC-input CC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Output Power Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 50% loading condition cold climate operation mode output power value. AC-input CC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Power Factor Required for all AC-input EVSE. Indicate the 50% loading condition cold climate operation mode power factor value. AC-input CC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition THD Required for all AC-input EVSE. Indicate the 50% loading condition cold climate operation mode total harmonic distortion (THD) value. AC-input CC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Input Voltage Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 75% loading condition cold climate operation mode input voltage value. AC-input CC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Input Current Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 75% loading condition cold climate operation mode input current value. AC-input CC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Input Power Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 75% loading condition cold climate operation mode input power value. AC-input CC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Output Voltage Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 75% loading condition cold climate operation mode output voltage value. AC-input CC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Output Current Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 75% loading condition cold climate operation mode output current value. AC-input CC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Output Power Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 75% loading condition cold climate operation mode output power value. AC-input CC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Power Factor Required for all AC-input EVSE. Indicate the 75% loading condition cold climate operation mode power factor value. AC-input CC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition THD Required for all AC-input EVSE. Indicate the 75% loading condition cold climate operation mode total harmonic distortion (THD) value. AC-input CC Operation Mode: 50kW Loading Condition Input Voltage Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition cold climate operation mode input voltage value. AC-input CC Operation Mode: 50kW Loading Condition Input Current Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition cold climate operation mode input current value. AC-input CC Operation Mode: 50 kW Loading Condition Input Power Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition cold climate operation mode input power value. AC-input CC Operation Mode:50kW Loading Condition Output Voltage Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition cold climate operation mode output voltage value. AC-input CC Operation Mode:50kW Loading Condition Output Current Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition cold climate operation mode output current value. AC-input CC Operation Mode: 50 kW Loading Condition Output Power Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition cold climate operation mode output power value. AC-input CC Operation Mode: 50 kW Loading Condition Power Factor Required for all AC-input EVSE and if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition cold climate operation mode power factor value. AC-input CC Operation Mode: 50 kW Loading Condition THD Required for all AC-input EVSE and if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition cold climate operation mode total harmonic distortion (THD) value. AC-input CC Operation Mode:150kW Loading Condition Input Voltage Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition cold climate operation mode input voltage value. AC-input CC Operation Mode:150kW Loading Condition Input Current Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition cold climate operation mode input current value. AC-input CC Operation Mode: 150 kW Loading Condition Input Power Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition cold climate operation mode input power value. AC-input CC Operation Mode:150kW Loading Condition Output Voltag Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition cold climate operation mode output voltage value. AC-input CC Operation Mode:150kW Loading Condition Output Curren Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition cold climate operation mode output current value. AC-input CC Operation Mode:150 kW Loading Condition Output Power Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition cold climate operation mode output power value. AC-input CC Operation Mode: 150 kW Loading Condition Power Factor Required for all AC-input EVSE and if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition cold climate operation mode power factor value. AC-input CC Operation Mode: 150 kW Loading Condition THD Required for all AC-input EVSE and if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition cold climate operation mode total harmonic distortion (THD) value. AC-input CC Operation Mode: 100% Loading Condition Input Voltage Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 100% loading condition cold climate operation mode input voltage value. AC-input CC Operation Mode: 100% Loading Condition Input Current Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 100% loading condition cold climate operation mode input current value. AC-input CC Operation Mode: 100% Loading Condition Input Power Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 100% loading condition cold climate operation mode input power value. AC-input CC Operation Mode:100% Loading Condition Output Voltage Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 100% loading condition cold climate operation mode output voltage value. AC-input CC Operation Mode:100% Loading Condition Output Current Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 100% loading condition cold climate operation mode output current value. AC-input CC Operation Mode: 100% Loading Condition Output Power Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 100% loading condition cold climate operation mode output power value. AC-input CC Operation Mode: 100% Loading Condition Power Factor Required for all AC-input EVSE. Indicate the 100% loading condition cold climate operation mode power factor. AC-input CC Operation Mode: 100% Loading Condition THD Required for all AC-input EVSE. Indicate the 100% loading condition cold climate operation mode total harmonic distortion (THD) value. AC-input Time to Idle Mode Power after CC Operation Mode Test Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the time in seconds until the EVSE returns to Idle Mode power at the conclusion of the cold climate operation mode testing. AC-input Power Draw after CC Operation Mode Test until Idle Mode Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the total power consumed after the cold climate operation mode test until idle mode power is reached. AC-input TC Temperature (°F) Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the ambient test temperature for the Temperate Climate (TC) operation mode testing. AC-input TC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Input Voltage Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 25% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode input voltage value. AC-input TC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Input Current Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 25% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode input current value. AC-input TC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Input Power Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 25% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode input power value. AC-input TC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Output Voltage Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 25% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode output voltage value. AC-input TC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Output Current Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 25% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode output current value. AC-input TC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Output Power Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 25% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode output power value. AC-input TC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Power Factor Required for all AC-input EVSE. Indicate the 25% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode power factor value. AC-input TC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition THD Required for all AC-input EVSE. Indicate the 25% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode total harmonic distortion (THD) value. AC-input TC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Input Voltage Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 50% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode input voltage value. AC-input TC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Input Current Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 50% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode input current value. AC-input TC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Input Power Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 50% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode input power value. AC-input TC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Output Voltage Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 50% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode output voltage value. AC-input TC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Output Current Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 50% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode output current value. AC-input TC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Output Power Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 50% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode output power value. AC-input TC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Power Factor Required for all AC-input EVSE. Indicate the 50% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode power factor value. AC-input TC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition THD Required for all AC-input EVSE. Indicate the 50% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode total harmonic distortion (THD) value. AC-input TC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Input Voltage Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 75% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode input voltage value. AC-input TC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Input Current Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 75% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode input current value. AC-input TC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Input Power Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 75% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode input power value. AC-input TC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Output Voltage Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 75% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode output voltage value. AC-input TC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Output Current Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 75% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode output current value. AC-input TC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Output Power Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 75% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode output power value. AC-input TC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Power Factor Required for all AC-input EVSE. Indicate the 75% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode power factor value. AC-input TC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition THD Required for all AC-input EVSE. Indicate the 75% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode total harmonic distortion (THD) value. AC-input TC Operation Mode:50 kW Loading Condition Input Voltag Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode input voltage value. AC-input TC Operation Mode:50 kW Loading Condition Input Current Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode input current value. AC-input TC Operation Mode: 50 kW Loading Condition Input Power Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode input power value. AC-input TC Operation Mode:50kW Loading Condition Output Voltage Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode output voltage value. AC-input TC Operation Mode:50kW Loading Condition Output Curre Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode output current value. AC-input TC Operation Mode: 50 kW Loading Condition Output Power Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode output power value. AC-input TC Operation Mode: 50 kW Loading Condition Power Factor Required for all AC-input EVSE and if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode power factor value. AC-input TC Operation Mode: 50 kW Loading Condition THD Required for all AC-input EVSE and if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode total harmonic distortion (THD) value. AC-input TC Operation Mode:150kW Loading Condition Input Voltage Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode input voltage value. AC-input TC Operation Mode:150kW Loading Condition Input Current Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode input current value. AC-input TC Operation Mode: 150 kW Loading Condition Input Power Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode input power value. AC-input TC Operation Mode:150kW Loading Condition Output Voltag Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode output voltage value. AC-input TC Operation Mode:150kW Loading Condition Output Curren Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode output current value. AC-input TC Operation Mode:150 kW Loading Condition Output Power Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode output power value. AC-input TC Operation Mode: 150 kW Loading Condition Power Factor Required for all AC-input EVSE and if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode power factor value. AC-input TC Operation Mode: 150 kW Loading Condition THD Required for all AC-input EVSE and if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode total harmonic distortion (THD) value. AC-input TC Operation Mode: 100% Loading Condition Input Voltage Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 100% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode input voltage value. AC-input TC Operation Mode: 100% Loading Condition Input Current Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 100% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode input current value. AC-input TC Operation Mode: 100% Loading Condition Input Power Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 100% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode input power value. AC-input TC Operation Mode:100% Loading Condition Output Voltag Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 100% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode output voltage value. AC-input TC Operation Mode:100% Loading Condition Output Current Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 100% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode output current value. AC-input TC Operation Mode: 100% Loading Condition Output Power Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 100% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode output power value. AC-input TC Operation Mode: 100% Loading Condition Power Factor Required for all AC-input EVSE. Indicate the 100% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode power factor. AC-input TC Operation Mode: 100% Loading Condition THD Required for all AC-input EVSE. Indicate the 100% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode total harmonic distortion (THD) value. AC-input Time to Idle Mode Power after TC Operation Mode Test Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the time in seconds until the EVSE returns to Idle Mode power at the conclusion of the Temperate Climate operation mode testing. AC-input Power Draw after TC Operation Mode Test until Idle Mode Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the total power consumed after the Temperate Climate operation mode test until idle mode power is reached. AC-input HC Temperature (°F) Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the ambient test temperature for the Hot Climate (HC) operation mode testing. AC-input HC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Input Voltage Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 25% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode input voltage value. AC-input HC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Input Current Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 25% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode input current value. AC-input HC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Input Power Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 25% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode input power value. AC-input HC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Output Voltage Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 25% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode output voltage value. AC-input HC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Output Current Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 25% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode output current value. AC-input HC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Output Power Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 25% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode output power value. AC-input HC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Power Factor Required for all AC-input EVSE. Indicate the 25% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode power factor value. AC-input HC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition THD Required for all AC-input EVSE. Indicate the 25% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode total harmonic distortion (THD) value. AC-input HC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Input Voltage Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 50% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode input voltage value. AC-input HC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Input Current Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 50% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode input current value. AC-input HC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Input Power Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 50% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode input power value. AC-input HC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Output Voltage Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 50% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode output voltage value. AC-input HC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Output Current Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 50% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode output current value. AC-input HC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Output Power Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 50% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode output power value. AC-input HC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Power Factor Required for all AC-input EVSE. Indicate the 50% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode power factor value. AC-input HC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition THD Required for all AC-input EVSE. Indicate the 50% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode total harmonic distortion (THD) value. AC-input HC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Input Voltage Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 75% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode input voltage value. AC-input HC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Input Current Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 75% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode input current value. AC-input HC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Input Power Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 75% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode input power value. AC-input HC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Output Voltage Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 75% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode output voltage value. AC-input HC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Output Current Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 75% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode output current value. AC-input HC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Output Power Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 75% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode output power value. AC-input HC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Power Factor Required for all AC-input EVSE. Indicate the 75% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode power factor value. AC-input HC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition THD Required for all AC-input EVSE. Indicate the 75% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode total harmonic distortion (THD) value. AC-input HC Operation Mode:50 kW Loading Condition Input Voltage Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition Hot Climate operation mode input voltage value. AC-input HC Operation Mode:50 kW Loading Condition Input Current Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition Hot Climate operation mode input current value. AC-input HC Operation Mode: 50 kW Loading Condition Input Power Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition Hot Climate operation mode input power value. AC-input HC Operation Mode:50kW Loading Condition Output Voltage Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition Hot Climate operation mode output voltage value. AC-input HC Operation Mode:50kW Loading Condition Output Current Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition Hot Climate operation mode output current value. AC-input HC Operation Mode: 50 kW Loading Condition Output Power Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition Hot Climate operation mode output power value. AC-input HC Operation Mode: 50 kW Loading Condition Power Factor Required for all AC-input EVSE and if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition Hot Climate operation mode power factor value. AC-input HC Operation Mode: 50 kW Loading Condition THD Required for all AC-input EVSE and if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition Hot Climate operation mode total harmonic distortion (THD) value. AC-input HC Operation Mode:150kW Loading Condition Input Voltage Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition Hot Climate operation mode input voltage value. AC-input HC Operation Mode:150kW Loading Condition Input Current Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition Hot Climate operation mode input current value. AC-input HC Operation Mode: 150 kW Loading Condition Input Power Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition Hot Climate operation mode input power value. AC-input HC Operation Mode:150kW Loading Condition Output Voltag Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition Hot Climate operation mode output voltage value. AC-input HC Operation Mode:150kW Loading Condition Output Curren Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition Hot Climate operation mode output current value. AC-input HC Operation Mode: 150kW Loading Condition Output Power Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition Hot Climate operation mode output power value. AC-input HC Operation Mode: 150 kW Loading Condition Power Factor Required for all AC-input EVSE and if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition Hot Climate operation mode power factor value. AC-input HC Operation Mode: 150 kW Loading Condition THD Required for all AC-input EVSE and if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition Hot Climate operation mode total harmonic distortion (THD) value. AC-input HC Operation Mode: 100% Loading Condition Input Voltage Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 100% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode input voltage value. AC-input HC Operation Mode: 100% Loading Condition Input Current Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 100% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode input current value. AC-input HC Operation Mode: 100% Loading Condition Input Power Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 100% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode input power value. AC-input HC Operation Mode:100% Loading Condition Output Voltage Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 100% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode output voltage value. AC-input HC Operation Mode:100% Loading Condition Output Current Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 100% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode output current value. AC-input HC Operation Mode: 100% Loading Condition Output Power Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the 100% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode output power value. AC-input HC Operation Mode: 100% Loading Condition Power Factor Required for all AC-input EVSE. Indicate the 100% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode power factor. AC-input HC Operation Mode: 100% Loading Condition THD Required for all AC-input EVSE. Indicate the 100% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode total harmonic distortion (THD) value. AC-input Time to Idle Mode Power after HC Operation Mode Test Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the time in seconds until the EVSE returns to Idle Mode power at the conclusion of the Hot Climate operation mode testing. AC-input Power Draw after HC Operation Mode Test until Idle Mode Required if the model is AC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the AC-input. Indicate the total power consumed after the Hot Climate operation mode test until idle mode power is reached. DC-input CC Temperature (°F) Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the ambient test temperature for the cold climate operation mode testing. DC-input CC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Input Voltage Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 25% loading condition cold climate operation mode input voltage value. DC-input CC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Input Current Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 25% loading condition cold climate operation mode input current value. DC-input CC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Input Power Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 25% loading condition cold climate operation mode input power value. DC-input CC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Output Voltage Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 25% loading condition cold climate operation mode output voltage value. DC-input CC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Output Current Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 25% loading condition cold climate operation mode output current value. DC-input CC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Output Power Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 25% loading condition cold climate operation mode output power value. DC-input CC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Power Factor Required for all DC-input EVSE. Indicate the 25% loading condition cold climate operation mode power factor value. DC-input CC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition THD Required for all DC-input EVSE. Indicate the 25% loading condition cold climate operation mode total harmonic distortion (THD) value. DC-input CC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Input Voltage Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 50% loading condition cold climate operation mode input voltage value. DC-input CC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Input Current Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 50% loading condition cold climate operation mode input current value. DC-input CC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Input Power Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 50% loading condition cold climate operation mode input power value. DC-input CC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Output Voltage Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 50% loading condition cold climate operation mode output voltage value. DC-input CC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Output Current Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 50% loading condition cold climate operation mode output current value. DC-input CC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Output Power Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 50% loading condition cold climate operation mode output power value. DC-input CC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Power Factor Required for all DC-input EVSE. Indicate the 50% loading condition cold climate operation mode power factor value. DC-input CC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition THD Required for all DC-input EVSE. Indicate the 50% loading condition cold climate operation mode total harmonic distortion (THD) value. DC-input CC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Input Voltage Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 75% loading condition cold climate operation mode input voltage value. DC-input CC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Input Current Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 75% loading condition cold climate operation mode input current value. DC-input CC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Input Power Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 75% loading condition cold climate operation mode input power value. DC-input CC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Output Voltage Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 75% loading condition cold climate operation mode output voltage value. DC-input CC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Output Current Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 75% loading condition cold climate operation mode output current value. DC-input CC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Output Power Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 75% loading condition cold climate operation mode output power value. DC-input CC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Power Factor Required for all DC-input EVSE. Indicate the 75% loading condition cold climate operation mode power factor value. DC-input CC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition THD Required for all DC-input EVSE. Indicate the 75% loading condition cold climate operation mode total harmonic distortion (THD) value. DC-input CC Operation Mode: 50 kW Loading Condition Input Voltag Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition cold climate operation mode input voltage value. DC-input CC Operation Mode:50 kW Loading Condition Input Current Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition cold climate operation mode input current value. DC-input CC Operation Mode: 50 kW Loading Condition Input Power Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition cold climate operation mode input power value. DC-input CC Operation Mode:50kW Loading Condition Output Voltage Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition cold climate operation mode output voltage value. DC-input CC Operation Mode:50kW Loading Condition Output Current Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition cold climate operation mode output current value. DC-input CC Operation Mode: 50 kW Loading Condition Output Power Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition cold climate operation mode output power value. DC-input CC Operation Mode: 50 kW Loading Condition Power Factor Required for all DC-input EVSE and if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition cold climate operation mode power factor value. DC-input CC Operation Mode: 50 kW Loading Condition THD Required for all DC-input EVSE and if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition cold climate operation mode total harmonic distortion (THD) value. DC-input CC Operation Mode:150kW Loading Condition Input Voltage Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition cold climate operation mode input voltage value. DC-input CC Operation Mode:150kW Loading Condition Input Current Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition cold climate operation mode input current value. DC-input CC Operation Mode: 150 kW Loading Condition Input Power Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition cold climate operation mode input power value. DC-input CC Operation Mode:150kW Loading Condition Output Voltag Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition cold climate operation mode output voltage value. DC-input CC Operation Mode:150kW Loading Condition Output Curren Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition cold climate operation mode output current value. DC-input CC Operation Mode:150 kW Loading Condition Output Power Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition cold climate operation mode output power value. DC-input CC Operation Mode:150 kW Loading Condition Power Factor Required for all DC-input EVSE and if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition cold climate operation mode power factor value. DC-input CC Operation Mode: 150 kW Loading Condition THD Required for all DC-input EVSE and if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition cold climate operation mode total harmonic distortion (THD) value. DC-input CC Operation Mode: 100% Loading Condition Input Voltage Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 100% loading condition cold climate operation mode input voltage value. DC-input CC Operation Mode: 100% Loading Condition Input Current Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 100% loading condition cold climate operation mode input current value. DC-input CC Operation Mode: 100% Loading Condition Input Power Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 100% loading condition cold climate operation mode input power value. DC-input CC Operation Mode:100% Loading Condition Output Voltage Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 100% loading condition cold climate operation mode output voltage value. DC-input CC Operation Mode:100% Loading Condition Output Current Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 100% loading condition cold climate operation mode output current value. DC-input CC Operation Mode: 100% Loading Condition Output Power Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 100% loading condition cold climate operation mode output power value. CC Operation Mode: 100% Loading Condition Power Factor Required for all DC-input EVSE. Indicate the 100% loading condition cold climate operation mode power factor. CC Operation Mode: 100% Loading Condition THD Required for all DC-input EVSE. Indicate the 100% loading condition cold climate operation mode total harmonic distortion (THD) value. DC-input Time to Idle Mode Pwr after CC Operation Mode Test (s) Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the time in seconds until the EVSE returns to Idle Mode power at the conclusion of the cold climate operation mode testing. DC-input Power Draw after CC Operation Mode Test until Idle Mode Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the total power consumed after the cold climate operation mode test until idle mode power is reached. DC-input TC Temperature (°F) Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the ambient test temperature for the Temperate Climate operation mode testing. DC-input TC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Input Voltage Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 25% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode input voltage value. DC-input TC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Input Current Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 25% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode input current value. DC-input TC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Input Power Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 25% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode input power value. DC-input TC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Output Voltage Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 25% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode output voltage value. DC-input TC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Output Current Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 25% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode output current value. DC-input TC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Output Power Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 25% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode output power value. DC-input TC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Power Factor Required for all DC-input EVSE. Indicate the 25% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode power factor value. DC-input TC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition THD Required for all DC-input EVSE. Indicate the 25% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode total harmonic distortion (THD) value. DC-input TC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Input Voltage Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 50% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode input voltage value. DC-input TC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Input Current Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 50% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode input current value. DC-input TC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Input Power Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 50% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode input power value. DC-input TC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Output Voltage Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 50% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode output voltage value. DC-input TC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Output Current Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 50% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode output current value. DC-input TC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Output Power Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 50% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode output power value. DC-input TC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Power Factor Required for all DC-input EVSE. Indicate the 50% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode power factor value. DC-input TC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition THD Required for all DC-input EVSE. Indicate the 50% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode total harmonic distortion (THD) value. DC-input TC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Input Voltage Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 75% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode input voltage value. DC-input TC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Input Current Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 75% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode input current value. DC-input TC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Input Power Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 75% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode input power value. DC-input TC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Output Voltage Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 75% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode output voltage value. DC-input TC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Output Current Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 75% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode output current value. DC-input TC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Output Power Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 75% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode output power value. DC-input TC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Power Factor Required for all DC-input EVSE. Indicate the 75% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode power factor value. DC-input TC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition THD Required for all DC-input EVSE. Indicate the 75% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode total harmonic distortion (THD) value. DC-input TC Operation Mode:50 kW Loading Condition Input Voltage Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode input voltage value. DC-input TC Operation Mode:50 kW Loading Condition Input Current Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode input current value. DC-input TC Operation Mode: 50 kW Loading Condition Input Power Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode input power value. DC-input TC Operation Mode:50kW Loading Condition Output Voltage Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode output voltage value. DC-input TC Operation Mode:50kW Loading Condition Output Current Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode output current value. DC-input TC Operation Mode: 50 kW Loading Condition Output Power Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode output power value. DC-input TC Operation Mode: 50 kW Loading Condition Power Factor Required for all DC-input EVSE and if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode power factor value. DC-input TC Operation Mode: 50 kW Loading Condition THD Required for all DC-input EVSE and if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode total harmonic distortion (THD) value. DC-input TC Operation Mode:150kW Loading Condition Input Voltage Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode input voltage value. DC-input TC Operation Mode:150kW Loading Condition Input Current Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode input current value. DC-input TC Operation Mode: 150 kW Loading Condition Input Power Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode input power value. DC-input TC Operation Mode:150kW Loading Condition Output Voltag Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode output voltage value. DC-input TC Operation Mode:150kW Loading Condition Output Curren Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode output current value. DC-input TC Operation Mode:150 kW Loading Condition Output Power Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode output power value. DC-input TC Operation Mode:150 kW Loading Condition Power Factor Required for all DC-input EVSE and if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode power factor value. DC-input TC Operation Mode: 150 kW Loading Condition THD Required for all DC-input EVSE and if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode total harmonic distortion (THD) value. DC-input TC Operation Mode: 100% Loading Condition Input Voltage Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 100% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode input voltage value. DC-input TC Operation Mode: 100% Loading Condition Input Current Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 100% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode input current value. DC-input TC Operation Mode: 100% Loading Condition Input Power Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 100% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode input power value. DC-input TC Operation Mode:100% Loading Condition Output Voltage Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 100% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode output voltage value. DC-input TC Operation Mode:100% Loading Condition Output Current DC-input TC Operation Mode: 100% Loading Condition Output Current DC-input TC Operation Mode: 100% Loading Condition Output Power Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 100% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode output power value. DC-input TC Operation Mode: 100% Loading Condition Power Factor Required for all DC-input EVSE. Indicate the 100% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode power factor. DC-input TC Operation Mode: 100% Loading Condition THD Required for all DC-input EVSE. Indicate the 100% loading condition Temperate Climate operation mode total harmonic distortion (THD) value. DC-input Time to Idle Mode Pwr after TC Operation Mode Test (s) Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the time in seconds until the EVSE returns to Idle Mode power at the conclusion of the Temperate Climate operation mode testing. DC-input Power Draw after TC Operation Mode Test until Idle Mode Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the total power consumed after the Temperate Climate operation mode test until idle mode power is reached. DC-input HC Temperature (°F) Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the ambient test temperature for the Hot Climate operation mode testing. DC-input HC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Input Voltage Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 25% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode input voltage value. DC-input HC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Input Current Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 25% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode input current value. DC-input HC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Input Power Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 25% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode input power value. DC-input HC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Output Voltage Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 25% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode output voltage value. DC-input HC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Output Current Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 25% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode output current value. DC-input HC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Output Power Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 25% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode output power value. DC-input HC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition Power Factor Required for all DC-input EVSE. Indicate the 25% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode power factor value. DC-input HC Operation Mode: 25% Loading Condition THD Required for all DC-input EVSE. Indicate the 25% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode total harmonic distortion (THD) value. DC-input HC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Input Voltage Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 50% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode input voltage value. DC-input HC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Input Current Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 50% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode input current value. DC-input HC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Input Power Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 50% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode input power value. DC-input HC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Output Voltage Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 50% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode output voltage value. DC-input HC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Output Current Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 50% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode output current value. DC-input HC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Output Power Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 50% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode output power value. DC-input HC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition Power Factor Required for all DC-input EVSE. Indicate the 50% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode power factor value. DC-input HC Operation Mode: 50% Loading Condition THD Required for all DC-input EVSE. Indicate the 50% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode total harmonic distortion (THD) value. DC-input HC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Input Voltage Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 75% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode input voltage value. DC-input HC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Input Current Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 75% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode input current value. DC-input HC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Input Power Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 75% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode input power value. DC-input HC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Output Voltage Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 75% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode output voltage value. DC-input HC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Output Current Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 75% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode output current value. DC-input HC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Output Power Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 75% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode output power value. DC-input HC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition Power Factor Required for all DC-input EVSE. Indicate the 75% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode power factor value. DC-input HC Operation Mode: 75% Loading Condition THD Required for all DC-input EVSE. Indicate the 75% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode total harmonic distortion (THD) value. DC-input HC Operation Mode:50 kW Loading Condition Input Voltage Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition Hot Climate operation mode input voltage value. DC-input HC Operation Mode:50 kW Loading Condition Input Current Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition Hot Climate operation mode input current value. DC-input HC Operation Mode: 50 kW Loading Condition Input Power Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition Hot Climate operation mode input power value. DC-input HC Operation Mode:50kW Loading Condition Output Voltage Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition Hot Climate operation mode output voltage value. DC-input HC Operation Mode:50kW Loading Condition Output Current Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition Hot Climate operation mode output current value. DC-input HC Operation Mode: 50 kW Loading Condition Output Power Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition Hot Climate operation mode output power value. DC-input HC Operation Mode: 50 kW Loading Condition Power Factor Required for all DC-input EVSE and if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition Hot Climate operation mode power factor value. DC-input HC Operation Mode: 50 kW Loading Condition THD Required for all DC-input EVSE and if the EVSE has not been tested at a 50 kW condition and will not be tested at 50 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 50 kW loading condition Hot Climate operation mode total harmonic distortion (THD) value. DC-input HC Operation Mode:150kW Loading Condition Input Voltage Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition Hot Climate operation mode input voltage value. DC-input HC Operation Mode:150kW Loading Condition Input Current Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition Hot Climate operation mode input current value. DC-input HC Operation Mode: 150 kW Loading Condition Input Power Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition Hot Climate operation mode input power value. DC-input HC Operation Mode:150kW Loading Condition Output Voltag Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition Hot Climate operation mode output voltage value. DC-input HC Operation Mode:150kW Loading Condition Output Curren Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition Hot Climate operation mode output current value. DC-input HC Operation Mode:150 kW Loading Condition Output Power Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Required if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition Hot Climate operation mode output power value. DC-input HC Operation Mode:150 kW Loading Condition Power Factor Required for all DC-input EVSE and if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition Hot Climate operation mode power factor value. DC-input HC Operation Mode: 150 kW Loading Condition THD Required for all DC-input EVSE and if the EVSE has not been tested at a 150 kW condition and will not be tested at 150 kW during the 100% loading condition test. Indicate the 150 kW loading condition Hot Climate operation mode total harmonic distortion (THD) value. DC-input HC Operation Mode: 100% Loading Condition Input Voltage Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 100% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode input voltage value. DC-input HC Operation Mode: 100% Loading Condition Input Current Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 100% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode input current value. DC-input HC Operation Mode: 100% Loading Condition Input Power Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 100% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode input power value. DC-input HC Operation Mode:100% Loading Condition Output Voltage Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 100% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode output voltage value. DC-input HC Operation Mode:100% Loading Condition Output Current Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 100% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode output current value. DC-input HC Operation Mode: 100% Loading Condition Output Power Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the 100% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode output power value. DC-input HC Operation Mode: 100% Loading Condition Power Factor Required for all DC-input EVSE. Indicate the 100% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode power factor. DC-input HC Operation Mode: 100% Loading Condition THD Required for all DC-input EVSE. Indicate the 100% loading condition Hot Climate operation mode total harmonic distortion (THD) value. DC-input Time to Idle Mode Pwr after HC Operation Mode Test (s) Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the time in seconds until the EVSE returns to Idle Mode power at the conclusion of the Hot Climate operation mode testing. DC-input Power Draw after HC Operation Mode Test until Idle Mode Required if the model is DC-input or if the model can accommodate both AC- and DC-input, indicate the value specific to testing the DC-input. Indicate the total power consumed after the Hot Climate operation mode test until idle mode power is reached. Product Name Water Heaters Non-solar Service Method Submit_Water_Heaters_Non_solar_5_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Residential Water Heaters Version 5.0. This template is for non-solar water heaters. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Release Date TBD ENERGY STAR Water Heaters - Non-Solar Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Water Heaters Non-solar Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Residential Water Heaters Version 5.0. This template is for non-solar water heaters. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Product Type Uniform Energy Factor (UEF) Minimum Warranty - System (years) Fuel Type Required if Product Type is Gas Storage, Gas Tankless, or Gas-fired Storage Residential-duty Commercial. Heat Pump Type Required if Product Type is Heat Pump. First Hour Rating (GPH) Required if Product Type is Gas Storage, Heat Pump, or Gas-fired Storage Residential-duty Commercial. Units in gallons. Height to Vent (in) Required if Product Type is Gas Storage or Gas-fired Storage Residential-duty Commercial. Max Input (MBTUH) Required if Fuel Type is Gas or Propane. Provide Max Input in thousand BTU per hour. Recovery Efficiency (%) Required if Product Type is Gas Storage, Heat Pump, or Gas-fired Storage Residential-duty Commercial. Tank Diameter (in) Required if Product Type is Gas Storage, Heat Pump, or Gas-fired Storage Residential-duty Commercial. Tank Height (in) Required if Product Type is Gas Storage, Heat Pump, or Gas-fired Storage Residential-duty Commercial. Therms Per Year Required if Product Type is Gas Storage, Gas Tankless, or Gas-fired Storage Residential-duty Commercial. Vent Type Required if Fuel Type is Gas or Propane. Vent Size 1 (in) Required if Fuel Type is Gas or Propane. Vent Size 2 (in) Required if Fuel Type is Gas or Propane and model utilizes two vents. Water Heater Volume (gal) Required if Product Type is Gas Storage, Heat Pump, or Gas-fired Storage Residential-duty Commercial. Minimum Gallons Per Minute (GPM) Required if Product Type is Gas Tankless. Maximum Gallons Per Minute (GPM) Required if Product Type is Gas Tankless. Water Heater Depth (in) Required if Product Type is Gas Tankless. Water Heater Height (in) Required if Product Type is Gas Tankless. Water Heater Width (in) Required if Product Type is Gas Tankless. Electric Input (kW) Required if Product Type is Heat Pump. Electric Usage (kWh/year) Required if Product Type is Heat Pump. Input Voltage (V) Required if Product Type is Heat Pump. Max. Amps Water Heater Diameter (in) Required if Product Type is Heat Pump. Lower Compressor Cut Off Temperature (F) Required if Product Type is Heat Pump. Include the ambient temperature below which the compressor cuts off and electric resistance only operation begins. Upper Compressor Cut Off Temperature (F) Optional if Product Type is Heat Pump. Include the ambient temperature above which the compressor cuts off and electric resistance only operation begins. Refrigerant Type Required if Product Type is Heat Pump. Indicate the refrigerant type used to be listed for reference by utility programs. Refrigerant Type, Other Required if Refrigerant Type is Other. Indicate which Refrigerant Type is used. Sound Pressure Level Sound pressure level as measured per the NEEA Electric or Gas-Fueled Advanced Water Heating Specification, in dBA, to be listed for reference by utility programs. Connected Functionality Indicate Yes if model meets all of the ENERGY STAR Connected Criteria as determined through examination of the product and/or product documentation. Communication Hardware Architecture Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Select all that apply. Communication Standard - Application Layer Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Select all that apply. Communication Standard - Media/Network Layer Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Select all that apply. Communication Standard - Media/Network Layer Other Required if Communication Standard - Media/Network Layer is Other. Indicate relevant standard(s). Connected Functionality - Load Up Functionality Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. If using CTA-2045-B, when receiving a request to use more energy, can the water heater respond with Basic Load Up, Advanced Load Up, or both. Connected Functionality - Optional Operational Mode Functionality Indicates if a product is capable of responding to grid requests that are described in the specification, but not required. Select all that apply. Time of Use Schedule Product is capable of storing and operating based on rates that move at set times and amounts through a day depending on peak usage with shoulder periods in the hours in between. Primary Communication Module/Device Brand Name Required if Communication Hardware Architecture is B, C, or D. Indicate the brand name of the primary communication module used to complete the ENERGY STAR System. Primary Communication Module/Device Model Number Required if Communication Hardware Architecture is B, C, or D. Indicate the model number of the primary communication module used to complete the ENERGY STAR System. Features Enabled By Primary Communication Module/Device Required if Communication Hardware Architecture is B, C, or D. Select all features enabled by the module/device (features which are not built-in). Description of System Cyber Security Measures Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Describe measures taken by the non-solar water heater Service Provider to support IT security (if any) for systems intended for home use, including company policy, compliance with published frameworks and standards, etc. This field is intended to capture measures beyond the implementation of security features at the device level. Network Standby Power (W) Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Is Broadband Internet Connection Needed for Demand Response? Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Indicate if Demand Response capabilities require broadband internet connection. Network Security Standards Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Indicate all the standards and frameworks that apply to the Connected Water Heater - Nonsolar product. Network Security Standards - Other Required if Network Security Standards is Other. Indicate relevant standard(s). Product Name Ventilating Fans with Lighting Service Method Submit_Ventilating_Fans_with_Lighting_4_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Residential Ventilating Fans Version 4.0, 4.1 and 4.2. This template is for ventilating fans with lighting. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Release Date TBD Ventilating Fans with Lighting Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Ventilating Fans with Lighting Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Residential Ventilating Fans Version 4.0, 4.1 and 4.2. This template is for ventilating fans with lighting. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Product Type Number of Speeds Provide the number of speeds. For models with a rotary speed dial or similar mechanism that allows for a theoretically infinite number of speeds, indicate 3 for Number of Speeds. Duct Size Diameter or Depth (in.) Provide the depth for rectangular ducts or the diameter for circular ducts. Duct Size Width (in.) Required for model numbers with rectangular ducts. Provide the duct width. Rated Input Power 1 (W) Required for Range Hoods. Provide the rated input power at the configuration selected in the field As Tested Configuration 1. Measured Motor Wattage 1 (W) Provide the actual Motor Wattage at maximum (1) speed based on test data. For Range Hoods, provide the data at the configuration selected in the field As Tested Configuration 1. Measured Airflow 1 (CFM) Provide the actual Airflow at maximum (1) speed based on test data, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. For Range Hoods, provide the data at the configuration selected in the field As Tested Configuration 1. Reported Airflow 1 (CFM) Provide the rated/reported Airflow at maximum (1) speed, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. For Range Hoods, provide the data at the configuration selected in the field As Tested Configuration 1. Efficacy 1 (CFM/W) Provide the calculated efficacy at maximum (1) speed based on measured test data. For Range Hoods, provide the data at the configuration selected in the field As Tested Configuration 1. Reported Sound Level 1 (sone) Required if Product Type is Range Hood or Bathroom or Utility Room. Provide the rated/reported Sound Level at maximum (1) speed, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. For Range Hoods, provide the data at the configuration selected in the field As Tested Configuration 1. As-Tested Configuration 1 Required if Product Type is Range Hood. For Range Hoods, with single or more configurations, provide the as-tested configuration of the tested unit. Rated Input Power 2 (W) Required if Range Hood with two or more configurations. Provide the rated input power at the configuration selected in the field As Tested Configuration 2. Measured Motor Wattage 2 (W) Required if Bathroom, Utility or In-Line fans have two or more speeds or Range Hoods have two or more configurations. For Bathroom, Utility and In-Line fans, provide the actual Motor Wattage at next highest tested (2) speed based on test data. For Range Hoods, provide the actual Motor Wattage based on test data at the configuration selected in the field As Tested Configuration 2. Measured Airflow 2 (CFM) Required if Bathroom, Utility or In-Line fans have two or more speeds or if Range Hoods have two or more configurations. For Bathroom, Utility and In-Line fans, provide the actual Airflow at next highest tested (2) speed based on test data, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. For Range Hoods, provide the actual Airflow based on test data at the configuration selected in the field As Tested Configuration 2. Reported Airflow 2 (CFM) Required if Bathroom, Utility or In-Line fans have two or more speeds or if Range Hoods have two or more configurations. For Bathroom, Utility and In-Line fans, provide the rated/reported Airflow at next highest tested (2) speed, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. For Range Hoods, provide the rated/reported Airflow at the configuration selected in the field As Tested Configuration 2. Efficacy 2 (CFM/W) Required if Bathroom, Utility or In-Line fans have two or more speeds or if Range Hoods have two or more configurations. For Bathroom, Utility and In-Line fans, provide the calculated efficacy value at next highest tested (2) speed based on measured test data. For Range Hoods, provide the efficacy value based on measured test data at the configuration selected in the field As Tested Configuration 2. Reported Sound Level 2 (sone) Required if Bathroom, Utility or In-Line fans have two or more speeds or if Range Hoods have two or more configurations. For Bathroom, Utility and In-Line fans, provide the rated/reported Sound Level at next highest tested (2) speed, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. For Range Hoods, provide the rated/reported Sound Level at the configuration selected in the field As Tested Configuration 2. As-Tested Configuration 2 Required if Product Type is Range Hood and unit has two or more configurations. Provide the second as-tested configuration of the tested unit. Rated Input Power 3 (W) Required if Range Hood with three configurations. Provide the rated input power at the configuration selected in the field As Tested Configuration 3. Measured Motor Wattage 3 (W) Required if Bathroom, Utility or In-Line fans have three or more speeds or if Range Hoods have three configurations. For Bathroom, Utility and In-Line fans, provide the actual Motor Wattage at minimum (3) speed based on test data. For Range Hoods, provide the actual Motor Wattage based on test data at the configuration selected in the field As Tested Configuration 3. Measured Airflow 3 (CFM) Required if Bathroom, Utility or In-Line fans have three or more speeds or if Range Hoods have three configurations. For Bathroom, Utility and In-Line fans, provide the actual Airflow at minimum (3) speed based on test data, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. For Range Hoods, provide the actual Airflow based on test data at the configuration selected in the field As Tested Configuration 3. Reported Airflow 3 (CFM) Required if Bathroom, Utility or In-Line fans have three or more speeds or if Range Hoods have three configurations. For Bathroom, Utility and In-Line fans, provide the rated/reported Airflow at minimum (3) speed, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. For Range Hoods, provide the rated/reported Airflow at the configuration selected in the field As Tested Configuration 3. Efficacy 3 (CFM/W) Required if Bathroom, Utility or In-Line fans have three or more speeds or if Range Hoods have three configurations. For Bathroom, Utility and In-Line fans, provide the calculated efficacy value at the minimum (3) speed based on measured test data. For Range Hoods, provide the calculated efficacy value based on measured test data at the configuration selected in the field As Tested Configuration 3. Reported Sound Level 3 (sone) Required if Bathroom, Utility or In-Line fans have three or more speeds or if Range Hoods have three configurations. For Bathroom, Utility and In-Line fans, provide the rated/reported Sound Level minimum (3) speed, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. For Range Hoods, provide the rated/reported Sound Level at the configuration selected in the field As Tested Configuration 3. As-Tested Configuration 3 Required if Product Type is Range Hood. For Range Hoods with three configurations, provide the third as-tested configuration of the tested unit. Other Configuration Explanation Required if Product Type is Range Hood and Unit As-Tested Configuration is Other for one or more as-tested configurations. Provide an explanation of as-tested configuration. Measured Airflow at 0.25 in. w.g. (CFM) at Maximum Speed Required if Product Type is Bathroom or Utility Room. Provide the actual airflow based on .25 inch water gauge (w.g.) static pressure test data. Percentage of Airflow at 0.1 w.g. at Maximum Speed Required if Product Type is Bathroom or Utility Room. Provide the actual airflow percentage equal to or greater than .1 inch water gauge (w.g.) static pressure test data, expressed as a percentage. Optional Sound Level (sone) at 0.25 in w.g. at Maximum Speed If Product Type is Bathroom or Utility Room it is optional to provide the actual sound level based on 0.25 inch w.g. static pressure test data. Ventilating Fan Features Select all that apply to the operation of the ventilating fan. Additional Features Provide additional features not associated with fan or lighting performance, such as speakers, etc. Lighting Program Type This field is no longer relevant for V4.2. ENERGY STAR Lamp ESUID This field is no longer relevant for V4.2. Alternate ENERGY STAR Lamp ESUIDs This field is no longer relevant for V4.2. Lighting Technology Required for vent fans with lighting to include lighting technology in the certified product listing. Source Type This field is no longer relevant for V4.2. Light Source is Self-ballasted or has Integrated Driver This field is no longer relevant for V4.2. Light Source Shipped with Vent Fan? This field is no longer relevant for V4.2. External Ballast/Driver Manufacturer This field is no longer relevant for V4.2. External Ballast/Driver Model Number This field is no longer relevant for V4.2. Number of Light Sources per Ballast/Driver This field is no longer relevant for V4.2. Number of Ballasts/Drivers per Vent Fan This field is no longer relevant for V4.2. Reported Input Power of Light Source (W) Required for vent fans with lighting to include input power in the certified product listing. Reported input power of the light source should be consistent with the value stated on the product packaging. Efficacy (lm/W) This field is no longer relevant for V4.2. Reported Light Output (lm) Required for vent fans with lighting to include reported light output in the certified product listing. Reported light output should be consistent with the value stated on product packaging. Light Source Life (hours) Required for vent fans with lighting to include light source life in the certified product listing. Color Rendering Index (CRI) Required for vent fans with lighting to include CRI in the certified product listing. Nominal Correlated Color Temperature (CCT) Required for vent fans with lighting to include CCT in the certified product listing. Mercury Content (mg) This field is no longer relevant for V4.2. Dimmable Required for vent fans with lighting to include dimming capability in the certified product listing. Luminaire Features Required for vent fans to include special lighting features in the certified product listing. Power Factor This field is no longer relevant for V4.2. Additional Allowable Light Source Manufacturer This field is no longer relevant for V4.2. Additional Allowable Light Source Model Number This field is no longer relevant for V4.2. Displayed Notes This field is no longer relevant for V4.2. Product Name Residential Electric Cooking Products Service Method Submit_Residential_Electric_Cooking_Products_1_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Residential Electric Cooking Products Version 1.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Release Date TBD Residential Electric Cooking Products Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Residential Electric Cooking Products Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Product Type Designate the technology type of the electric cooking top. Installation Type Specify the installation type of the cooking top. Cooktop Technology Provide heating technology used in cooking product. Cooktop Technology - Other Required if Cooktop Technology is Other. Indicate cooktop technology. Height (inches) Provide the product height (inches) excluding handles, knobs and Coils. Depth (inches) Provide the product depth (inches) excluding handles or knobs. Width (inches) Provide the product width (inches) excluding handles or knobs. Number of Cooking Zones Provide the total number of cooking zones available on the cooking tops. Control Type Indicate the control interface type used on the cooking product. Control Type - Other Required if Control Type is Other. Indicate relevant interface type. Rated Nameplate Voltage (V) Provide the manufacturer reported value. Rated Nameplate Amperage (Amps) Provide the manufacturer reported minimum circuit amperage value. Rated Nameplate Amperage (Amps) - Other Required if rated nameplate amperage is other. Provide the manufacturer reported minimum circuit amperage value. Specialty Zones Provide any specialty zones if included in the product. For concentric cooking zones are heating zones that have two or three concentric circles that have the same center point, the circle used is to correspond to the cookware size. Indicate if the cooking top has dual, triple, or no concentric cooking zones. For bridge element, report if two or more cooking zones can be merged and synced to create a larger cooking area or specialty zone acting in unison. Specialty Zones - Other Required if specialty zones are other. Indicate the Specialty Zones. Smart Capabilities Indicate if the product has smart capabilities allowing it to connect to other devices or networks via different wireless protocols. Smart Capabilities - Other Required if Smart Capabilities is Other. Indicate relevant smart capabilities type. Additional Product Features Indicate the features that are applicable to the cooking top. Please indicate none if your product does not include additional features. Additional Product Features - Other Required if Additional Product Features is Other. Indicate relevant feature(s). Calculated Integrated Annual Energy Consumption (kWh/year) Provide the calculated value based on measured test data. Reported Integrated Annual Energy Consumption (kWh/year) Provide the rated/reported Annual Energy Consumption, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Low-Power Mode Energy Consumption for Oven Component (kWh/year) Provide the measured annual combined low-power mode energy consumption of the conventional electric oven component of a combined electric cooking product, ETLP,O (kWh/year) based on measured test data. Low-Power Mode Energy Consumption for Cooking Top (kWh/year) Provide the measured annual combined low-power mode energy consumption for the cooking top, ETLP (kWh/year) based on measured test data. Average Cooking Zone Time (seconds) Provide the average heat up time to 90C (t90) for all cooking zones. Cooking Zone #1 Time t90 (seconds) Required if the simmer test is measured. Provide the heat up time to 90C (t90) for the first cooking zone. Cooking Zone #2 Time t90 (seconds) Required if the simmer test is measured and the product has at least two cooking zones. Provide the heat up time to 90C (t90) for the second cooking zone. Cooking Zone #3 Time t90 (seconds) Required if the simmer test is measured and the product has at least three cooking zones. Provide the heat up time to 90C (t90) for the third cooking zone. Cooking Zone #4 Time t90 (seconds) Required if the simmer test is measured and the product has at least four cooking zones. Provide the heat up time to 90C (t90) for the fourth cooking zone. Cooking Zone #5 Time t90 (seconds) Required if the simmer test is measured and the product has at least five cooking zones. Provide the heat up time to 90C (t90) for the fifth cooking zone. Cooking Zone #6 Time t90 (seconds) Required if the simmer test is measured and the product has at least six cooking zones. Provide the heat up time to 90C (t90) for the sixth cooking zone. Cooking Zone #1 Maximum Size (mm) Provide the maximum size of the first cooking zone. Cooking Zone #2 Maximum Size (mm) Provide the maximum size of the second cooking zone. Required if the product has at least two cooking zones. Cooking Zone #3 Maximum Size (mm) Provide the maximum size of the third cooking zone. Required if the product has at least three cooking zones. Cooking Zone #4 Maximum Size (mm) Provide the maximum size of the fourth cooking zone. Required if the product has at least four cooking zones. Cooking Zone #5 Maximum Size (mm) Provide the maximum size of the fifth cooking zone. Required if the product has at least five cooking zones. Cooking Zone #6 Maximum Size (mm) Provide the maximum size of the sixth cooking zone. Required if the product has at least six cooking zones. Cooking Zone #1 Wattage (W) Provide the rated wattage of the first cooking zone. Cooking Zone #2 Wattage (W) Provide the rated wattage of the second cooking zone. Required if the product has at least two cooking zones. Cooking Zone #3 Wattage (W) Provide the rated wattage of the third cooking zone. Required if the product has at least three cooking zones. Cooking Zone #4 Wattage (W) Provide the rated wattage of the fourth cooking zone. Required if the product has at least four cooking zones. Cooking Zone #5 Wattage (W) Provide the rated wattage of the fifth cooking zone. Required if the product has at least five cooking zones. Cooking Zone #6 Wattage (W) Provide the rated wattage of the sixth cooking zone. Required if the product has at least six cooking zones. Product Name Commercial Electric Cooktops Service Method Submit_Commercial_Electric_Cooktops_1_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Commercial Electric Cooktops Version 1.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Release Date TBD Commercial Electric Cooktops Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Commercial Electric Cooktops Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Commercial Electric Cooktops Version 1.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Product Type Designates the technology type of the Commercial Electric Cooktop. Induction Unit Position Provides the model’s positioning for use. This is required only for Induction models. Length (inches) Indicate the length of the cooktop in inches. Width (inches) Indicate the width of the cooktop in inches. Height (inches) Indicate the height of the cooktop in inches. Number of Hobs Provide the number of hobs per cooktop, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Shape of Hob 1 Provide the shape of Hob 1. Shape of Hob 2 Required for all commercial electric cooktops with two or more hobs. Provide the shape of Hob 2. Shape of Hob 3 Required for all commercial electric cooktops with three or more hobs. Provide the shape of Hob 3. Shape of Hob 4 Required for all commercial electric cooktops with four or more hobs. Provide the shape of Hob 4. Shape of Hob 5 Required for all commercial electric cooktops with five or more hobs. Provide the shape of Hob 5. Shape of Hob 6 Required for all commercial electric cooktops with six hobs. Provide the shape of Hob 6. Area of Hob 1 (square inches) Provide the area of Hob 1. Area of Hob 2 (square inches) Required for all commercial electric cooktops with two or more hobs. Provide the area of Hob 2. Area of Hob 3 (square inches) Required for all commercial electric cooktops with three or more hobs. Provide the area of Hob 3. Area of Hob 4 (square inches) Required for all commercial electric cooktops with four or more hobs. Provide the area of Hob 4. Area of Hob 5 (square inches) Required for all commercial electric cooktops with five or more hobs. Provide the area of Hob 5. Area of Hob 6 (square inches) Required for all commercial electric cooktops with 6 hobs. Provide the area of Hob 6. Voltage Configuration Provide a designation for voltage configuration. Voltage (V) Provide the value based on measured test data. Rated Nameplate Input Rate (kW) Provide the manufacturer’s input rate of the entire appliance. The rated nameplate input of a cooktop is the sum of the nameplate ratings of each individual hob. Heat-Up Time (minutes) of Hob 1 Provide the heat-up time for Hob 1 based on measured test data. Heat-Up Time (minutes) of Hob 2 Required for all commercial electric cooktops with two or more hobs. Provide the heat-up time for Hob 2 based on measured test data. Heat-Up Time (minutes) of Hob 3 Required for all commercial electric cooktops with three or more hobs. Provide the heat-up time for Hob 3 based on measured test data. Heat-Up Time (minutes) of Hob 4 Required for all commercial electric cooktops with four or more hobs. Provide the heat-up time for Hob 4 based on measured test data. Heat-Up Time (minutes) of Hob 5 Required for all commercial electric cooktops with five or more hobs. Provide the heat-up time for Hob 5 based on measured test data. Heat-Up Time (minutes) of Hob 6 Required for all commercial electric cooktops with six hobs. Provide the heat-up time for Hob 6 based on measured test data. Cooking Energy (kWh) of Hob 1 Provide heat-up energy consumption for Hob 1 based on measured test data. Cooking Energy (kWh) of Hob 2 Required for all commercial electric cooktops with two or more hobs. Provide heat-up energy consumption for Hob 2 based on measured test data. Cooking Energy (kWh) of Hob 3 Required for all commercial electric cooktops with three or more hobs. Provide heat-up energy consumption for Hob 3 based on measured test data. Cooking Energy (kWh) of Hob 4 Required for all commercial electric cooktops with four or more hobs. Provide heat-up energy consumption for Hob 4 based on measured test data. Cooking Energy (kWh) of Hob 5 Required for all commercial electric cooktops with five or more hobs. Provide heat-up energy consumption for Hob 5 based on measured test data. Cooking Energy (kWh) of Hob 6 Required for all commercial electric cooktops with six hobs. Provide heat-up energy consumption for Hob 6 based on measured test data. Cooking Energy Efficiency (%) of Hob 1 Provide the calculated cooking (boil) energy efficiency value (%) for Hob 1 based on measured test data. Cooking Energy Efficiency (%) of Hob 2 Required for all commercial electric cooktops with two or more hobs. Provide the calculated cooking (boil) energy efficiency value (%) for Hob 2 based on measured test data. Cooking Energy Efficiency (%) of Hob 3 Required for all commercial electric cooktops with three or more hobs. Provide the calculated cooking (boil) energy efficiency value (%) for Hob 3 based on measured test data. Cooking Energy Efficiency (%) of Hob 4 Required for all commercial electric cooktops with four or more hobs. Provide the calculated cooking (boil) energy efficiency value (%) for Hob 4 based on measured test data. Cooking Energy Efficiency (%) of Hob 5 Required for all commercial electric cooktops with five or more hobs. Provide the calculated cooking (boil) energy efficiency value (%) for Hob 5 based on measured test data. Cooking Energy Efficiency (%) of Hob 6 Required for all commercial electric cooktops with six hobs. Provide the calculated cooking (boil) energy efficiency value (%) for Hob 6 based on measured test data. Average Cooking Energy Efficiency (%) of Cooktop Provide the average cooking (boil) energy efficiency of all tested hobs of the cooktop. Production Capacity (lbs/hr) of Hob 1 Provide the calculated cooking-energy efficiency production capacity value for Hob 1 based on measured test data. Production Capacity (lbs/hr) of Hob 2 Required for all commercial electric cooktops with two or more hobs. Provide the calculated cooking-energy efficiency production capacity value for Hob 2 based on measured test data. Production Capacity (lbs/hr) of Hob 3 Required for all commercial electric cooktops with three or more hobs. Provide the calculated cooking-energy efficiency production capacity value for Hob 3 based on measured test data. Production Capacity (lbs/hr) of Hob 4 Required for all commercial electric cooktops with four or more hobs. Provide the calculated cooking-energy efficiency production capacity value for Hob 4 based on measured test data. Production Capacity (lbs/hr) of Hob 5 Required for all commercial electric cooktops with five or more hobs. Provide the calculated cooking-energy efficiency production capacity value for Hob 5 based on measured test data. Production Capacity (lbs/hr) of Hob 6 Required for all commercial electric cooktops with six hobs. Provide the calculated cooking-energy efficiency production capacity value for Hob 6 based on measured test data. Simmer Energy Rate (kW) of Hob 1 Provide the simmer energy rate for Hob 1 based on measured test data. Product Name Laboratory Grade Refrigerators and Freezers Service Method Submit_Laboratory_Grade_Refrigerators_and_Freezers_2_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified or registered as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Laboratory Grade Refrigerators and Freezers Version 2.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Release Date TBD Laboratory Grade Refrigerators and Freezers Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Laboratory Grade Refrigerators and Freezers Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified or registered as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Laboratory Grade Refrigerators and Freezers Version 2.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Product Type Indicate the product type of the product as defined in the specification. Product Form Factor Indicate the form factor of the product. NSF/ANSI 456-2021a Certified Indicate if the product is NSF/ANSI 456-2021a certified. Number of Transparent Doors Required for transparent door. Indicate zero (0) for solid door models that contain no transparent doors. Number of Solid Doors Required for solid door. Indicate zero (0) for transparent door models that contain no solid doors. Total Number of Doors Indicate total number of doors on the model. Door Opening Orientation Number of Internal Ports and/or Access Holes Indicate number of alternative access points present in the model. Number of Drawers or Shelves Indicate the number of drawers or shelves in the model. Defrost Type Indicate the type of defrost system used in the model. Refrigerant Type Indicate the refrigerant type used. If multiple refrigerants are used, select all that apply. Refrigerant Type, Other Required if Refrigerant Type is Other. Indicate which Refrigerant Type is used. Total Volume (cu. ft.) Indicate total volume of the model. Average Test Cabinet Temperature (ºC) Indicate the measured average test cabinet temperature. (ºC). For ULT models, do not enter a value. Daily Energy Consumption (kWh/day) Indicate the total energy consumption measured during the 24-hour test period. For ULT models, do not enter a value. Daily Energy Consumption at -80ºC (kWh/day) Required for and only applicable to ULT models. Indicate the total energy consumption measured at -80ºC during the 24-hour test period. Daily Energy Consumption at -70ºC (kWh/day) Required for and only applicable to ULT models. Indicate the total energy consumption measured at -70ºC during the 24-hour test period. Average Interior Temperature at -80ºC Required for and only applicable to ULT models. Indicate average of all recorded interior temperature measurements at -80ºC during the 24-hour test period. Average Interior Temperature at -70ºC Required for and only applicable to ULT models. Indicate average of all recorded interior temperature measurements at -70ºC during the 24-hour test period Daily Energy Consumption for Ultra-Low Temp Freezer (kWh/day/cu-ft) Required for and only applicable to ULT models. Indicate the total energy consumption calculated in Equation 1 of the test method. Steady State Energy Consumption (kWh/day) Indicate the total energy consumption measured during the steady state portion of testing. For ULT models, do not enter a value. Maximum Daily Energy Allowance Indicate the maximum daily energy allowance permitted for this model (e.g. MDEC in kWh/day for refrigerators and non-ULT freezers).For ULT models, do not enter a value. Peak Temperature Variance (ºC) Indicate the Peak Variance measured across all temperature measurement devices. Depth (in) Height (in) Width (in) Installed Accessories Indicate any accessories installed during testing. Product Name Computers - Notebook, Port All-in-one, Slate/Tablets Product Version 9.0 Service Method Submit_Computers_Notebook_Port_All_in_one_Slate_Tablets_9_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Computers Version 9.0. This template is for notebooks, port all-in-one, and slate/tablets computers. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Release Date TBD Computers - Notebook, Port All-in-one, Slate/Tablets Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Computers - Notebook, Port All-in-one, Slate/Tablets Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Computers Version 9.0. This template is for notebooks, port all-in-one, and slate/tablets computers. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Product Type System Sleep Mode Default Time Upon Shipment (min) Required if Sleep Mode default time upon shipment is applicable. Display Sleep Mode Default Time Upon Shipment (min) Required if display sleep mode default time upon shipment is applicable. Product Marketed as a Workstation Ethernet Capability Touchscreen Capability Required if product includes a display with touchscreen functionality. Reduced Sleep/Off Ethernet Speed Required if Ethernet Capability is Yes. Indicate Yes if the speed of any active 1 Gb/s or higher Ethernet network links will be reduced to less than 1 Gb/s when transitioning to sleep or off mode. WOL (Wake on LAN) From Sleep Required if Ethernet Capability is Yes. Operating System Name Operating System Name Other Required when Operating System Name is Other. Processor Brand For Product Type Slate/Tablet, Processor Brand will not be included on certified product list. Processor Name For Product Type Slate/Tablet, Processor Name will not be included on certified product list. Processor Name Other Required if Processor Name is Other. For Product Type Slate/Tablet, Processor Name Other will not be included on certified product list. Installed NPU Required for all models. Indicate yes if the product contains a dedicated Neural Processing Unit (NPU). Otherwise indicate no. Installed System Memory RAM (GB) Provide the memory actually installed in the model tested, not the maximum supported. Switchable Graphics Enabled by Default in Ac Mode Required when a device has both integrated graphics and discrete graphics. This setting means that the graphics is switched to integrated graphics when the graphics demand is low. The OEM can provide guidance on detecting what state the graphics is in. This setting is only applicable when a device has both integrated graphics and discrete graphics. Capable of Switchable Graphics in Battery Mode Required when a device has switchable graphics. Discrete Graphics Frame Buffer Bandwidth (GB/s) Required when a device has discrete graphics. Discrete Graphics Frame Buffer Data Width (bits) Required when a device has discrete graphics. Gigabit Ethernet Ports (count) Required for models that contain Gigabit (1 Gb/s) Ethernet Ports. Fast Ethernet Ports (count) Required for models that contain one or more Ethernet ports with speeds greater than 1Gb/s but less than 10Gb/s. Report the number of Ethernet ports that fall within this speed range. 10 Gigabit Ethernet Ports (count) Required for models that contain one or more 10 Gigabit (10 Gb/s) Ethernet ports. Energy Efficient Ethernet (EEE) Indicate if Energy Efficient Ethernet is shipped as enabled. Number of Installed Storage Drives Number of Integrated Displays (count) Required if integrated display allowance is applicable. Integrated Display Resolution (megapixels) Required if integrated display allowance is applicable. If multiple integrated displays, provide average. Integrated Display Diagonal Screen Size (inches) Required if integrated display allowance is applicable. If multiple integrated displays, provide the average. Integrated Display Viewable Screen Area (sq in) Required if integrated display allowance is applicable. If multiple integrated displays, provide average. Enhanced Performance Display Present Required if Enhanced-performance Display allowance is applicable. External Power Supply Rated Power (W) Required for models with an external power supply. Provide the nameplate output power which is the power output of the power supply as specified on the manufacturer's label on the power supply housing or, if absent from the housing, as specified in documentation provided by the manufacturer. Internal Power Supply Rated Power (W) Required for models with an internal power supply. Provide the nameplate output power which is the power output of the power supply as specified on the manufacturer's label on the power supply housing or, if absent from the housing, as specified in documentation provided by the manufacturer. Physical CPU Cores (count) Provide the number of physical - not logical - CPU cores. For Product Type Slate/Tablet, Physical CPU Cores will not be included on certified product list. CPU Packages (count) Provide the number of CPUs/packages. For Product Type Slate/Tablet, CPU Packages will not be included on certified product list. CPU Base Clock Speed (GHz) Provide the base CPU clock speed, not the burst, turbo, maximum, temporary, or intermittent clock speed. For Product Type Slate/Tablet, CPU Base Clock Speed will not be included on certified product list. CPU Maximum Clock Speed (GHz) Provide the burst, turbo, maximum, temporary, or intermittent clock speed. For Product Type Slate/Tablet, CPU Maximum Clock Speed will not be included on certified product list. Storage Technology Provide the storage technology. Hard Disk Drive includes hybrid hard disk drives with flash component. Storage Technology Other Required if Storage Technology is Other. MUX Device Indicate if model contains a physical MUX device. Total Battery Capacity (watt-hours) Indicate the battery capacity of the product in watt-hours. Measured Power in Off at 115 V (W) User-activated Low-power Mode Enabled by Default Indicate if model offers Sleep Mode enabled by default or another low-latency user-activated mode or state that preserves machine state. User-activated Low-power Mode Enabled by Default - Other Required if User-activated Low-power Mode Enabled by Default is Other. Long Idle State Power Used in Place of Sleep Mode Power Required for all models which do not have a Sleep Mode. Indicate if Long Idle State power is used in place of Sleep Mode power when calculating Typical Energy Consumption (TEC). Measured Power in Sleep at 115 V (W) Required if model has User-activated Low-power Mode Enabled by Default. Report power in the User-activated Low-power Mode Enabled by Default, if applicable. Measured Power in Long Idle at 115 V (W) Measured Power in Short Idle at 115 V (W) Additional Measured Power in Short Idle at 115 V (W) Required if Product Type is Notebook or Two-In-One Notebook. The display brightness for this additional measurement shall be 150cd/m sq. Reported TEC at 115 V (kWh) Base TEC Allowance Functional Adder Allowances (kWh) If no capability adjustments, indicate zero. Maximum TEC Requirement (Etec max) (kWh) If no functional adders, indicate Base TEC Allowance. Product Name Connected Thermostats Version 1.0 Service Method Submit_Connected_Thermostats_1_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified or registered as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Connected Thermostats Version 1.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Connected Thermostats (CT) certified as ENERGY STAR are a combination of a CT service and a CT device. The CT service usually includes a mobile app for control, a web portal, and a set of algorithms that adjust temperature settings and HVAC operation to save homeowners energy. The CT device is the hardware in the home the user interacts with to control the temperature. A family of CT product models can have variations in both the CT service and the CT device, within limits. The CT service provider is the ENERGY STAR partner; as such, all the information about manufacturer, brand owner, model name, etc., that are part of the general data requirements refer to the CT service and service provider. The model information on the CT device is included in the product specific information fields. Each combination of a service and CT device model is intended to be a unique submission. There is a field for additional CT device models to be listed if they do not affect the performance in any way (e.g. different finishes). Release Date TBD Connected Thermostats Version 1.0 Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Connected Thermostats Version 1.0 Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified or registered as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Connected Thermostats Version 1.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Connected Thermostats (CT) certified as ENERGY STAR are a combination of a CT service and a CT device. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version ENERGY STAR Connected Thermostat Field Savings Software Version Enter the version number of the Thermostat Software, as shown in the output file, e.g. V1.0.0. Ending Date of Interval Data Enter the Ending Date of data used for calculations in the Thermostat Software. Link to Metrics File Secure hyperlink and login credentials to location where Metrics File is posted. Name of Field Savings AB Study As published. Contact for Field Savings AB Study First Name, Last Name, Phone, Email, Company. Date Study Published Date of Publication. AB Ending Date of Interval Data Enter the Ending Date of data used for evaluation in the AB Study. Link to AB Study Secure hyperlink and login credentials to location where AB Study is posted. Demand Response Summary Detailed Description of Items to include is in the specification. Demand Response Product Variations Describe differences in DR capability resulting from this particular CT Device/CT Service combination, in the aspects listed in the demand response summary. CT Device Brand Name CT Device Brand Name. CT Device Model Name CT Device Model Name. CT Device Model Number CT Device Model Number. Additional CT Device Model Numbers Include additional CT device models that have identical performance and only vary in characteristics such as finish, but would appear as a different model number to a consumer searching for the CT device. CT Device Brand Owner Name of the CT Device Brand Owner or, if Original Equipment Manufacturer, the Manufacturer Name. CT Device OEM Name Required if the CT Device Manufacturer Name is different than CT Device Brand Owner Name. Static Temperature Accuracy Enter Static Temperature accuracy in ±⁰F as calculated according to section 4.D and 4.F in the specification. Network Standby Average Power Consumption Includes all equipment needed to establish connectivity to the CT service provider's cloud, except those that can reasonably be expected to be present in the home, such as Wi-Fi routers and smart phones. Time to Enter Network Standby After User Interaction User action includes On Device, Remote or Occupancy Detection, in seconds. CT Product Heating and Cooling Control Features Select all that apply to product. Other Heating and Cooling Control Features If other selected, enter description. CT Device Communication Method Select all that apply to product. Communication Method Other If other selected, enter description. Product Name Clothes Washers Service Method Submit_Clothes_Washers_8_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Clothes Washers Version 8.0 and 8.1. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are now available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Release Date TBD Clothes Washers Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Clothes Washers Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Clothes Washers Version 8.0 and 8.1. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are now available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Product Subtype Special Type Indicate if the dryer is part of a laundry center. A laundry center is a consumer product that meets the definition of a residential clothes washer and an electric clothes dryer or a gas clothes dryer, which cleans and dries clothes in separate, stacked drums. Dryer Product Type Required if product Special Type is Combination All-in-One Washer/Dryer. Please indicate the product type of the dryer. Universal Product Code (UPC) This product-specific UPC code field has been replaced by the product-wide UPC code fields added to the core. This UPC code is no longer relevant and does not need to be submitted. Matching ENERGY STAR Clothes Dryer Available Indicate if the clothes washer is being marketed as a matched pair with an ENERGY STAR Clothes Dryer. Matching ENERGY STAR Clothes Dryer ESUM Required if Matching ENERGY STAR Clothes Dryer Available is Yes or if Special Type is Laundry Center. Provide the clothes dryer ENERGY STAR Model Identifier (ESUM) for the paired model or the laundry center model. Additional Washer Features Indicate the features that are applicable to the clothes washer. Please indicate none if your product does not include additional washer features. For Supplementary Wash System see definition provided in the current specification. Additional Washer Features Other Required if Additional Washer Features is Other. Indicate relevant feature(s). Additional Dryer Features IRequired for combination all-in-one washer-dryers. Indicate the features that are applicable to the clothes dryer. Please indicate none if your product is not a combination washer-dryer or does not include additional dryer features. For Supplementary Drying System only include as defined under the current clothes dryers specification. Additional Dryer Feature - Other Required if Additional Dryer Feature is Other. Indicate relevant feature(s). Dryer Heat Pump Technology Required for combination all-in-one washer-dryers that have heat pump technology. The model is a Heat Pump if it includes Heat Pump technology and does not have an electric resistance heat source. The model is a Hybrid Heat Pump if it includes heat pump technology and an electric resistance heat source as determined through examination of the product and/or product documentation. Adaptive Fill Indicate if the product has adaptive fill capability. Clothes Washer Volume (cu-ft) Maximum volume for commercial clothes washers is 8.0 cu-ft. Clothes Dryer Drum Capacity (cubic feet) Volume – Supplementary Wash System (cu-ft) Required if the product has a Supplementary Wash System. Reported Annual Energy Use (kWh/year) Provide the rated/reported Annual Energy Use, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Value must be the same as the value reported to the U.S. Federal Trade Commission for compliance with EnergyGuide labeling requirements. Per-cycle Machine Electrical Energy Consumption (kWh/cycle) Provide the Per-cycle Machine Electrical Energy Consumption calculated according to the test procedure at 10 CFR 430, Subpart B, Appendix J2. Section 4.1.6, for the total weighted per-cycle machine electrical energy consumption. If multiple units were tested, report the average value. Per-cycle Hot Water Energy Consumption (kWh/cycle) Provide the Per-cycle Hot Water Energy Consumption calculated according to the test procedure at 10 CFR 430, Subpart B, Appendix J2. Section 4.1.3, for the total weighted per-cycle hot water energy consumption. If multiple units were tested, report the average value. Calculated Modified Energy Factor (cu-ft/kWh/cycle) Required if Product Type is Commercial, Front Load. Provide the Calculated Modified Energy Factor value based on measured test data. If multiple units were tested, report the average value. Reported Modified Energy Factor (cu-ft/kWh/cycle) Required if Product Type is Commercial, Front Load. Provide the Rated/Reported Modified Energy Factor, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Value must be the same as the value reported to the U.S. Department of Energy for compliance with Minimum Efficiency Performance Standards requirements. Calculated Int. Modified Energy Factor (cu-ft/kWh/cycle) Required if Product Type is Residential, Front Load (>2.5 cu-ft), Residential, Top Load (> 2.5 cu-ft), or Residential (≤ 2.5 cu-ft). Provide the Calculated Integrated Modified Energy Factor value based on measured test data. If multiple units were tested, report the average value. Reported Int. Modified Energy Factor (cu-ft/kWh/cycle) Required if Product Type is Residential, Front Load (>2.5 cu-ft), Residential, Top Load (> 2.5 cu-ft), or Residential (≤ 2.5 cu-ft). Provide the Rated/Reported Integrated Modified Energy Factor, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Value must be the same as the value reported to the U.S. Department of Energy for compliance with Minimum Efficiency Performance Standards requirements. Calculated IMEF– Supplementary Wash System (cu-ft/kWh/cycle) Required if the product has a Supplementary Wash System and the Product Type is Residential, Front Load (>2.5 cu-ft), Residential, Top Load (> 2.5 cu-ft), or Residential (≤ 2.5 cu-ft). Provide the Rated/Reported Integrated Modified Energy Factor for the Supplementary Wash System. Value must be the same as the value reported to the U.S. Department of Energy for compliance with Minimum Efficiency Performance Standards requirements. Calculated Integrated Water Factor (gallons/cycle/cubic foot) Provide the calculated Integrated Water Factor value based on measured test data. If multiple units were tested, report the average value. Reported Integrated Water Factor (gallons/cycle/cubic foot) Provide the Rated/Reported Integrated Water Factor value based on measured test data. Calculated IWF– Supplementary Wash System (gal./cycle/cu.ft.) If the product has a Supplementary Wash System, provide the calculated Integrated Water Factor value based on measured test data for the Supplementary Wash System. If multiple units were tested, report the average value. Calculated Remaining Moisture Content (%) Provide the Remaining Moisture Content calculated according to the test procedure at 10 CFR 430, Subpart B, Appendix J2. Section 3.8. If multiple units were tested, report the average value. Calculated Remaining Moisture Content –Supplementary Wash System If the product has a Supplementary Wash System, provide the Remaining Moisture Content calculated for the Supplementary Wash System according to the test procedure at 10 CFR 430, Subpart B, Appendix J2. Section 3.8. If multiple units were tested, report the average value. Total Cleaning Score Provide if available, in accordance with ENERGY STAR Test Method for Determining Residential Clothes Washer Cleaning Performance - July 2018. Required for ENERGY STAR Most Efficient models starting in 2019. Machine Width (inches) Machine Height (inches) Required for combination all-in-one washer-dryers and recommended for all other washers. Machine Depth (inches) Required for combination all-in-one washer-dryers and recommended for all other washers. Dryer Energy Test Cycle Setting(s) If the product is a combination all-in-one washer-dryer, report all cycle setting(s), as well as any settings enabled by default, used to determine compliance with the current ENERGY STAR specification. Dryer Calculated Combined Energy Factor - Max Dryness Setting (lbs/kWh) Required for ENERGY STAR Most Efficient models. If the product is a combination all-in-one washer-dryer, report the calculated value for the normal cycle with the highest dryness setting in the ENERGY STAR Most Efficient criteria, based on measured test data. If multiple units were tested, report the average value. Dryer Cycle Time - Max Dryness Setting (min) Required for ENERGY STAR Most Efficient models. If the product is a combination all-in-one washer-dryer, report the time taken to complete the energy test cycle in the ENERGY STAR Most Efficient criteria for the normal cycle with the highest dryness setting. Dryer Energy Test Cycle Setting(s) - Max Dryness Setting Required for ENERGY STAR Most Efficient models. If the product is a combination all-in-one washer-dryer, report all cycle setting(s), as well as any settings enabled by default, used to determine compliance with the ENERGY STAR Most Efficient criteria for the normal cycle with the highest dryness setting. Dryer Remaining Moisture Content (RMC), Expressed as a Percentage (%) Required for combination all-in-one washer-dryers. Report the remaining moisture content of the dry load as defined in 10 CFR 430, Appendix D2, Section 3.4.3. If multiple units were tested, report the average value. Dryer Per-cycle Standby Mode and Off Mode Energy Consump (kWh/cycle) Required for combination all-in-one washer-dryers. Report the per-cycle standby and off mode energy consumption (ETSO) as defined in 10 CFR 430, Appendix D2, Section 4.5. If multiple units were tested, report the average value. Dryer Calculated Combined Energy Factor (lbs/kWh) Required for combination all-in-one washer-dryers. Report the calculated value based on measured test data. If multiple units were tested, report the average value. Dryer Reported Combined Energy Factor (lbs/kWh) Required for combination all-in-one washer-dryers. Provide the rated/reported combined energy factor, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of certified products. Value must be the same as the values reported to the U.S. Department of Energy for compliance with Minimum Efficiency Performance Standards requirements. Dryer Cycle Time (min) Required for combination all-in-one washer-dryers. Report the time taken to complete the energy test cycle as defined in the ENERGY STAR Version 1.0 specification, Section 5C. Dryer Refrigerant Type Required for combination all-in-one washer-dryers that include heat pump technology, indicate the refrigerant type used. Dryer Refrigerant Type - Other If Dryer Refrigerant Type is Other. Indicate the refrigerant type used. Connected Functionality Indicate Yes if model meets all of the ENERGY STAR Connected Criteria as determined through examination of the product and/or product documentation. For combination all-in-one washer-dryer models, the Connected Criteria must be met in both the ENERGY STAR Clothes Washer Specification and the ENERGY STAR Clothes Dryers Specification. Connected Demand Response Functionality Tested Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Indicate Yes if (Final) ENERGY STAR Test Method to Validate Demand Response of Clothes Washers was used to verify the model’s Demand Response (DR) Functionality. A model must have its DR capabilities validated using the test method and must meet all of the Connected Criteria, to use the 5% credit. If the model is a combination all-in-one washer-dryer, then indicate Yes only if (Final) ENERGY STAR Test Method to Validate Demand Response of Clothes Dryers was also used to verify the model’s Demand Response (DR) Functionality. Communication Hardware Architecture Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Select all that apply. Communication Standard - Application Layer Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Select all that apply. Communication Standard - Application Layer Other Required if Communication Standard - Application Layer is Other. Indicate relevant standard(s). Communication Standard - Media/Network Layer Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Select all that apply. Communication Standard - Media/Network Layer Other Required if Communication Standard - Media/Network Layer is Other. Indicate relevant standard(s). Direct on-premises Open-standard Based Interconnection Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Indicate Yes if as-shipped model enables direct on-premises, open-standard based interconnection. Product Name Commercial Coffee Brewers Service Method Submit_Commercial_Coffee_Brewers_1_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified or registered as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Commercial Coffee Brewers Version 1.0 and 1.1. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Release Date TBD Commercial Coffee Brewers Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Commercial Coffee Brewers Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified or registered as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Commercial Coffee Brewers Version 1.0 and 1.1. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/qpx. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Product Type Designates the type of commercial coffee brewer, according to the following: 1. Small Batch Type II (24oz. - 128 oz.) 2. Medium Batch Type II (>128 oz. - 256 oz.) 3. Large Batch Type II (>256oz. - 384oz.) Refer to the specification in Section 1.K.a-c. How Many Warming Plates Does the Model Have? The number of individual heated metal plates intended to hold a non-insulated coffee decanter at optimal serving temperature after a brew event. Normalized Ready-to-Brew Idle Energy Rate (watts/gal) The average rate of the coffee brewer energy consumption while it is maintaining or holding at a stabilized ready-to-brew operating temperature. Also referred to as normalized idle energy rate. Normalized Heavy-Use Brew Energy Rate (Wh/gal) The average rate of the coffee brewer energy consumption during a brew cycle, calculated across brew volumes for comparison. Also referred to as normalized brew energy rate. Maximum Serving Temperature During Heavy-Use Brew Test (F°) The maximum temperature recorded, post extraction, during the brew test. Tank Capacity (gal) The volume of water the brewer tank can accommodate. Gallons should be submitted to EPA in this field. EPA will also convert this value and list in ounces. Preheat Time (min) The time it takes for the commercial coffee brewer to achieve a ready-to-use state as indicated by the brewer. Indicate minutes using tenths and hundredths places. Preheat Energy (Wh) The energy it takes for the commercial coffee brewer to achieve a ready-to-use state as indicated by the brewer. Production Capacity (gal/hr) The volume of brewed coffee per brew event. May also be referred to as brew capacity. Measured Average Tank Temperature in Ready-to-Brew Idle (F°) The average temperature of the water held in the reservoir tank during ready-to-brew idle. Energy Save Mode Feature An optional low power mode that is designed by the manufacturer to be different from and use less energy than ready-to-brew state. This is an optional idle energy rate used for reporting purposes only. The hot water tank temperature shall not drop below 140 F° in this mode of operation. Energy Save Mode Average Tank Temperature (F°) Required if Energy Save Mode is Yes. The average tank temperature at which the tank drops to after the energy save mode has been activated and stabilized. Normalized Energy Save Mode Idle Energy Rate (watts/gal) Required if Energy Save Mode is Yes. The normalized energy save mode energy rate the brewer draws after the energy save mode has been activated and stabilized to the energy save mode holding temperature. Product Name Decorative Light Strings Service Method Submit_Decorative_Light_Strings_1_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on Decorative Light Strings certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Decorative Light Strings Version 1.4 or 1.5. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Release Date TBD Decorative Light Strings Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Decorative Light Strings Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on Decorative Light Strings certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Decorative Light Strings Version 1.4 or 1.5. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Indoor or Indoor/Outdoor Indicate whether the model is intended for indoor or indoor/outdoor use. Phosphor-Based? Indicate whether the model is phosphor-based. Total Number of Lamps in String Are Lamps Replaceable? Warranty Period (Years) Indicate the length of warranty in years. Lamp Color If multi-colored, enter all lamp colors used in the string. Lamp Husk Type Provide a description of the type of casing in which the lamp operates. Lens Type Which String Was Tested With Provide all lamps cover types available. Input Power per Lamp (W) Average Percent Failed Lamps: Over Voltage Test Provide the average percent failed lamps for the over voltage test. Indicate value in decimal format (i.e., use .03 for 3%). Maintained Light Output: Output and Reliability Test Provide the maintained light output percentage after 100 hours. Indicate value in decimal format (i.e., use .80 for 80%). Average Percent Failed Lamps: Output and Reliability Test Provide the average percent failed lamps for the output and reliability test. Indicate value in decimal format (i.e., use .03 for 3%). Maintained Light Output: Weathering Test Provide the maintained light output after 100 hours. Indicate value in decimal format (i.e., use .50 for 50%). Average Percent Failed Lamps: Weathering Test Provide the average percent failed lamps for the weathering test. Indicate value in decimal format (i.e., use .03 for 3%). Lens Shape Is DLS on Decorative Form? If DLS is on Decorative Form, Total Power Consumption of DLS (W) Required if DLS is on decorative form. Product Name Enterprise Servers Service Method Submit_Enterprise_Servers_4_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Enterprise Servers Version 4.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Release Date TBD Enterprise Servers Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Enterprise Servers Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Enterprise Servers Version 4.0. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Product Form Factor Product Processor Socket Count Number of processor sockets available on the motherboard of the product. Single Server Indicate Yes if certification is for a single server. If certification is for a product family submission, indicate No. Storage Heavy Server Resilient System Number of Nodes for Multi-node Required if Product Type is Multi-node. Error Correcting Code Indicate Yes if all memory options in the system offer Error Correcting Code. Error Correcting Code Enabled in Hardware as Shipped Available Expansion Slots Indicate the number of available expansion slots for I/O Devices and APAs. Operating Systems Supported Operating Systems Used for Testing SERT Submission System URL for Model Indicate the name of the URL for SERT files location provided by the SERT data submission system. Power Saving Features Available Power Saving Features Enabled Identify Power Saving Features enabled by default upon shipment. End User Required Power Saving Features Identify Power Saving Features that require the end user to enable them. Other Power Saving Feature 1: Description Required if Power Saving Features Available is Other and configuration contains one or more other Power Saving Features. Provide power saving feature. Other Power Saving Feature 1: Enabled on Shipment Required if Power Saving Features Available is Other and configuration contains one or more other Power Saving Features. Indicate Yes if Power Saving Feature is enabled by default upon shipment. Other Power Saving Feature 1: End-User Enabling Required Required if Power Saving Features Available is Other and configuration contains one or more other Power Saving Features. Indicate Yes if Power Saving Feature requires the end user to enable it. Other Power Saving Feature 2: Description Required if Power Saving Features Available is Other and configuration contains two or more other Power Saving Features. Provide power saving feature. Other Power Saving Feature 2: Enabled on Shipment Required if Power Saving Features Available is Other and configuration contains two or more other Power Saving Features. Indicate Yes if Power Saving Feature is enabled by default upon shipment. Other Power Saving Feature 2: End-User Enabling Required Required if Power Saving Features Available is Other and configuration contains two or more other Power Saving Features. Indicate Yes if Power Saving Feature requires the end user to enable it. Other Power Saving Feature 3: Description Required if Power Saving Features Available is Other and configuration contains three or more other Power Saving Features. Provide power saving feature. Other Power Saving Feature 3: Enabled on Shipment Required if Power Saving Features Available is Other and configuration contains three or more other Power Saving Features. Indicate Yes if Power Saving Feature is enabled by default upon shipment. Other Power Saving Feature 3: End-User Enabling Required Required if Power Saving Features Available is Other and configuration contains three or more other Power Saving Features. Indicate Yes if Power Saving Feature requires the end user to enable it. Other Power Saving Feature 4: Description Required if Power Saving Features Available is Other and configuration contains four or more other Power Saving Features. Provide power saving feature. If more than four Power Saving Features, separate features using a semi-colon. Other Power Saving Feature 4: Enabled on Shipment Required if Power Saving Features Available is Other and configuration contains four or more other Power Saving Features. Indicate Yes if Power Saving Feature is enabled by default upon shipment. Other Power Saving Feature 4: End-User Enabling Required Required if Power Saving Features Available is Other and configuration contains four or more other Power Saving Features. Indicate Yes if Power Saving Feature requires the end user to enable it. APA #1 Model Name Required if APA #1 is included in configuration. Indicate model name of the available APA with the highest idle power value. APA #1 Model Number Required if APA #1 is included in configuration. Indicate model number of the available APA with the highest idle power value. APA #1 Reported Idle Power (Watts) Required if APA #1 is included in configuration. Indicate manufacturer reported idle power value of the available APA with the highest idle power value. APA #2 Model Name Required if APA #2 is included in configuration. Indicate model name of the available APA with the second highest idle power value. APA #2 Model Number Required if APA #2 is included in configuration. Indicate model number of the available APA with the second highest idle power value. APA #2 Reported Idle Power (Watts) Required if APA #2 is included in configuration. Indicate manufacturer reported idle power value of the available APA with the second highest idle power value. APA #3 Model Name Required if APA #3 is included in configuration. Indicate model name of the available APA with the third highest idle power value. APA #3 Model Number Required if APA #3 is included in configuration. Indicate model number of the available APA with the third highest idle power value. APA #3 Reported Idle Power (Watts) Required if APA #3 is included in configuration. Indicate manufacturer reported idle power value of the available APA with the third highest idle power value. Additional APA Model Numbers Required if additional APAs are shipped with the computer server beyond the three listed above. Indicate each model number separated by semi-colons in this field. Processor Power Management Enabled in Hardware on Shipment Processor Power Management Additional Information Required if additional processor power management information is available. Provide any additional information on the processor power management that is enabled on shipment including what power management options are deployed. Storage Power Management Enabled in Hardware on Shipment Storage Power Management Additional Information Required if additional storage power management information is available. Provide any additional information on the storage power management that is enabled on shipment including what power management options are deployed. Memory Power Management Enabled in Hardware on Shipment Memory Power Management Additional Information Required if additional memory power management information is available. Provide any additional information on the memory power management that is enabled on shipment including what power management options are deployed. I/O Power Management Enabled in Hardware on Shipment Indicate if I/O (Input/Output) devices contain power management enabled in hardware on shipment. I/O Power Management Additional Information Required if additional I/O power management information is available. Provide any additional information on the I/O devices power management that is enabled on shipment including what power management options are deployed. Processor Dynamic Voltage Scaling Enabled on Shipment Processor Dynamic Frequency Scaling Enabled on Shipment Processor Dynamic Voltage Scaling End-User Enabling Required Processor Dynamic Frequency Scaling End-User Enabling Required Processor or Core Reduced Power States Enabled on Shipment Processor or Core Reduced Power States Enabling Required Indicate Yes if the end-user is required to enable processor or core reduced power states. Power Capping Enabled on Shipment Power Capping End-User Enabling Required Variable Speed Fan Control Enabled on Shipment Indicate Yes if the variable speed fan control based on power or thermal readings is enabled on shipment. Variable Speed Fan Control End-User Enabling Required Indicate Yes if the variable speed fan control based on power or thermal readings is required to be enabled by the end-user. Low Power Memory States Enabled on Shipment Low Power Memory States End-User Enabling Required Low Power I/O States Enabled on Shipment Liquid Cooling Capability Enabled on Shipment Liquid Cooling Capability End-User Enabling Required Available DIMM Slots For blade or multi-node systems, indicate the number of available DIMM slots per blade or node. Number of System Memory Channels For blade or multi-node systems, indicate the number of system memory channels per blade or node. Maximum Memory Capacity Maximum Number Blade Slots Required if Product Type is Blade Server. Indicate the maximum number of blade slots for this configuration. Other Chassis Features Required if additional chassis features are available. Indicate additional chassis features such as common storage, networking, etc. for this configuration. SERT Version Required for models certified using SERT 2.0.1. Indicate the SERT version used for certification. SERT Version Other Required if SERT version used for certification is not Version 2.0.1, indicate SERT version used during testing. 64-bit Architecture Indicate Yes if 64-bit architecture is supported. Indicate No if only 32-bit architecture is supported. SERT Test Results Folder Name Indicate the name of the folder that the CB has created in the EPA SERT data upload website which contains all of the required SERT files defined in Section 4.1.2.v of the Version 3.0 specification. Model Number or Config ID for Low-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. See ENERGY STAR Computer Servers V3.0.1, Section G.2, for definition of Low-end Performance Configuration. Installed Processors for Low-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. If Product Type is Blade Server or Multi-node Server indicate the number of installed processors per blade or node. Cores Per Processor Low-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Number of System Threads for Low-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. For blade or multi-node systems, indicate the number of system threads per blade or node. Processor Brand Low-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Processor Model Name Low-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Processor Speed for Low-end Performance Configuration (GHz) Required if Product Family is Yes. Num. of Buffered DDR Channels for Low-end Perform.Config. Required if Product Family is Yes. Include the number of buffered DDR channels per Server/Blade/Node available in the configuration. A buffered DDR channel is defined as a channel or Memory Port connecting a Memory Controller to a defined number of memory devices (e.g. DIMMs) in a computer server. A typical computer server may contain multiple Memory Controllers, which may in turn support one or more Buffered DDR Channels. As such, each Buffered DDR Channel serves only a fraction of the total addressable memory space in a computer server. Memory Manufacturer for Low-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Memory Model Number Low-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Memory Speed Low-end Performance Configuration (GHz) Indicate the speed of the installed memory for this configuration. Low-end Performance Configuration Size Per DIMM (GB) Required if Product Family is Yes. If multiple DIMM sizes, separate Gigabyte (GB) values using a semi-colon. Installed Num. DIMMs for Low-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. For blade or multi-node systems, indicate the installed number of DIMMs per blade or node. Installed Memory for Low-end Performance Configuration (GB) Required if Product Family is Yes. Indicate total installed memory for this configuration. Num. Solid State Drives (SSDs) Low-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Indicate how many SSDs are contained in this configuration. Number Rotational Drives Low-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Indicate how many rotational drives are contained in this configuration. Low-end Performance Configuration Redundant Power Supply Required if Product Family is Yes. Indicate if the power supply unit (PSU) is redundant capable. Power Supply Type for Low-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Power Supply Manufacturer Low-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Power Supply Model Name Low-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Power Supply Model Number Low-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Power Supply Rated Output Low-end Performance Configuration (W) Required if Product Family is Yes. Num. Power Supplies for Low-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Indicate the number of power supplies installed. Number of PSU for Redundancy Low-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes and the power supply unit (PSU) is redundant capable. PSU 80Plus Platinum Certified Low-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Indicate if the power supply unit meets the criteria for the 80Plus Platinum Certification. SERT Compress Eff. Score for Low-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Indicate the SERT Central Processing Unit (CPU) Compress Worklet efficiency score for this configuration. SERT CryptoAES Efficiency Score Low-end Performance Config Required if Product Family is Yes. Indicate the SERT CPU CryptoAES Worklet efficiency score for this configuration. SERT LU Efficiency Score Low-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Indicate the SERT CPU LU Worklet efficiency score for this configuration. SERT SORT Efficiency Score Low-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Indicate the SERT CPU SORT Worklet efficiency score for this configuration. SERT SHA256 Efficiency Score Low-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Indicate the SERT CPU SHA256 Worklet efficiency score for this configuration. SERT Flood Efficiency Score Low-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Indicate the SERT Memory Flood Worklet efficiency score for this configuration. SERT Capacity Efficiency Score Low-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Indicate the SERT Memory Capacity Worklet efficiency score for this configuration. SERT Sequential Efficiency Score Low-end Performance Config Required if Product Family is Yes. Indicate the SERT Storage Sequential Worklet efficiency score for this configuration. SERT Random Efficiency Score Low-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Indicate the SERT Storage Random Worklet efficiency score for this configuration. SERT SSJ Efficiency Score Low-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Indicate the SERT Hybrid SSJ Worklet efficiency score for this configuration. SERT Idle Measurement (Watts) Low-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Indicate the SERT measured idle power in watts for this configuration. SERT Active State Efficiency Score Low-end Performance Config Required if Product Family is Yes. Indicate the SERT Active State Efficiency Score as defined in ENERGY STAR Computer Servers V3, Equation 3. SERT Total Server Normalized Perform. Score Low-end Config Required if Product Family is Yes. Indicate manufacturer reported total normalized performance component (numerator) used to calculate the configuration’s Active State Efficiency Score. SERT Total Server Power Score (Watts) Low-end Performance Config Required if Product Family is Yes. Indicate manufacturer reported total power component (denominator) used to calculate the configuration’s Active State Efficiency Score. Tested Num. Blade Slots Low-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes and Product Type is Blade Server. Indicate the tested number of blade slots for this configuration. Model Number or Config ID for Typical or Single Configuration See ENERGY STAR Computer Servers V3.0, Section G.2, for definition of Typical or Single Configuration. Installed Processors for Typical or Single Configuration If Product Type is Blade Server or Multi-node Server indicate the number of installed processors per blade or node. Cores Per Processor Typical or Single Configuration Number of System Threads for Typical or Single Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. For blade or multi-node systems, indicate the number of system threads per blade or node. Processor Brand Typical or Single Configuration Processor Model Name Typical or Single Configuration Processor Speed for Typical or Single Configuration (GHz) Num. of Buffered DDR Channels for Typical or Single Config Include the number of buffered DDR channels per Server/Blade/Node available in the configuration. A buffered DDR channel is defined as a channel or Memory Port connecting a Memory Controller to a defined number of memory devices (e.g. DIMMs) in a computer server. A typical computer server may contain multiple Memory Controllers, which may in turn support one or more Buffered DDR Channels. As such, each Buffered DDR Channel serves only a fraction of the total addressable memory space in a computer server. Memory Manufacturer for Typical or Single Configuration Memory Model Number Typical or Single Configuration Memory Speed Typical or Single Configuration (GHz) Indicate the speed of the installed memory for this configuration. Typical or Single Configuration Size Per DIMM (GB) If multiple DIMM sizes, separate Gigabyte (GB) values using a semi-colon. Installed Num. DIMMs for Typical or Single Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. For blade or multi-node systems, indicate the installed number of DIMMs per blade or node. Installed Memory for Typical or Single Configuration (GB) Indicate total installed memory for this configuration. Num. Solid State Drives (SSDs) Typical or Single Configuration Indicate how many SSDs are contained in this configuration. Number Rotational Drives Typical or Single Configuration Indicate how many rotational drives are contained in this configuration. Typical or Single Configuration Redundant Power Supply Indicate if the power supply unit (PSU) is redundant capable. Power Supply Type for Typical or Single Configuration Power Supply Manufacturer Typical or Single Configuration Power Supply Model Name Typical or Single Configuration Power Supply Model Number Typical or Single Configuration Power Supply Rated Output Typical or Single Configuration (W) Num. Power Supplies for Typical or Single Configuration Indicate the number of power supplies installed. Number of PSU for Redundancy Typical or Single Configuration Required if the power supply unit (PSU) is redundant capable. PSU 80Plus Platinum Certified Typical or Single Configuration Indicate if the power supply unit meets the criteria for the 80Plus Platinum Certification. SERT Compress Eff. Score for Typical or Single Configuration Indicate the SERT Central Processing Unit (CPU) Compress Worklet efficiency score for this configuration. SERT CryptoAES Efficiency Score Typical or Single Configuration Indicate the SERT CPU CryptoAES Worklet efficiency score for this configuration. SERT LU Efficiency Score Typical or Single Configuration Indicate the SERT CPU LU Worklet efficiency score for this configuration. SERT SOR Efficiency Score Typical or Single Configuration Indicate the SERT CPU SOR Worklet efficiency score for this configuration. SERT SORT Efficiency Score Typical or Single Configuration Indicate the SERT CPU SORT Worklet efficiency score for this configuration. SERT SHA256 Efficiency Score Typical or Single Configuration Indicate the SERT CPU SHA256 Worklet efficiency score for this configuration. SERT Flood Efficiency Score Typical or Single Configuration Indicate the SERT Memory Flood Worklet efficiency score for this configuration. SERT Capacity Efficiency Score Typical or Single Configuration Indicate the SERT Memory Capacity Worklet efficiency score for this configuration. SERT Sequential Efficiency Score Typical or Single Configuration Indicate the SERT Storage Sequential Worklet efficiency score for this configuration. SERT Random Efficiency Score Typical or Single Configuration Indicate the SERT Storage Random Worklet efficiency score for this configuration. SERT SSJ Efficiency Score Typical or Single Configuration Indicate the SERT Hybrid SSJ Worklet efficiency score for this configuration. SERT Idle Measurement (Watts) Typical or Single Configuration Indicate the SERT measured idle power in watts for this configuration. SERT Active State Efficiency Score Typical or Single Config Indicate the SERT Active State Efficiency Score as defined in ENERGY STAR Computer Servers V3, Equation 3. SERT Total Server Normal Perform. Score Typical or Single Config Indicate manufacturer reported total normalized performance component (numerator) used to calculate the configuration’s Active State Efficiency Score. SERT Total Server Power Score (Watts) Typical or Single Config Indicate manufacturer reported total power component (denominator) used to calculate the configuration’s Active State Efficiency Score. Tested Num. Blade Slots Typical or Single Configuration Required if Product Type is Blade Server. Indicate the tested number of blade slots for this configuration. Model Number or Config ID for High-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. See ENERGY STAR Computer Servers V3.0, Section G.2, for definition of High-end Performance Configuration. Installed Processors for High-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. If Product Type is Blade Server or Multi-node Server indicate the number of installed processors per blade or node. Cores Per Processor High-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Number of System Threads for High-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes For blade or multi-node systems, indicate the number of system threads per blade or node. Processor Brand High-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Processor Model Name High-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Processor Speed for High-end Performance Configuration (GHz) Required if Product Family is Yes. Num. of Buffered DDR Channels for High-end Performance Config Required if Product Family is Yes. Include the number of buffered DDR channels per Server/Blade/Node available in the configuration. A buffered DDR channel is defined as a channel or Memory Port connecting a Memory Controller to a defined number of memory devices (e.g. DIMMs) in a computer server. A typical computer server may contain multiple Memory Controllers, which may in turn support one or more Buffered DDR Channels. As such, each Buffered DDR Channel serves only a fraction of the total addressable memory space in a computer server. Memory Manufacturer for High-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Memory Model Number High-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Memory Speed High-end Performance Configuration (GHz) Indicate the speed of the installed memory for this configuration. High-end Performance Configuration Size Per DIMM (GB) Required if Product Family is Yes. If multiple DIMM sizes, separate Gigabyte (GB) values using a semi-colon. Installed Num. DIMMs for High-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. For blade or multi-node systems, indicate the installed number of DIMMs per blade or node. Installed Memory for High-end Performance Configuration (GB) Required if Product Family is Yes. Indicate total installed memory for this configuration. Num. Solid State Drives (SSDs) High-end Performance Config Required if Product Family is Yes. Indicate how many SSDs are contained in this configuration. Number Rotational Drives High-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Indicate how many rotational drives are contained in this configuration. High-end Performance Configuration Redundant Power Supply Required if Product Family is Yes. Indicate if the power supply unit (PSU) is redundant capable. Power Supply Type for High-end Performance Configuration Power Supply Manufacturer High-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Power Supply Model Name High-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Power Supply Model Number High-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Power Supply Rated Output High-end Performance Configuration (W) Required if Product Family is Yes. Num. Power Supplies for High-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Indicate the number of power supplies installed. Number of PSU for Redundancy High-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes and the power supply unit (PSU) is redundant capable. PSU 80Plus Platinum Certified High-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Indicate if the power supply unit meets the criteria for the 80Plus Platinum Certification. SERT Compress Eff. Score for High-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Indicate the SERT Central Processing Unit (CPU) Compress Worklet efficiency score for this configuration. SERT CryptoAES Efficiency Score High-end Performance Config Required if Product Family is Yes. Indicate the SERT CPU CryptoAES Worklet efficiency score for this configuration. SERT LU Efficiency Score High-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Indicate the SERT CPU LU Worklet efficiency score for this configuration. SERT SOR Efficiency Score High-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Indicate the SERT CPU SOR Worklet efficiency score for this configuration. SERT SORT Efficiency Score High-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Indicate the SERT CPU SORT Worklet efficiency score for this configuration. SERT SHA256 Efficiency Score High-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Indicate the SERT CPU SHA256 Worklet efficiency score for this configuration. SERT Flood Efficiency Score High-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Indicate the SERT Memory Flood Worklet efficiency score for this configuration. SERT Capacity Efficiency Score High-end Performance Config Required if Product Family is Yes. Indicate the SERT Memory Capacity Worklet efficiency score for this configuration. SERT Sequential Efficiency Score High-end Performance Config Required if Product Family is Yes. Indicate the SERT Storage Sequential Worklet efficiency score for this configuration. SERT Random Efficiency Score High-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Indicate the SERT Storage Random Worklet efficiency score for this configuration. SERT SSJ Efficiency Score High-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Indicate the SERT Hybrid SSJ Worklet efficiency score for this configuration. SERT Idle Measurement (Watts) High-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes. Indicate the SERT measured idle power in watts for this configuration. SERT Active State Efficiency Score High-end Performance Config Required if Product Family is Yes. Indicate the SERT Active State Efficiency Score as defined in ENERGY STAR Computer Servers V3, Equation 3. SERT Total Server Normal Perform. Score High-end Perform Config Required if Product Family is Yes. Indicate manufacturer reported total normalized performance component (numerator) used to calculate the configuration’s Active State Efficiency Score. SERT Total Server Power Score (Watts) High-end Perform Config Required if Product Family is Yes. Indicate manufacturer reported total power component (denominator) used to calculate the configuration’s Active State Efficiency Score. Tested Num. Blade Slots High-end Performance Configuration Required if Product Family is Yes and Product Type is Blade Server. Indicate the tested number of blade slots for this configuration. Product Name Consumer Refrigeration Products Service Method Submit_Refrigerators_and_Freezers_5_x Description Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Consumer Refrigeration Products Version 5.0 and 5.1. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are now available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Release Date TBD Refrigerators and Freezers Submission Container A submission wrapper Core Submission Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. Refrigerators and Freezers Information for certification bodies to provide to EPA on products certified as meeting the eligibility criteria for the ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements for Consumer Refrigeration Products Version 5.0 and 5.1. Additional instructions for submitting this information to EPA are now available at www.energystar.gov/cbresources. Core Product Data Refer to core.xsd for more information about this element. ENERGY STAR Specification Version Product Type Product Class Height (inches) Measured from the floor to top of hinge. Width (inches) Counter Depth Fresh Volume (cubic feet) Freezer Volume (cubic feet) Total Adjusted Volume (cubic-feet) Calculated Annual Energy Use (kWh/year) Provide the calculated value based on measured test data. Reported Annual Energy Use (kWh/year) Provide the rated/reported Annual Energy Use, which will appear on the ENERGY STAR list of qualified products. Value must be the same as the value reported to the U.S. Department of Energy for compliance with Minimum Efficiency Performance Standards requirements. Refrigerant Type Indicate the refrigerant type used. Do not submit refrigerants that are listed as Ozone Depleting Substances and are not allowed to be used per Federal Regulations, such as R-401A or R-22. Refrigerant Type - Other If Refrigerant Type is Other. Indicate the refrigerant type used. Refrigerant Charge Report the amount of refrigerant (ounces) in the product if applicable. Connected Functionality Indicate Yes if model meets all of the ENERGY STAR Connected Criteria as determined through examination of the product and/or product documentation. Connected Demand Response Functionality Tested Required if Connected Functionality is Yes and the model is not a cooler. Indicate Yes if ENERGY STAR Test Method to Validate Demand Response was used to verify the model’s Demand Response (DR) Functionality. A model must have its DR capabilities validated using the test method and must meet all of the Connected Criteria, to use the 5% credit. Communication Hardware Architecture Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Select all that apply. Communication Standard - Application Layer Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Select all that apply. Communication Standard - Application Layer Other Required if Communication Standard - Application Layer is Other. Indicate relevant standard(s). Communication Standard - Media/Network Layer Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Select all that apply. Communication Standard - Media/Network Layer Other Required if Communication Standard - Media/Network Layer is Other. Indicate relevant standard(s). Direct on-premises Open-standard Based Interconnection Required if Connected Functionality is Yes. Indicate Yes if as-shipped model enables direct on-premises, open-standard based interconnection.